-ocr page 1-



		6o THE NEW METHOD

	Book volte the better j for mould both the moulders come in, his haunch or leg II. without the volte would be out, which would be falle. By this method a horfe defcribes four circles with his legs, as he ought to do when he goesTerre-a- terre ; that is to lay, his fore-leg within the volte defcribes the largeft, the other fore-leg the fecond, the hind-leg within the volte the third, and the other the fourth or fmalleft circle. The legs of a horfe being of equal length, he muft of neceffity be upon his haunches, when his hind-legs are in the line of nature, that is to fay, within the line of the fore ones. For the fame reafon, when you draw the rein within the volte, and that the horfe is bent to be like a femicircle, the leg within the volte will be the longeft, which is as it ought to be for him to advance the hind-leg on the fame fide j and by drawing the rein within the volte, as I faid before, the hind-leg within the volte is forced out, which gives it more liberty of following the fore-leg within the volte j and this is as it fhould be. The rider's helping with his outward leg conftrains the leg of that fide, fubjefls it, and confequently puts it behind the other hind-leg, which is entirely right. You fee the neceffity of a horfe's always avoiding the pillar or center with his hind-leg within the volte, which makes him move with half his moulders firft, which is as it fhould be. You muft remark here, that the outfide of the volte is open, and that you have no other way to fhut it but with the heel : if the horfe obeys it, it is fhut j if he does not-, it is open, I'll fhew you in its proper place how to fhut it. Terre-a-terre to the Right Hand.

			The line drawn towards j I y \ j j manner a horfe's hind-leg the pillar fhews in what I \ \V yj J I ought to avoid the pillar.

7erre-a~terre to the Left Hand. Here the bridle-hand _^------_^^ and helping the hoefe with ought to be on the con- /^x?T~^^\ "^s contrary leg, which is trary fide, that is to fay, // V^r^. \\ ^tne right: I gave you my on the right, with the nails // /7\^\\ \\ ^reafons for it in the pre- of the rider's hand turned j [ I (* N J j ceding chapter, and there- upwards, and his little fin- \l \V_yy // f°^re ftall avoid troubling ger pointing towards the \\ ^�-< J J you with a repetition. This left moulder, having his \V^ L^i/ ^1S &e figure for Terre-�- face turned into the volte, ^------~< terre on the left hand. The line drawn towards the pillar fhews in what Fi ai. manner the horfe's hind-leg fhould avoid it.

				CHAP,

-ocr page 2-

��~~iii[i~~i~~iiiiim~~T~~Uiim~~iiiii~~HMiini|i~~T~~imiiiiiwiiiiHi~~iii~~niiiHiiii~~i~~iiin~~^

Ar":

tei

S?';

m°

;.=/,

sf�-3

vi'

^3f =

'S=SEn

55^

M��L,

■■■

W��t

'W�I��mm

istotjv�iX

"■■:■

Lordinaire de dre�er les Cxievaux 1

[fier feloiria nature, et parfaire la nature p
^de l'art; la quelle na jamais �t� treuv�e

\t- tixs-naHe, luiut et tm-pumant ,

LlWij� �lJJJX^l�ZM^� Jf ARQF-T^ ET* COMTE DE N�WCASTL

'rneur du Serenissime Prince de Galles en sajeunesse et maintetiant?

DE LA GRANDE BRETAGSTE;�t damntqye qui eft Lieutena,
Ig^E ROY de la Comt� de iNotinaham et la Forese de Sherwtwtfy
^.ine a ener al en toutes' provinces outre la Siviere de Trent et autre?
�r�tts^du Roijaume d'dnaletene, Gentil-homme de la Chambre �
'it du ROY; Conseilter d'ltat et Prii^/Et Chevalier
de X' ordre tres-ndbk de lalartkre etc.

iute ir en ^Frnncois par Jan Command�n

'm� ['M

rwtms

�ro


	^^c1wtT
	^^^BfffjJIij	Trnf�IPPlI
		W�Mi

' Jl~~f fin~~�^:::^^f:==

'"*f

■;y-7?r-

-�_: 'r-

-^^�

~- , J�r. a Thepenl^kc-dttiganrit' et Petr- Je Io Je fcidpsit

-ocr page 3-



					A

	GENERAL SYSTEM

				O F

HORSEMANSHI

		In all it's BRANCHES:

			In TWO VOLUMES.

-ocr page 4-

GENERAL SYSTE

O F

HORSEMANSHIP

IN ALL IT'S

BRANCHES:

CONTAINING A

FAITHFUL TRANSLATION

Of that moft noble and ufeful WORK of his Grace,

WILLIAM CAFENDISH,DukeofNewcqftk,

ENTITLED,

The Manner of Feeding, Dreffing, and Training of Horfes for the Great
Saddle, and Fitting them for the Service of the Field in Time of War, or
for theExercife and Improvement of Gentlemen in the Academy at home:
A Science peculiarly neceffary throughout all Europe-, and which has hitherto
been fo much neglected, or difcouraged in England, that young Gentlemen
have been obliged to have recourfe to foreign Nations for this Part of
their Education.

WITH

All the original Copper-Plates, in Number forty-three, which were engrav'd by the beft
Foreign Mafters, under his Grace's immediate Care and Infpedion, and which are
^explained in the different Leffons.

And to give all the Improvements that may be,

This Work is ornamented with HEAp-PiE�E| and Initial Letters, properly adapted
to the fubfequent Chapters; arif enlarged with an INDEX.

V O L. I.

LONDON:

Printed for J. Brindley, Bookfeller to His Royal Highnefs the Prince of Wales, in NewBond-Jlreet*

M.DCC.XL1II.

-ocr page 5-



				To His GRACE

		C H A R L E S

					DUKE OF

			Richmond, Lenox, and Aubigny, Mailer of the Horfe to His Majesty, &c>

	May it please your Grace* THE Dignity of the moft noble Author, the great Reputation of the Work, and the Office Your Grace enjoys under His Majesty, will, I hope, juftify my laying at Your Feet, The new Method of DreJJing Horfes, written by Cavendish Duke of Newcastle. After having been encouraged fome Years ago, to publiih a New Edition of that Nobleman's Works, a then

i

-ocr page 6-



		DEDICATION.

then out of print in the original French, and fupported in the Undertaking by the Right Honourable the Countess of Oxford, Heirefs of that Branch of the lilultrious Family of Cavendish, who had in PoiTeffion all her Grandfather's Plates ; I was f�on convinced, that I Aiould farther oblige the Lovers of Horfemanlhip if I procured a Tronfiati'on of the Book, and printed it with the fame Advantages as the Original. This Tr (inflation, my Lord, with the Addition of feveral ornamental Prints, is what I now offer to Your Grace as theFirjiVolume ofACompleteSyftem of'Horfe- manfbip, a Work that, I prefume to hope, will be found no lefs curious, ufeful, and fatisfa�tory to the Reader, than it has been tedious and expenfive to the Under- taker. Your Grace as Mailer of the Horfe, has an un- doubted Claim to the Patronage of this the Fineft Tre j- tife of Horfemanlhip extant ; it is therefore I appear, my Lord, as an humble Suppliant that you would, on this Occafion, take me under Your Protection, and permit me to fubfcribe myfelf, my Lord,

	Tour GraceV mo ft obliged, moji obedient, and moft Humble Servant,

			John Brindley-

-ocr page 7-



		CO N T E N T S. ' Introduction. - - pag. 11 BOOK I. Chap. i. /^Ertain §}ueftions anfwered, of which the f r/i is, In what time y* a Horfe may be dreffed ? The fecond, Why a Horfe, that goes well upon a March, Jhould not perform the Terrea-terre_y Curvets, Demi- airs, Balotades, Croupades, and Caprioles ? - 13 Chap.ii.AReproof'toMafterswho continually beat andabufe their Scholar s,8cc.iS* Chap. iii. Of the different Colour and Marks of Hor fes. 19 Chap.iv. OftheShape of a Horfe, and particularly ofthofeinforeignCountries. % 1 Chap. v. What kind of Horfe is beft for a Stallion, and in what manner he ought to be ufed. What Mares are the moft proper, with the Method of proceeding to procure a good Breed. - - 23 Chap. vi. What is the proper Time to take a Colt from his Dam, and how he Jhould be managed afterwards. - - 25 Chap. vii. Of the Saddle, Stirrups, Spurs, and Bridle. - 26 Chap. viii. Of the Method of breaking Colts. - 27 BOOK II. Chap. i. Of the true Seat and the necejfary Aclions of a good Horfeman. 29 Chap. ii. Of the Movements of a Horfe in all his natural Paces. 3 o Chap. iii. Of the artificial Movements of a Horfe's Legs. 3 2, Chap. iv. My Method in faftening the Reins of the Cavefon. 3 5 Chap. v. How a raw Horfe ought to be treated at firft to make him trot to the right Hand in a large Circle, &c. - � - ibid. Chap: vi. When and in what Manner a Horfe jhould be galloped. 3 8 Chap. vii. Of the Method of flopping a Horfe. - - 39 Chap. viii. A new Method of working a Horfe^rs Croupe to the right Hand. 41 Chap. ix. The Method of working a Horf� 's Croupe to the left Hand. 42 Chap. x. A new and true Way to work the Croupe of a Horfe upon a Walk, which is the Aclion of the Trot, the Croupe to the Center, which is the Pillar, ibid. Chap. xi. To work a Horfe upon his Paffage upon a Walk, which is the Aclion of a Trot, to the left Hand. - - 43 Chap. xii. To work to the right Hand, the Horfe ^}s Croupe out. 44 Chap. xiii. To work to the left Hand, the Horf�'s Croupe out. 4 c; Chap. xiv. To work a Horfe to the right in his own Length upon a Walk or Paffage, which is the Aclion of the Trot. - 46 Chap. xv. To work a Horfe to the left in his own Length upon a Walk or Paffage, which is the Aclion of the Trot. - 47 Chap. xvi. Anew andexaclMethodof'making a Horfe go Terre-a-terre, with Obfervations never made before. - 48 Terre-d-terre towards the right Hand. - 5 j Chap. xvii. Terre-d-terre to the left Hand. - ibid. Chap, xviii. The Method of putting a Horfe between two Pillars after the old Fajhion. - - 53 Chap. xix. An excellent Lejfon for all Horfes, as well thofe that are heavy upon the Hand, as thofe that are light. - ibid. Chap. xx. How to make a Horfe obey the Bridle. - 54 a Chap.

-ocr page 8-



		CONTENTS.
VI		CONTENTS.
VI

	Chap. xxi. ForTerre-�-terre to the right Hand, the Cavefon ^beingfaften'd to the Pommel of the Saddle, and the Bridle in the left Hand. pag. 55 Chap. xxii. To work a Horfe with f alfe Reins. - ^6 Chap.xxiii. To work aHorfe with theBit only,theReinsfeparatedin bothHands-5 7 Chap. xxiv. To work a Horfe with the Reins of the Bridle only in the left Hand, which is the Perfection of Horfemanjhip, &c. 58 Chap.xxv.Towork aHorfe Terre-a-terre,withtheBridleonly'in theleftHand. 59 Terre-a-terre to the right Hand. - 60 Chap. xxvi. For Pajfades along the JVall with the Bridle only, and many other InftruElions. - - 61 InTerre-�-ter re Re leve a Horfe ought to go according to theFigure.64 Chap, xxvii. Three Leffons to work, and I may fay to perfeclly finijh a Horfe f or the Manage. - - 65 Chap, xxviii. For Terre-a-terre. - - 66 BOOK III. Teaching how to drefs a Horfe in all forts of Airs, by a new Method. Chap. i. Of the fever al Sorts of Airs. - -68 Chap. ii. ThenewMethodofthe Pillar f or all Airs,andfirftf or the right Hand, j r Chap. iii. For the Volts to the right Hand, the Horfe as he was before, with the right Rein of the Cavefon f aft ene d jhort to the Pillar. 7�% Chap. iv. To work a Horfe in Curvets backwards upon the Volts to the right Hand, with the Rein of the Cavefon f aften d jhort as it was before. 73 Chap. v. To work a Horfe fideways with the right Rein faftened jhort as it was before. - - ibid. Chap. vi. The new Method of the Pillar for Airs to the left Hand. 74 Chap. vii. For the Volts to the left Hand, the Horfe being f aften'd to the Pillar with the left Rein, as he was before. - j? Chap. viii. To work a Horfe in Curvets upon the Volts backwards to the left Hand, c\c. - - - 7� Chap. ix. To work a Horf e fideways, the Rein being faftened jhort as it was before. - - - ibid. Chap. x. To f a ft en the Horfe to the Pillar with the right Rein jhort, holding the long one in Hand. He ftoould now be -mounted. 78 Chap. xi. The Method of faftening a Horfe jhort to the Pillar with the left Rein, holding the long Rein in your Hand, Sec. - 70 Chap. xii. For Curvets upon the Volts to the right Hand, the Croupe to the Pillar. 8 o Chap. xiii. For Curvets upon the Volts to the left Hand, the Croupe to the Pillar. 81 Chap. xiv. Of the Aids for Curvets, and the Horfemar�s Seat. 82 Chap. xv. To change in Curvets upon the Volts. - - - 83 Chap. Xvi. Some more excellent Obfervations for Curvets. - - 84 Chap. xvii. Of the proper Helps, in Curvets upon the Volts. - ibid. Chap, xviii. To work a Horfe in Curvets backwards upon the Volts. 8 c Chap. xix. To work in Curvets along a JVall, the JVall on the left Side. ibid. Chap. xx. To make a Horfe go backwards in Curvets by a Wall in a ft rait Line, the JVall on the left Side. - - - $6 Chap. xxi. To make a Horfe go ftrait forwards in Curvets by a JVall, the right Side to the JVall. - - « ■- 87 Chap. xxii. To make a Horfe go backwards in a ftrait Line by a JVall in Curvets, the right Side ftill to the JVall. - - ibid. Chap.

-ocr page 9-



			CONTENTS. vii

		Chap, xxiii. For Caprioles. - - - - pag. 87 Chap. xxiv. To drefs a Horfe for the Balotade. - - SS Chap. xxv. To drefs a Horfe for the Croupade. - ibid. Chap. xxvi. To drefs a Horfe for a Step and a Leap. - ibid. Chap, xxvii. The proper Helps for a leapingHorfe, either forwards or upon the Volts; inCaprioles,Croupade,f>alotades, Sec. and how the Ri der is to befeated. S 9 Chap, xxviii. Of the Helps with the Bridie-Hand. :- - 91 The Helps with the Bridle for Caprioles, Croupades, and Ba- lotades. -------- -92, Chap.xxix. Of the Helps of the Body. - ibid. Chap. xxx. Of the Helps with the Switch. - - - - 93 The Helps with the Switch in Curvets and Demi-Airs. ibid. Chap, xxxl A new Invention f or putting a Horfe upon his Haunches, Sec. 9 5 B O O K IV. Which treats of all the Vices belonging to Horfes, and the fureftWays to cure them. Chap. i. Leffon the Fir ft, to work a Horfe'^}s Shoulders. - - 98 Chap. ii. To make a Horfe obey the Heel. - - - 100 Chap.iii. How a Horfe s Croupe or Shoulders are to be worked occafonally. 1 oz Chap. iv. To work a Horfe, the Croupe either in or out. - - 103 Chap. v. The abfurd Fault of f ome Horfemen, who by feeing imitate, and imagine they ride as 1 do. - - .- - - - 103 Chap. vi. The way I took to reduce a Horfe, that was extremely re fly. 105 Chap. vii. Of the Correction and Cure of fever al Vices. - 106 Chap. viii. For a Horfe that is too light in the Hand, or which has nota good Appuy. - ; - - - i°7 Chap. ix. For a Horfe that is heavy on the Hand. - - 109 Chap. X. For a Horfe that is heavy in Hand, who will obey neither the Hand nor the Heel Sec.........no Chap. xi. Containing certain Obfervations. - - - in Chap. xii. When a Horfe is fo Jiijf-necked that he will not look into the Volt, nor turn his Head^ or his Neck, Sec. - - - - ibid. Chap. xiii. Three LeJJbns which are very efficacious, andmoft excellent in Terre- d-terre and Curvets. leali thefe the Rule of Three, or Golden Rule. 112 Chap. xiv. Avery fuhtile andexaElRule to make aHorfegoTerre-a-terre truly, or in Curvets, by which, when he fails, the true Caufe may be known. 113 Chap. xv. Another Pofturefor a Horfeman in Curvets andTerre-�-terre. 115 Chap. xvi. To work a Horfe with his Head to the PMar_y to make him fenfible to the Heel, and put him upon the Haunches. - ibid. Chap.xvii.T� work a Horfe" s Croupe to the left,theCroupe beingtothePillar.i* 16 Chap, xviii. A Difcourfe concerning the fingle Pillar the old way, which is very f alfe for Terre-a-terre. - . - ibid. Chap. xix. A Difcourfe concerning the two Pillars. - - _X1j The Epitome of Horsemanship. Chap. i. H°^w ^t0 ^r^^e ^a Horfe with Art. Firft, of the many Ufes to be made of the inner Rein of the Cave fon, faftened to the Pommel of the Saddle. 118 Chap. �- The Rein of the Cavefon being fillfixed to the Pommel, to work the Shoulders and the Croupe together-₉ &c. - ibid. Chap,

-ocr page 10-



		CONTENTS.
Vili		CONTENTS.
Vili

	Chap, iii. To put the Croupe to the Pi liar, and work upon aWalk with the Leg and the contraryRein.whichijhould'ftillbeJ"aftenedtothe Pommelof the Saddle, p.i 19 Chap. iv. Topaffage a Horfe in his own Length, the Rein fillfafi e ned to the Pommel of the Saddle. - - - - - - 120 Chap.v. TheRein of the Cavefon jhould be ftillfixed to thePommel and the Head to the Wall) working with the Rein with the contrary Leg. ibid. Chap. vi. To f aft en the inward Rein of the Cave fon to the Pommel, and work with the Rein and the Leg on the fame Side, - ibid. Chap. vii. A true Obfervation as to the Walk, the Trot, the Gallop upon one Pifte in a Circle ; the Paffage, either the Head or the Croupe to the Pillar ; Terre-�-terre, the Croupe to the Pillar, Sec. - - 121 Chap. viii. Which contains a true Obfervation for dreffing Horfes. 122 Chap. ix. Tv make a Horfe obey the Heels. - - 123 Chap. x. To work the Croupe of a Horfe before his Head, or his Shoulders, upon a Circle', is extremely wrong-, unlefs upon the moft urgentNecefftty,t\c. ibid. Chap. xi. The Perfection of Terre-a-terre. - - 124 To change Terre-a-terre. - - 125 To change upon the Gallop a la Soldade. - ibid. Chap. xii. The Conveniencies and Inconveniencies of the Cavefon-Rein tied Jhort my Way to the Pommel of the Saddle. - - ibid. The Inconvenience in Terre-a-terre from the inner Cavefon-Rein tied to the Pommel of the Saddle, - - 126 Chap. xiii. For the Pirouette, - - 127 Chap. xiv. For Paffades. - � ibid. Chap. xv. For Curvets. - ibid. For Curvets along a Wall. - - 128 Chap. xvi. Of the different Helps of the inner Rein of theCavefon (or f alfe Rein) in the Riders Hand.* - - ibid. Chap. xvii. Of the Ufe of the two Reins of the Bridle. - 129 Concerning Bits. - - ibid. The Conclufion to the Reader. - - 133 ADDITIONS. After this Work of mine was all printed fome very neceffary Leflbns came to my Mind, which I give you here in Form of Appendix, or Additions, and particularly recommend them to your Study. They treat of the Actions of a Horfe's Legs ; for without a perfect Knowledge of thefe, it is impoffi- ble for any Man to drefs a Horfe well, unlefs by mere Chance. The Gallop of a Horfe in a Circle. - - 134 For Terre-a-terre upon Volts. - - 133 Remarks with regard to the Bridie-Hand. - - j 3 5 Leffons to make a Horfe attend to, and obey, both Hand and Heel. 137 Of the Spur. - - 139 The Aid of the Spur called Pinching. - - ibid. Offaftening the inner Rein of the Cavefon to thePommel of the Saddle, ibid. For a refty Horfe. - - - 140 For a Horfe that runs away. - - ibid. Of the Imperfeffions of a Horfe's Mouth. - - ibid. *For* Terre-�-terre. - - ibid. Curvets upon Volts, - - - 141 In Paffades, � ; - - ibid. 4

-ocr page 11-



			INTRODUCTION.

		H E underftanding of a Horfe is infinitely degraded below that of a Man by feveral, who notwithftanding, by their actions, fliew, that they believe the Horfe to be the more intelligent of the two. And indeed, a boy is a long time before he knows his alphabet, longer before he has learn'd to fpell, and perhaps feveral years before he can read diftinclly : and yet there are fome people, who, as foon as they have got upon a young horfe, entirely un- dreffed or untaught, fancy, that by beating and fpurring they will make him a drefs'd horfe in one morning only. I would fain afk fuch ftupid people, whe- ther, by beating a boy, they could teach him to read, without firft fhewing him'his alphabet ? Sure, they would beat the boy to death, before they would make him read, Don't then expecl: more underftanding from a horfe than a man fince the Horfe is drefs'd in the fame manner that children are taught to read! The horfe is taught firft to know, and then by frequent repetition to convert that knowledge into habit. It is in like manner in what men learn : for example, a boy is a long time before he can play perfe�ly on the lute; but when once he is become perfect, his fingers move without his thinking on every note, or every point. There is juft as much to be faid for a managed horfe. It is true, that the hand and the'heels are all that is required to make a perfeft horfe j but there are other things requir'd to make him perfeftly obe- dient to the hand and heels. It might as well be faid, that to be a good fcholar one needs only under- ftand Latin, Greek, and Hebrew, and know how to make life of thofe lan- C guages i

-ocr page 12-



		INTRODUCTION. � guages; and, to play upon the lute, to prefs with one hand, and touch the firings with the other: but a great dea^more is requir'd before one becomes a good fcholar, a dextrous player on the lute, or an able horfeman. There are but two things that can make an accompliih'd horfe, viz. the hope of reward, or the fear of punifhment, which all. the world are influenc'd by; and, as far as we know, God has no other means of exciting his people to virtue, but by the largenefs of his infinite rewards, and the terror of the pains that are prepar'd for their crimes. A horfe muft be wrought upon more by proper and frequent leflbns, than by the heels, that he may know, and even think upon what he ought to do. If he does not think (as the famous philoibpher Des Cartes affirms of all beafts) it would be impoffible to teach him what he mould do. But by the hope of reward, and fear of punifhment ; when he has been rewarded or puniihed, he thinks of it, and retains it in his memory (for memory is thought) and forms a judgment by what is paft of what is to come (which again is thought;) infomuch that he obeys his rider not only for fear of correction, but aifo in hopes of being cherifh'd. But thefe are things fo well known to a complete horfeman, that it is needlefs to fay more on this fubjecl:. Altho' horfes do not form their reafonings from the ABC, which, as that admirable and moil excellent philofopher mafter Hobbs fays, is no language, but the marks and reprefentation of things ; he muft notwithftanding give me leave to think, that they draw their reafonings from things themfelves. For inftance ; that I obferve the clouds to darken, I fee it lighten, or hear it thun- der, and that I have been once wetted after having made thefe obfervations, and that a horfe at pafture has been likewife wetted : tho' he knows not thefe words, dark j cloud, lightening, thunder�, both he and I will notwithftandino- take to our heels to fhelter ourfelves from the rain under the trees. So far the one is as wife as the other. I am reafoning by marks exprefs'd in language, and he is reafoning from the prefence or abfence of things without thefe marks. «The fame judgment is to be made in a thoufand other things. It is true, the horfe cannot exprefs his reafoning by a proportion, not knowino- the marks A, B, C j whence he has at leaft this advantage, that he never errs as men do. Many are of opinion, that the reafon why men fpeak, and not the beafts, is owing to nothing elfe, but that the beafts have not fo much vain-glory as men, which produces language in them ; and we fee that the rarity of things among many Indians occafions their ufmg language very little ; therefore the beafts do not amufe themfelves with bracelets, enamel'd rings, and innumerable baubles of that kind, but follow nature fimply, without having, like men, their heads crouded with a multitude of thoughts and bufinefs, of which horfes are not folicitous. Some too are pleafed to fay, that horfes are void of under- ftanding, becaufe men get the better of them : but when the horfe gets the better of the man, which frequently happens, is the man then void of under- ftanding? Force fubdues men, as well as beafts. If the wifeft man in the world were taken by a favage people, and put to draw in a cart proportion'd to his ftrength, and if he were beaten when he refufed to do his duty, would not he draw juft as a horfe does when he is threaten'd ? And in like manner when he felt hunger, would he not be very uneafy till he got victuals ?

			Some-

-ocr page 13-



			INTRODUCTION.

		Somebody will perhaps fay, that he is fo proud he would fooner die than draw a cart, and fo full of refolution, that he would rather throw himfelf down than ftir. A horfe will do as much as all that, and will (I believe) bear beating fomewhat longer than the mighty man that talks at this rate. We call the horfes of that temper reflive, and the men objiinate^ 'tis all one. Many men are too ftrong for one horf�, and many wild horfes a little too untraceable for one man. One perfon can drive feveral horfes before him, but it muft be fuch as are bred to it, and not feveral horfes that are wild in a wood. I have in like manner feen a few men drive two thoufand prifoners before them. The learned will hardly be brought to allow any degree of un- derftanding to horfes ; they only allow them a certain inftinffi^ which no one can underftand ; fo jealous are the fchoolmen of their rational empire. If a man was locked up from his birth in a dungeon till the age of twenty, and afterwards let out, we Ihould fee that he would be lefs rational than a great many beafts that are bred and difciplin'd. What makes fcholafticks degrade horfes f� much, proceeds (I believe) from nothing elfe, but the fmall knowledge they have of them, and from a perfua- fion that they themfelves know every thing. They fancy they talk pertinently about them, whereas they know no more than they learn by riding a hackney» horfe from thellniverfity to London, and back again. If they ftudied them as horfemen do, they would talk otherwife : for example, if a man has loft his way in a dark winter's night, let him leave the horfe to himfelf, and the horfe will find the way to the place whither he ihould go j whereas a man, tho' fober, would fpoil his horfe, and not be able to compafs his journey. This is faci:, for I have been in the fame circumftances ; and I believe I ihould have loft my way, had it not been for my horfe. As for men of letters, tho' they ftudy, they don't ftudy horfemanfhip, but their ftudies turn to hetter account, by procuring themfelves to rule over the reft of mankind, till fuch time as they are fubdued by the fword ; wherefore it is not furprizing, if they be fomewhat miftaken in what is not their profeflion, and which they do not ftudy j nay, what is more, have not the leaft knowledge of. This puts me in mind of what the great and excellent doftor Earle fays in his characters, that a fcho- lar and a horfe are very troublefome to one another j and fo I leave them, without giving them or myfelf any farther trouble. All that I have faid hitherto is only to fhew, that a horfe's reafon is to be wrought upon ; towards which this book upon Horfemanfhip is very much to the purpofe, and may fuffice for the pref�nt. As for the paffions, a horfe knows as much of ours, as we do of his j becaufe we know perfectly the paffions of one another j as love, hatred, thirft of revenge, envy, &c. I have feen very few paffionate horfemen get the better of a horfe by their anger j on the contrary, I have feen the horfe always get the better of them : and fince the weakeft underftanding is always the moft paffionate, it is pro- bable that the horfe will always outdo the man. In this a�t there fhould al- ways be a man and a beaft, and not two beafts. Indeed, a good horfeman ought never to put himfelf in a paffion with his horfe, but chaftife him like a kind of divinity fuperior to him. If the horfeman fpurs his horfe rudely, the horfe will anfwer in the fame manner, by flinging malicioufly. Don't we fee men in play give each other blows without being angry with one another ? but when they are

-ocr page 14-



	INTRODUCTION.

are in earneil, the leaft jefting occafions a duel. It is juft the fame with a horfe -j if the rider be angry with him he will be malicious, but otherwife will take all in good part, and never be offended : fo that patience is one means of dreffing a horfe. It is true, that patience without knowledge will never do, as knowledge will feldom do without patience : you muil therefore treat him gently, and not exert your full power j but the thing is difficult j for if he takes it into his head to rebell, you muft either let him mailer you, or elfe venture a bold ftroke to reduce him. If you let him mailer you, you have done with him \ if he fubmits, you muil alight that moment and cheriih him. If he does not yield, you had better ilay till next morning, than fpoil him. Reduce him by degrees, mixing gentlenefs with helps and corrections. From hence you will learn how to fit a horfe either for ufe or pleafure. Some wagg perhaps will aik, what is a horfe good for that can do nothing but dance and play tricks ? People of that character (who from a wrong turn and for want of judgment) are good for nothing themfelves, and laugh at all the world, and at every thing ; they therefore ilrive to reduce every thing to their own way of thinking, that it may refemble themfelves. If thefe gentlemen will retrench every thing that ferves them either for : curiofity or pleafure, and admit nothing but what is ufeful, they mull make a hollow tree their houfe, and cloath themfelves with fig-leaves, feed upon acorns, and drink nothing but water, for nature needs no greater fupport. When a commonwealth is to be form'd, that men may live together in fociety, thofe who make feathers to put into their mailers hats, are as ufeful in the republiek, for the maintenance of themfelves and families, and for the good of the community, as thofe who fell beef and mutton ; for the tendency of the whole is to live by aiding one another, without wronging or offending any body. As for a managed horfe, which they call dancer and prauncer ; if thofe gentlemen were to fight a duel, or go to the wars, they would find their error ; for thefe horfes perform a journey, as well as they do the high airs j and the long marches occafionally make them foon forget thofe airs, which are calculated merely for pleafure 5 moreover, they are much fitter for galloping, trotting, wheeling, or any thing elfe which is neceffary. I prefume thofe great wits (the fneering gentlemen) will give Kings, Princes, and perfons of quality leave to love pleafure-horfes, as being an exercife that is very noble, and that which makes them appear moil graceful when they {hew themfelves to their fubje&s, or at the head of an army, to animate it ; fo that the pleafure in this cafe is as ufeful as any thing elfe, befides the glory and fatisfa�tion that attends it.

		T H E

-ocr page 15-

A.ParrJhuJf

THE

NEW METHOD

O F

DRESSING HORSES.

B O OK I

C H A P. I.

Certain queftions anfwered, of which thefirft is, In what time a Horfe may he
dreffed? The fecond, Why a Horfe, that goes well upon a March, (hould
not perform the Terre-a-terre_y Curvets, Demi-airs, Balotades, Croupades,
and Caprioles ?

S to the firft queftion, it is abfurd, for it is very difficult Chap.
to fay in what time a horfe may be dreffed, becaufe that I.
depends upon his age, ftrength, fpirit and difpofition ; ^^�'
his agility, memory, fagacity, good or bad temper ; for
there are horfes naturally as ftupid or as obftinate as
men ; and it is a difficult tafk to make a learned man
of a fool. One can't form a judgment of thefe horfes,
but by repeated trials ; and it is impoffible even for the

, ^T7~~~^--------~�~i

belt norfeman to make a folid judgment concerning them, becaufe a young
norie alters his difpofition as he grows older. It is therefore as impofTible to

D anfvver

-ocr page 16-



		io THE NEW METHOD -j-^-xrmj^-Vn hriiH.^ ■■~~........~~l~~i"¹¹-- ■--■~~""■■^r.!~~..........~~� ■!~~■ mm~~~~........~~wim ■inrwni~~.....~~n~~.....~~*i"Ti~~�■-"~�°~��p~~��\|---------_irT _tl* , ~~_M-----~~1~~.....~~TM-imniTr~~nnu~~iii~~m m~~i ■■ ■miinrm�mMiiwnririiii i ~~n m u~~ i n in i 111 i Tin ■ mil irn-irm��~r⁼~'** Book anfwer this queftion, as it would be for the ableft mafter in the world to fay, I. that all the fcholars in the univerfity will become learned at a certain time. There *"~""^V~-^J are fome fcholars, that have fuch a difpofition to ftudy, that they will learn more in. a year, than others in all their life : fome are eminent doctors, others are but ordinary fcholars ; and others are To dull, as not to be capable of underftanding Latin. Wherefore I wifli people would not require more capa- city of a horfe than of a man, whom they ftile rational. As to the other queftion, whereby it is demanded, Why fhould not a horfe go Terre-�-terre, in Curvets,. Demi-airs, Balotades, Croupades, and Capriols, fince he goes a Travelling-pace well ? I'd fain know, whether all thofe, who make learning their profeftion, be themfelves perfect in every fcience. Some are excellent preachers, and not very learned ; others are very learned, and but indifferent preachers : fome good orators, others good logicians : fome good hiftorians, others good philofophers : fome good poets, others are profound in morality and claffical learning : fome in church-hiftory and controverfy, others in law : fome in phyfick, and others in mathematicks. Among the mathema- ticians, fome are good aftronomers or aftrologers, or geometricians, or geo- graphers j others arithmeticians j notwithstanding which they are all learned men, and excellent in their different profeffions. Moreover, there are different degrees : among divines, one is capable of being a bifhop ; another is hardly fit to be a reader, or fchool-mafter in a country parifh-church. In like manner, fome are good aftronomers, and others are not capable of making an almanack or fun-dial : fome underftand algebra perfectly, and others know nothing of addition and fubftrac�on. Some are very learned in the law, whilft others are not fit to be clerks to a country-attorney ; and yet they would have horfes excell in every branch of the Manege, which is certainly a very unreafonable expectation. But to give an example likewife among muficians, who all profefs the fame art : Perhaps it may be afked of one who plays perfectly on the fiddle, or the viol, if he can play as well on the lute ? (By the by, fome are admirable play- ers upon the fiddle, while others can hardly thrum a reel at a country-wake) or the harp, the organ, or on all other mufical inftruments, or, if he be a good finger? Would not this be very abfurd, fince it requires a man's whole life- time to make himfelf perfect in any one of thofe branches ? Once more then, do not require more of a horfe than of a man. Again, for example among painters, fome draw to the life in oil-colours, and at full length j others draw to the life in water-colours and in miniature. Some have a genius for hiftory- painting, others for beafts, others for birds ; fome for painting the dead, others the living j fome flowers, others fruit ; fome battles, fome naked figures, others figures with drapery ; fome fea-pieces and fhips, others landfkips ; and there are fome who can unite all thefe pieces into a landfkip. Notwithstanding, all thefe painters may be excellent in their different branches, and famous to pofterity. There are painters likewife, who can paint nothing elfe but doors and windows, or coach-wheels. It is juft the fame with horfes j and tho' a horfe may go a very good Travelling-pace, he is not fit for the army unlefs he knows more. If another goes a good Terre-�-terre, it's f�rBcient ; and fo it is if he goes well in Curvets, or Demi-airs, or Balotades, Croupades, or Capriols. When he goes well in any one of the three laft airs, he is efteemed a good

-ocr page 17-



			OF DRESSING HORSES. 17

		a crood horfe, and bears a great price, and ought to be as much valued in his Chap. kind as a learned man in his particular fci�nce, or as a mufician for the in- I. ftrument he excells in, or for his voice, or as any painter in his kind : where- ^c * fore whoever requires more of a horfe than of a man, thereby expofes his own ignorance. All thofe that go to a ball-room, don't dance equally well : fome dance high, others low ; fome nimbly and gracefully, others heavily and aukwardly. In like manner, horfes perform according to their different genius and difpofition. As every particular man makes a part of mankind, fo every horfe corapofes a part of his fpecies ; and truly, every particular air among horfes may be compared to every particular trade among men. Would it not be ridiculous, if one mould fay, that man is a good taylor, and another ihould reply, Yes, but he cannot make fhoes, nor dance the ropes ? The fame may be faid of horfes airs, for they are as fo many particular trades amongft men. Altho' a horfe may perform two forts of airs pretty well, he poffibly may not perform a third. Thus a man may profefs to be of two or three different trades, but not f� as to excell in every one j befides, a horfe can never be put to any thing, uniefs nature has defign'd him for it, any more than a man can under- take to be mafter of a trade for which he is not naturally qualified. Thofe gentlemen, who afk thefe foolifh queftions, are fometimes led to it by ignorance, but for the moft part it proceeds from a jealoufy, and envy they bear to the horfeman and to the horfe for the rider's fake, whom they would leffen and brine into contempt j for having but little merit themfelves, they are not able to eclipfe by their actions the reputation of a man of worth, and fo they have refource to detraction, and by their malicious infinuations endeavour to tarnifh the brighter!: virtues. But we have faid enough on this head with too much truth, tho' with little eloquence. Many horfes, naturally good, fall into the hands of bad mafters, who ruin them j and many bad horfes are improved by good mafters, from whom fome benefit will always arife. Tho' art mould always follow the dictates of nature, and never thwart her, fmce fhe is miftrefs of the world, and ought to be obey'd. I fpeak with regard to the Manege, and fuch like, without concerning myfelf with theological myfteries, but only with horfemanfhip. To proceed: there are fome who fay, this is a good horfe, and that is a jade ; in which they are much miftaken, for there is no fuch thing in the world like to what they call a jade : it is altogether the ignorance of the horfeman that makes jades, and not nature ; wherefore if the horfeman ftudies nature, and the difpofitions of his horfes, he would know better how to appropriate them to the ufes for which they were created, and confequently they would become good horfes. For example, to begin with the Manege : If the horfe is fit to go a Travelling-pace, let him do it ; if he is naturally inclined to make Curvets, he muft be put to it ; and fo of the Demi-airs, PafTadoes, Terra-�-terre, Croupades, Balotades, and Capriols. If he be not fit for any of thefe, put him to run the ring : if he be not cut out for that, ufe him as a drudge to go of errands. If none of thefe fuit him, he will per- haps be crood for racing, hunting, or travelling, or for the portmanteau, for burdens^&or for coach or cart; or, in fhort, he may be fit to turn the mill, or fomeVuch life as that : fo that it is the fault of the horfeman, and not of the horfe, if he paffes for a jade j for really there is no horfe but what is fit for fome

-ocr page 18-



		i8 THE NEW METHOD ■ ook fome ufe or other. If princes were as induftrious to know the capacities of I. men for the different trufts they put in them, as good horfemen are to employ �v^-» _eac\|₁ ^Qffe '_m* that which nature defign'd him for, kings would be better ferv'd than they are j and we Ihould not fee fuch confufion, as furpaffes that of Babel, happen in ftates through the incapacity of perfons entrufted. He that is qualified to be a bifliop, is not fit to command an army j nor he that is fit to be a fecretary of ftate, to be keeper of the feals j becaufe the confcience of a fecretary of ftate might be fomewhat too large for a keeper of the feals, who is entrufted with the confcience of the king, and the commonwealth. Which ihews what diforder there is in all things when they are mifplaced. Would it not be abfurd to require of a taylor to make boots, or of a fhoe-maker to make breeches ? But leaving kings to chufe their officers as they pleafe, let us fol- low nature in what concerns horfes. If a horfe be traceable, and has fpirits and vigour, a quick difpofition, judg- ment, and memory, and without faults, he may be drefs'd in three months : the practice muft make him perfect, even as it does mankind in every thing. One thing I can venture to affirm, that in what time foever another dreffes a horf�, and renders him perfect by all his care, whether traceable or vicious, the method I here propofe will perfecT: him in lefs than half the time ; nay, he '. (hall go better, and more juft and perfect, which is what I have feen few horfes do, that have been dreffed by others. CHAP. II. A reproof to mafie rs who continually beat and abufe their fcholars, and always make ufe of the whip, SOME mafters are fo paffionate, or at leaft feem to be fo, that they are always beating their fcholars with the fwitch or long ftafF. I have even heard fay, that fome fill their pockets full of ftones to throw at them. If they forbear thofe vile practices, they abufe their fcholars all the while they are on horfe-back with moft unbecoming language, fuch 2&�Poor fellow!�Your hum- ble f erv ant > fir!�Ah the blockhead ! he fits his horfe like a portmanteau----- Simpleton !�turnyour hand�help with your legs�Spur�Holdup�Ah the the devil�what a beafl there is!�Some make ufe of much worfe language than this, and that in a haughty and imperious manner, thinking to pafs for great and able mafters, by thus fhewing their authority j whereas they expofe their own indifcretion and folly by giving themfelves fuch infolent airs. Such be- haviour is very unbecoming gentlemen, who are fuch by their profeflion ; befides, it alienates the affections of their fcholars, and tends to bring the maf- ter into contempt, by infpiring them with fentiments of revenge rather than confidence. Now without confidence there can be neither pleafure nor profit in fuch a fchool : moreover, it confounds both the horfe and the rider ; for it is irnpoffible even for a good horfeman, though mounted on a well-managed horfe, to keep time with as much exa�nefs and quicknefs as the mafter's tongue requires. What then can be expet�ed of fcholars? It may likewife happen, that the horfe is not thoroughly taught, and if the mafter himfelf were upon his back, perhaps he might not make a better figure j wherefore the mafter

-ocr page 19-



		OF DRESSING HORSES. mafter, in honour to his profeffion, mould (gentleman-like) be courteous and Chap ST ^WuJT^yuⁿA T?^eftl' ^but y«-A authority _; and infima ht HI fcholar what he mould do before he moves his horfe. After he has wrought ' h.m fuffiaently, order him to ftop, and then tell him in private the faults he has committed without reproaching him openly before the company; after- wards making h.mtry again, repeating frequently what he hasW to him: for a fcholar can t be a matter m one day, no more than a colt can be a com- l L��uTrl^TT\ ?^rft ^of ^a11 ^then ^teach y°^ur ^fcho^ 31 he ihould do, repeating ,t often to h.m in a m.ld manner/or he will never learn. As to the whip, ,t is often-times of fervice, but I wifh it were more fpanngly ufed For the too frequent ufe of it is the caufe why a horfewnl not go without it : befides, ,t ,s a very difagreeable fight, to fee two men abou a horfe when he ,s a ndmg, and that a riding-mafte? (1 ke a car�) ftouTd continually have the trouble of driving his horfe. I f_ay then, TwouU W k ufed only in cafe of neceffity, and never otherwife, for it is aTTbeSmio� thing, that a ma* mould not be able to mount his horfe unlJJ^S him with his whip ; befides, the thing is fcandalous, unlefs it be to make him go in a cart ; but in that cafe it is proper for a carter -J?⁶? ^a Tⁿt 'I iK"^? °r °^b,iged ^t0 ^fi8^ht ^on ^hotfeback, muft he have another to whip his horfe ? No fure, that would be ridiculous. I fay then I am for making ufe of it in cafes of neceffity only, otherwife I would have' it bandi d out of the Manege ; the rather, becaufe a horfe that requires continual whipping is unfit for that exercife. If the hand and heels be not fufficient it is either the horfeman's fault or elfe the horfe is not fit for that purpofc in which cafe condemn both horfe and whip to the cart. I muff fa ther K ' the whip is become now-a-days very odious in the Manege and thflcaaemie, becaufe the maffer does not think himfelf fueh if he has it not comply in h s hand ; and when any Prince or Nobleman comes to fee his Manege, h/is fure to find him Whip zn hand, which, as he fancies, is the moft becoming air he can affume whereas ,t is the moft ridiculous ; wherefore never ufe it when it can be avoided. It ,s very proper fometimes behind a horfe, when he is between the pilars, prov.ded you quit it afterwards ; or when a horfe retains his ftrength and ,s lazy ; but when he is brought into fubje�tion, leave it off, and take a fwitch, which is the moft becoming thing a horfeman can hold in his hand, whether on foot or horfeback. chap. irr. Of the different Colour and Marks of Horfes. QEveral horfemen have blotted more paper to demonftrate their Natural ^ Philofophy, than their art in Horfemanfhip, endeavouring to difcover the conititution and particular difpofition of horfes by their marks and colour and ^hich of the four elements enters chiefly into their compofition, whether'it be earth, water, air, or fire. Some philofophers deny the exiftence of elementary nre in this fublunary globe, in which cafe there will be only three elements remaining ; others fay, that the whole world is only matter put into motion, niererore motion performs all, Antient philofophers maintain, that we are k preferved

-ocr page 20-



			THE NEW METHOD

		Book preferved alive by means of the four elements compounded together ; but as I. to my own part, I believe, we fubfift by eating and drinking. Chymifts fay, -~~~^m*' that all matter is compofed of fait, fulphur and mercury j but my biifmefs is to treat only of Horfes, and not of Natural Philofophy; for I find by long ex- perience, that their rules are as falfe as the predictions of the w^reather in an almanack, which in one year's revolution is difcover'd to be as falfe as true. But fuppofe I fhould take the oppofite fide of the queftion, one will prove as true as the other. Therefore thefe are only trifling and chimerical conjectures. From whence I conclude, that a horfeman ought to mount a horfe often, by which means he will be able to form a better judgment, than any of thofe who philofophize upon his colour, or by the elements, fince that is only a piece of empiricifm or quackery. The marks of horfes, let them be in what manner you pleafe, are only fo many abfurdities, there being'only four good marks and feven bad ones in a horfe that has white feet. Th� firft is, that of his having the off-foot before white and found ; the fecond good mark is, his having his near hind-leg white, &c. But all this feems to be a kind of conjuration or forcery to me. For ifiouid thefe marks happen to be accidentally true, the caufe does not fo much proceed from the colour of the foot, as from the quantity of fpirits in the horfe's nature. Therefore the beft method to judge of a horfe is to ride and prove him often, before a proper opinion can be given of his perfections j fmce the beft horfeman in the world may be deceiv'd when another perfon mounts a horfe, and he may be deceived even when he mounts a horfe himfelf, parti- cularly when he is young, fince his fpirits are liable to alter in proportion to his age, as it happens in the human fpecies, only with this exception, that a horfe fooner arrives to perfection, with regard to his fize, than a mare. , But let us confider a little wherein the beft marks confift, or at leaft the greateft variety of the colours. For we ought to be careful of the colour of the ftallion's hair, if we aim at conveying a good one to thofe of the ftud. Men have different opinions with regard to the colour of horfes, yet fome are more agreeable to the generality of mankind -, for example, the light bay, provided the horfe has a black mane and tail, a lift upon his back, black legg'd, with a ftar upon his forehead ; others are white legged, but this fhould not be too high. The black ought to be marked like the bay; the chefnut with white upon the legs, and a ftar. A dark grey is the moft durable colour ; tho' I have feen a mare with a forrel mane and tail, well marked in every other refpeci:, that has appear'd perfectly genteel j another with a forrel mane and white tail, and both equally good j but a pied horfe, which is properly black and white, is contrary to my tafte. I have feen many beautiful white horfes, with black eyes and noftrils. An afh-colour'd grey is not a bad colour. A grey of the colour of a fly is very beautiful, but few attain to it till they be- gin to be advanced in years. There are even fome iron-greys exceeding fine, tho' the colour is not extraordinary. The fallow is not a bad colour, pro- vided the horfe's mane, tail, and feet are black. The colour of a horfe pleafes according to a gentleman's fancy, fince there are good and bad horfes of all marks and colours \ therefore the only way of knowing them is by trial. Some have been pleafed to fay, that an ill colour'd horfe is never good ; but, with fubmiffion to their judgment, it is very poflible to have a good horfe of a bad

-ocr page 21-



			OF DRESSING HORSES. 21

		bad colour. But tho' it be indifferent as to the colour of a horfe's fkin, I Chap. fhould ever prefer one of the five firft forts for a ftallion, for which I gave you IV. a reafon before. And thefe are all the remarks I Ihall make with refpeci: to the colour and marks of horfes. C H A P. IV. Qf the Shape of a Horfe, and particularly ofthofe in Foreign Countries. 10 M E authors, who have treated of the fhape of horfes, have defcribed 3 them in fuch a manner, as nature has not hitherto produced ; becaufe thev take and add together the moft beautiful parts of horfes belonging to dif- ferent nations, and by means of this compofition frame a horfe according to their own fancies, and not according to nature. For Barbary, Turkifh, Nea- litans Sec, are differently ihaped j yet a horfe from each of thefe nations v be completely ihaped, according to his kind ; we may, however, diftin- 'fh fr°^m ^wnat country they come. I have been often aik'd the queftion^ Vtfhat nation produces the moft beautiful horfe ? To which I anfwer'd, that T ould not decide it, till I knew for what purpofe the horfe was intended, each h ed being good and beautiful in its kind. Let us therefore examine into the alities of horfes belonging to each nation, and enquire in particular what thev excell in. I am not throughly acquainted with Turkiih horfes ; but they _e ₀f different breeds from the extent of the country, are generally tall, and ceeding beautiful, fwift, ftrong, and good winded, but feldom have a good uth. I ^nave °ft^en ^neard Neapolitan horfes commended, which I think they � nj_y deferve j but thofe I have feen were ill fhaped, though ftrong and vigo- is I ^nave ^^een Spanifti horfes, and have had them in my own poffeflion, hich were proper to be painted after, or fit for a king to mount on a blick occafion j for they are not fo tender as the Barbs, nor fo ill-ihaped as ^h Neapolitans, but between both. Genets have a lofty fine air, trot and Hop well, Sec. but are feldom ftrong; though, when they are well chofen, i v bear a very good character. Fame ftill adds fomething more furprifing, 1 tine to the courage of thefe horfes, which is, that they have carried an ^1fffi er fafe fr°^m ^ ^dd of battle, after their guts have been hanging on h around, with the fame courage and vigour as when he firft mounted him. The beft breed of horfes is inAndaloufia, efpecially that of the king of Spain's t Cordova. With regard to Barbary horfes, I freely confefs they are my f ourites 'j which may proceed from my having feen more of thofe, than of % other kind, and I allow 'em the preference as to fhape, ftrength, a natural ^nteel air and docility. Barbary horfes are faid never to grow old, becaufe thev always retain their original natural ftrength and vigour. I confefs, that thev have not fo genteel a trot or gallop as the Genets ; but no horfes in the world have a better movement in general, when they are well chofen and in- ftrufted. Tho' I have been informed in France, by an old officer of the army in Henry the fourth's time, that he had often feen a Barb beat down by the fuperior ftrength of a large Flanders horfe. I have experienced this difference between the bone of the leg of a Barbary horfe and one from Flanders, viz. that the cavity of the bone m one ihall hardly admit of a ftraw, whilft you may

-ocr page 22-



			V

		, .'- -iiwii'^i initm in___T-i-j-iiMii' -----------------^!------■.....binimi..... in�hi imi».....unii ..... n i i ■ n__..... imi....." "■>------ " " "' ' "'" imimnii----------------------'-----------'----------------------------- -------" ------ 22. THE NEW METHOD Book may thruft your finger into that of the other. Barbs, for the generality, are I. finewy, ftrong, fwift, and good winded ; tho' we meet with one fometimes ^W~^V""~^J that is dull and heavy. Mountain-Barbs are horfes of the beft courage, and many of them wear the marks of wounds they have received from lions. With refpefl: to the Northren horfes, I have feen fome beautiful in their kind, genteel in all forts of paces, and have excelled ail others in leaping. More- over they have a peculiar excellency in the motion of their fore-legs, which is the principal grace in the action of a horfe; but they differ from a Barb in one thing, which is, that they fooner come to decay ; and you will always find among them more horfes fit for the cart than the Manege. Hence it appears how ridiculous it is to attempt the defcription of a complete horfe. For provided a horfe carries his head well, has his neck well-propor- tioned, and is well fhaped according to the country where he was bred> it is fufficient -j but a particular regard ought to be had to the foundnefs of his feet, otherwife the reft of his beauties are of no value. If the patterns of a horfe are ftifF and long, he can never be active ; if, on the contrary, they are lax and weak, he will, generally fpeaking, be inactive j therefore his pafterns ought to be fhort and flexible, fince they are generally more active and ftrong when formed in fuch a manner. It would be an endlefs work, to attempt the defcription of horfes of a mix'd breed, fince the refult of fuch mixture may produce both good and bad. A fhort horfe feems to be the moft proper for the Manege, as we can compel! him by art to contract himfelf, ftop, or go backwards 5 whence it is evident, that a fhort horfe is fooner inftrucled in his paces than a longer : tho"* I muft take the liberty of obferving, that I have feen fome long horfes perform their exercife as well as the fhort. Many perfbns have remarked, that a horfe heavy before, that is to fay, one who is large-headed, thick-necked and fhoulder'd, bears heavy upon the hand, efpecially when he has not a large fhare of fpirits. But this is not the reafon 5 for let him have the leaft defecT: in his feet, legs, or fhoulders, he muft confequently be heavy upon the hand, let his ffiape be ever fo excellent. Hence it appears, that an expert horfeman in fuch a cafe cannot be fo ufe- ful as a good farrier. Others fay, that fuch a horfe, tho' very found, muft naturally be heavy upon the hand, and that a horfe differently framed will be light upon it j wherein I think they are much miftaken, fince I have feen horfes lfiaped like a bull before, that have been as eafy upon the hand as thofe of a more delicate ffiape. Whence it feems evident, that this does not proceed fo much from the different make of the fore-part of the horfe, as from the inequality of ftrength in his back and reins. For the principal art in horfe- manfhip is to place a horfe well upon his haunches j and he that is ftrong in his loins is the moft capable of enduring the exercife of the academy $ but a horfe with weak loins bears forward in order to relieve them. From whence I may conclude, that a horfe is heavy or light in hand, in proportion to the ftrength of his loins. Methinks I hear fome ignorant horfeman fay, that the ftronger a horfe is in his loins, the difficulty is fo much the greater to place him properly upon his haunches. This may be really difficult to an unexpert rider, tho' not fo to another more knowing than himfelf j fince, in fome horfes na- ture furnifhes us with a proper fubjeci: to work upon, and denies us the fame afliftance

-ocr page 23-



			OF DRESSING HORSES.

		affiftance in others. Therefore, when you have a proper fubjeci: in hand to Chap. manage, the fault of the horfe entirely proceeds from the ignorance of the V. riding-mafter and his want of fkill. Some horfes indeed are naturally apt to ' ^v * leap continually, in which cafe the rider ought to follow his natural difpofi- tion -j but he ought to put him upon his haunches notwithftanding, otherwife he will never have a genteel and graceful air. Others conceit, that a horfe with a thick mane and tail is generally heavy and dull ; but I have been mailer of fome with fuch marks, who were exceeding vigorous and a�fcive; whence I conclude, that a judgment cannot be fooner formed from the-fhape _Fig _6f _?of a horfe, than from his colour* 8, ₉, io. ■ C H A P. V. What kind of horfe is beft for a Stallion, and in what manner he ought to be ufed. What Mares are the mofl proper, with the method of proceeding to procure � good breed. TH E beft Stallion is a well-chofen Barb, or a beautiful Spanifh horfe, well marked, that the fame may remain in the breed. He had better have too much courage than too little, fince the colt he produces will be apt to in- herit the fame imperfections in a greater degree. Therefore I fhould think it abfolutely neceflary to choofe a ftallion naturally well-difpofed in every refpe�t, otherwife the breed will be the fame, which I have often found by experience. A ftallion of this kind is beft both to produce a breed proper for fervice or pleafure. Some people pretend, that a Barb or a Genet produce too fmall a breed, and give this reafon for it, that nature is always in a declining ftate. There is no fear of having too fmall horfes in England, fince the coolnefs and moifture of the climate, and fatnefs of the land, rather produces horfes too large. As to what is faid relating to the declining ftate of a horfe, I take it to be falfe, fince the fame heat remains in the fun at prefent, as when it was firft created, and the earth is equally fruitful. If nature had been in a conftant decay ever fince the creation, we ftiould by this time have been no larger than ants. For which reafon the Barbary and Spanilh horfes are the beft for ftallions. In the choice of Breeding-Mares, I would advife you to take either a well- ihaped Spanifti one, or a Neapolitan. But when thefe are not eafily obtain'd, choofe a beautiful Engliih mare, which is as good as any, provided fhe be of a good colour, and well marked, both which qualifications are neceflary to produce a handfome breed. With regard to covering the mare, I difapprove of its being in hand, or by confining the creature, fince it is then rather a compulfion than a natural inclination ; for every natural action of this kind ought to be perform'd with freedom and love, and not by violence or con- ftraint. Moreover, I am no friend to aftrological remarks in this cafe. The moon's afpeci:, or that of any other celeftial body, are equally abfurd in af- fairs of this kind ; and it matters not whether the moon is increafing or de- creafing, or whether any of the other planets are in conjunction or oppofition j for horfes are not begot by aftronomy, or by the almanack. Such obfervations are as ridiculous, as thofe relating to the point from whence the wind blows, F to

-ocr page 24-



		THE NEW METHOD to produce a male or female colt ; or that ridiculous practice of tying the 'left tefticle to generate a male, and the right a female; or another of the fame nature, which is, that of placing a cloth before the mare's face, of what colour you pleafe, that fhe may conceive a colt of the fame. This doclxine feems calculated only to amufe the credulous, and common fort of people, by en- deavouring to make them believe there is fome fecret myftery couched under fuch remarks. Nature is exaftly uniform in her operations, but particularly in that of generation j and we always find her fo very circumfpeci: in this action, that altho' ihe admits of copulation between two animals of a different fpecies, yet the produci: is incapable of producing a creature of the fame fpecies. Therefore let us follow the laws of nature in the aci: of generation, linee it is originally derived from her, and not from art. Your ftallion being well prepared and fed with good oats, beans, coarfe bread, a little hay, and a large quantity of wheat ftraw, water him twice in a day, and breathe him gently to preferve his wind, but he muft not be fweated ; for mould he not be in wind when he covers, he may chance to break it entirely. The reafon why I advife that a horfe fhould be well fed at this time, is, that altho' this a&ion is pleafant in itfelf, it is laborious notwithftanding -₇ and if he is not well nourimed, he v/ill deceive your mares, and generate none but weak colts ; fince, according to the old proverb, Without meat and drink love grows cold. Therefore feed him as well as you can, he will ftill be fufficiently lean. If he ferves many mares, he will not laft long, and his mane and tail will fall off to fuch a degree, that it will be difficult to reftore him to his for- mer ftrength the year following : he mould therefore cover only a certain number of mares in proportion to his ftrength, but never exceed twenty in a feafbn. The proper time in England is in the month of June, that your mares may foal the May following, when there is plenty of grafs, for which reafon they yield moft milk at that time. You 'ought therefore at this feafon to put all your mares together into an inclofure well fenced, where there is plenty of grafs during the time the ftallion is with them, and they are hot : then let your ftallion run with them, firft taking off his hind-flioes, that he may not hurt the mares by a kick, leaving his fore-fhoes on. Let him cover one mare twice in hand at firft, to render him more gentle \ then take off his bridle, and let him have the liberty of running among the reft, which will make him fa familiar with them by degrees, that they will be fond of his careffes, fo that no mare will be cover'd before fhe is inclined. When he has f�rved them all, he will try them again one after the other, and cover all thofe that are willing to receive him. The horfe is fenfible that he has finilhed his performance, by the mare's refufal of his carefl�s, and then begins to kick againft the fence that he may be gone : therefore it is proper to remove him at this time, and fend your mares into a frefh pafture. Thefe are the prudent laws obferv'd by nature $ and I dare venture to af- firm, that not one mare in twenty will fail, whilft half of thofe cover'd in hand will not prove with foal. A ftallion will ftay fix or ftven weeks with the mares, during which time he ought to be provided with a proper place to de- fend him from the heat of the fun, wherein there mould be a manger ftored with oats, peafe, fplit beans and bread. Your ftallion ought not to be under five, or more than fifteen years old j but this may be regulated according to his

-ocr page 25-



		O F D R E S^XS I N G H O R S E S. 25 ~~""~~ I I II llllll I I II ' ..... 'I 'I ...... I I II ~~�-�-�.~~ I' HMlIIWHMllllll llll IIIIIIM his ftrength, obferving that your mares be not cover'd before they are three Chap. years old, nor after fifteen. The goodnefs of the mares and colts they pro- VI. duce will ferve you for a guide in this cafe. A horfe may cover a mare of his ^W~"^V"^"^Jown begetting, without hurting your flud j for there is n� inceft amongft horfes, this being a privilege allowed them by nature. Moreover, they will produce finer colts when cover'd by a beautiful ftallion, efpecially by a good Barb. But you muft never make ufe of a ftallion of your breed, fince he will be widely different from a real Barb j and if you continue to ufe them fuccefc fively, they will at length degenerate, and refemble the horfes of the country where they are bred. The fame thing may be faid of all other creatures in the world, and even of mankind ; the climate, air, and land producing the fame efFeci: in all other animals. Therefore I would advife you not to make choice of a ftallion of your own breed, but rather of a young Barb, or Spanifh hcrfe, by which means you will be always mafter of a ftud of fine horf�s j but you muft always take care to choofe the moft beautiful mares in your ftud to breed from. By this means your ftallion will be as jealous in his Seraglio as the Grand Seignor, and always furnifh you with a fine breed of horfes. It will be abfoiutely neceffary, whilft the ftallion runs amongft the mares, that a man fhould watch them night and day, to fee how they are ferved, and left another horfe fhould be with them, or other mares with him, and to acquaint you with any accident that may happen. This is what I have to fay relating to ftallions and mares. Fig. 1* r. CHAP. VI. What is the proper time to take a Colt from his Dam, and how he jhould be managed afterwards* YOU ought to build a lodge in the pafture-ground into which you remove your mares, as well as in all others where they feed, to defend them from the inclemencies of the weather ; for there is no creature to which cold is more injurious than to horfes, neither will they endure much heat. Good ftore of hay ought likewife to be provided for them againft the winter. Several people recommend fuckling of colts till they are one or two years old j but herein they are much miftaken, fince they become tender and ill-fhaped by this me- thod, and you lofe the fertility of your mares during that time. You ought therefore to take up your colts from their dams at the beginning of winter, when the weather begins to be cold, that is, between Michaelmas and Chrift- mas, putting both males and females into a clean warm ftable provided with low racks and mangers. Always take care to keep your ftable clean, and your colts well litter'd, leaving them loofe. They ought to be feldom handled_>for fear of hurting them, or preventing their growth. They ought to be plen- tifully fed with good hay and bran, which, by making them drink freely, ^will render their bodies fat and plump. Feed them likewife with oats 5 for it ^1S ridiculous to imagine, that oats will make them blind, or their teeth crooked. In fine weather walk them in the fun-fhine about your court, that it may comfort and cheriih their fpirits. Turn them to grafs towards the latter end of May into fome pafture that will contain all your yearling colts, firft providing a hovel or lodge to defend them from the heat of the fun j the fhape of it you

-ocr page 26-



		20 THE NEW METHOD Book you (hall fee in the fequel, it being left open on one fide, that you may the I, better fee how it is contrived j for it ought to be fhut up by a large door, left ⁱ""^v~""-' they mould hurt themfelves. At the fame f�afon next year take up your colts that are a year and half old, drefs them, tie them up, and ufe them in the fame manner as other horfes, to make them gentle and quiet. The fum- mer following, when they are two years old, you may turn them out again into fome good pafture, that is provided with a proper lodge, or otherwife keep them in the ftable to make them fit to be mounted, which ought never to be done till they are above three years old ; for by this practice they will be more able to endure fatigue. It matters not in what pafture they run, provided it be dry, and has a pond of water belonging to it. If they fill their bellies once in twenty four hours, it is fufficient -_y* and there is no neceffity for a great variety of pafture, as rocky ground, mountainous, meadow, or fine grafs, provided you feparate the yearling colts from thofe that are two years old, and thofe of three from the reft. I could feed a horf� very well in my own court j for what is the reafon that the Barbs, Neapolitans, Turks, and Genets, are fo fleek and ftrong, and of fb delicate a fhape, unlefs it proceeds from the drynefs of their nourifhment ? Therefore the fecret of feeding horfes, in a cold climate, confifts only in keeping them warm during the winter, nourishing them with dry meat in that feafon, and dry pafture in the fummer. Take two colts equally beautiful, and defcended from the fame lineage j keep the one warm in the winter, and feed him with dry meat till he is three years old, and fuflfer the other to re- main at grafs till he is of the fame age, and I dare venture to affirm, that the legs of the former will be as beautiful, nervous, and pliant, as any Barb, or Spanifh colt's whatfoever, whilft the other fhall have a coarfe head and neck, and be as ill fhaped as a cart-horf�. Hence you may fee the efficacy of a dry food and warm houfes for your ftud. As to your mare-colts, you may let them run abroad till they are three years old, beca�fe they are not fo fubjecl: to grow poor, efpecially in the fore parts, as horfes are ; but if you can in winter put your young mares into (tables, as well as your horfes, it will be fo much the better. I am afraid the charge will be too great for a private perfbn, at leaft if his ftud be any thing confiderable. I well know by my own experience, that this method of breeding horfes is the beft ; for I have tried all ways both with the males and females of every coun- try. It is proper I fhould advife you to back your young mares a year or two before you have them cover'd, or elfe they will grow fo wild, they will be in danger of fpoiling themfelves and their colts j but by this method they become fo gentle, that neither the one nor the other will be afterwards in danger. Fig, i2. This is the manner of managing your foals, your young horfes, and mares. CHAP. VII. Of the Saddle, Stirrups, Spurs, and Bridle. ^r "^HE faddle I ufe is fo well made, that a man muft fit upon it with a A good grace, whether he will or no y you have the fafhion and figure of it here, and alfo that of the ftirrup and the fpur. As to bridles, there are none like the fimple canon for a young horfe j and for a horfe that you ride, a bridle

-ocr page 27-



		OF DRESSING HORSES. 2,7 bridle a la Pignatelle^ (made full and free, with reins a la Conetable) is the Chap. moft proper. You have the figure of that alio here annext. VIII. It is neither a good faddle, nor good ftirrups that make a complete horfe, any more than a good pair of fpurs put upon the heels of an ignorant perfon. Neither is it a good bridle that breaks the horfe well. For if they were made traceable by this piece of iron put in their mouths, the bit-makers would be the beft horfemen in the world. Thus if a book put into the hand of a boy would teach him to read without inftrudtions, we fhould have nothing to do but give give him a good and numerous library, to make him in a moment the moft learned perfon in the univerfe. But it is in good lefTons, well applied to the nature, fpirits, and ftrength of every horfe, that the great and fubtile fcience of Horfemanfhip confifts, that fcience that can manage a horfe with only a bit of wood in his mouth. The bridle, I confefs, is of fome ufe, tho' but little ; art avails much more, as all your excellent riders well know j for I have managed a horfe with a halter only, and he went as well as with the bridle, of which I have many witneffes in this city of Antwerp, who have feen the thing : I have alfo managed an Englifh one with a fcarf, and made him cur- vet and vault very juftly ; fo that it is not the bridle, but the art of the rider, that renders the horfe traceable. CHAP. VIII. Of the Method of Breaking Colts, T F the method I formerly prefcribed is made ufe of from the beginning, A which is, to put him into the ftable, and tie him up for two or three winters fucceliively, in order to make him traceable as other horfes, it will then not be difficult to back him ; for by this means he will not be wanton, apt to lie down, or be guilty of any extravagant actions common to young horfes, and thereby endanger the rider. By this method you will avoid the trouble of working him upon ploughed lands, morafles, &c. before you mount him ; by which exercife he is in danger of breaking his wind, or at leaft of fpoiling his genteel air. When you have made him traceable by thefe means, the firft faddle you put upon him fhould be quilted, or one made of chaff or ftraw, well faftened by a furcingle, that it may not hurt his back, but leave his fhoulders liberty that he may trot freely, as every colt fhould do. He ought not to be fhod at all j but if he wear any fhoes, they ought to be only lunettes-, or half ihoes upon his fore-feet, left he mould hurt himfelf by trot* ting brilkly. Nothing more ftiould be put upon his head than a halter, or cavefon, with reins to it of the fame kind. Moreover, he ought to have no- thing in his mouth j fhould there be any thing in it, it ought only to be a finali piece of whip-cord, with a head-ftall without reins, as this is an improper time to put a bit into his mouth. When he has been thus managed, the rider ought to mount himfelf upon a gentle horfe, and lead the colt behind him three or four days, till he follows the horfe freely. Then the rnafter ought to mount him for two or three days fucceflively, and afterwards fuffer him to go alone. But the rider muft at this time take care to manage his head by degrees ; and although he proves ftubborn either as to his mouth or head, he G foould

-ocr page 28-



		a8 THE NEW METHOD,^. Book mould by no means give way to it, but reftrain him, and gradually gain his point, I. til J he has placed his head in a proper pofture, which _;he ought to keep thus, by ^wv"~' working it downwards with his hand. Trot him upon large circles at firft, holding the inward rein of the cavefon tight, that he may not only keep within the circle, but have his haunches rather without than within it. In order to perform this, fpur him gently with the leg on the infide the circle, which will not only render his fhoulders pliant and eafy, but make him a compleat horfe, which requires fome labour and pains. But above all things let me recommend this, not to flop him on a fudden, fince fuch practice may occafion a violent pain in the reins of a young horfe j therefore let him be gently flopped about five or fix lengths, beginning with a trot, and flop him upon his walk. When you have backed and trotted him a fmall time, leave him at laft as vigorous as you found him. When he has been a month exer- eifed in this manner, then put a bit into his mouth, which mould be a fingle %.i3. curb with the branches a la Conetabk.* The firfl day you bridle him, let him be rubbed with a little honey, to make him the more quiet ; then ufe him for a , few days as you did before he wore the bridle. After this put the gourmette or curb upon him, which ought to be rather too long than too fhort, ufing him con- tinually in the fame manner, managing him with the cavefon, and not with the bridle, fo that he may be only juft fenfible of it : ufe him likewife fometimes to move gently backwards, and, when he feems to comply, carefs him. During this time, which will require a month, or more, you muft keep him trotting. After the expiration of two months, put his faddle on, and a cavefon made accord- ing to my own invention, which I fhall defcribe in its proper place. The main point is to manage a horfe's head, and to give him a proper weight upon the hand ; for it is very eafy to manage his haunches. I have therefore been often furprized, that fome horfemen �hould begin by managing* the crouper or tail. If the head of a horfe is well regulated, you may afterwards manage him as you pleafe, provided his nature and ftrength will admit of it ; for fhould you not fecure his head, it is impoflible ever to make him a compleat horfe, fince you have only your hands and heels to manage him, other wife the mofl ef��n- tial parts will fail you. Hitherto I have fuccin&ly and clearly fhown my new method of breaking a colt, hoping you readily comprehend what I have faid upon this fubjecl: j but the peculiar management of horfes fhall follow hereafter. But before I begin the fecond book, I am willing to acquaint you, that there are a few other figures in this volume than thofe of my own, that of Captain Mazin and my groom's. As to Captain Mazin, I bred him from an infant, and he thoroughly underftood the manner of dreffing horfes according to my new method, which he has imbibed from my inftrudtion, as well as his own induftry and long experience in the art of managing horfes. From whence I may venture to affirm, there is not a more underflanding horfeman than him- felf. Tho' I have been always happy with regard to my fervants, yet I muft ftill confefs, that I never found fo much love, fidelity and honefty in any other: he conftantly attended me in my adverfity, both in the time of peace and war, and always with the fame affection as if I had been in the greateft profperity, notwithftanding the largenefs of his family j which obliges me in gratitude to remember him. THE

-ocr page 29-

-/?.- fh/rr 'Scudt?

THE

NEW METHOD

O F

DRESSING HORSES.

BOOK II.

C H A P. I.

(y A /r#� &ttj #W *�<? necejfary Actions of a good Horfeman.

E F ORE a horfeman mounts, he ought firft to take Chap.
care that all his horfe's furniture be in order, which is I.
foon done, without prying into every minute circum- '�r
ftance to (hew himfelf an afFe�ted connoifleur in the
art. When he is once feated (for I take it for granted
that every one knows how to mount a horfe) he ought
to fit upright upon the twift, and not upon the buttocks ;
^s^ss��m^m though moft people think they were made by nature to

fit

upon j however, it is not to be fo on horfeback. When he is thus placed

upon his twift in the middle of the faddle, he ought to advance, as much as
he can, towards the pommel, leaving a hand's breadth between his hackiide
and the arch of the faddle, holding his legs perpendicular, as when he fends
upon the ground, and his knees and thighs turned inwards towards the laddie,
^r ^� ⁷ keeping

-ocr page 30-



		₃o TH E N E W M E T H O D Book keeping them as clofe as if they were glued to the faddle : for a horfeman has II. nothing elfe but this, together with the balance of his body, to keep himfelf on -"~^v�' horfe-back. He ought to fix himfelf firm upon his ftirrups, with his heels a little lower than his toes, (o that the ends of his toes may pafs about half an inch beyond the ftirrup, or fomewhat more. He (hould keep his hams ftiff, having his legs neither too near, nor too far diftant from the horfe ; that is to fay, they (hould not touch the horfe's fides, becaufe of the aids which fhall after- wards be explained. H� ought to-hold the reins in his left hand, feparating them with his little finger, holding the reft faft in his hand, having the thumb upon the reins, and his arm bent and clofe to his body, but in an eafy pofture. The bridle-hand ought to be held three inches above the pommel of the faddle, and two inches before it, that it may not hinder the working of the reins, which fhould be held ftrait over the horfe's neck. He (hould have a (lender fwitch in his right hand, not too long, like a filhing rod, nor too (hort, like a bodkin $ but rather (hort than long, becaufe there are many ufeful aids with a (hort one, that a long one won't admit of. The handle of it ought to be a little beyond the hand, not only for the fake of carefling the horfe with it, but likewife to hold it the fafter. The right hand, that holds the fwitch, ought to advance a little before the bridle-hand, with the fmall end of the fwitch pointing towards the infide. The rider's bread ought to be in fome meafure advanced, his countenance pleafant and gay, but without a laugh, pointing directly between the horfe's ears as he moves forward. I don't mean, that he (hould fix him- felf ftiff like a poft, or that he (hould fit upon a horfe like a ftatue 5 but, on the contrary, that he (hould be in a free and eafy pofition, as it is exprefTed in dancing with a free air. Therefore I would have a Gentleman appear on horfeback without ftiffhe(s or formality, which rather favours of the fcholar than the mafter ; and I could never obferve f�ch a formality, without conceit- ing the rider to look aukward and filly. A good feat is of fuch importance, as you will fee hereafter, that the regular movement of a horfe entirely de- pends upon it, which is preferable to any other affiftance ; therefore let it not be defpifed. Moreover I dare venture to affirm, that he who does not fit gen- teely upon a horfe, will never be a good horfeman. As to the management of the bridle-reins and cavefon, I will teach you more concerning them in the Fig.* 14. following difcourfe than has been hitherto known. CHAP. II. Of the Movements of a Horfe in all his Natural Paces. 1. \ Hor(�, in Walking, has two of his feet in the air, and two upon the -^a- ground, which move otherways at the fame time, one fore and one hind-foot, which is the movement of a gentle trot. %. The Trot ; the action of his legs in this movement is two feet in the air, and two upon the ground, which he moves crofs-ways at the fame time ; one fore and one hind-foot acrofs, which is the movement of the walk : for the movement of a horfe's legs is the fame in walking as in trotting, where he moves them crofs-ways, two in the air acrols, and two upon the ground at the fame time j (o that thofe which were acrofs in the air at one time, are afterwards

-ocr page 31-



		OF DRESSING HORSES. 31 afterwards in the fame fituation upon the ground, and fo vice verfa. This Chap. is the real movement of a horfe's legs in trotting. II. 3. The Amble. A horfe in this action moves both legs on the fame fide ; for example, he moves his two off-legs both before and behind at the fame time, while thofe of the near fide are at a ftand , and when thofe two which Were in motion before touch the ground, he moves the other fide, viz. the fore and hind leg on the near fide, and the off-legs are then at reft. Hence a pacino* horfe moves both legs on one fide, and changes the fide at each mo- tion, having both legs on the fame fide in the air, and thofe of the other fide upon the ground at the fame time, which motion is the perfect amble. 4. Galloping is a different movement ; for in this pace a horfe can lead with which leg the rider pleafes, but the leg on the fame fide muft follow it ; I mean when he gallops directly forward, and then this is a true gallop. But that the leading of the fore-leg may be rightly underftood, which ought to be followed by the hind-leg of the fame fide, the leg moves in the following manner : for example, if the fore off-leg leads, it confequently follows by fuch leading, that the fame fore-leg ought to be before the other fore-leg, and the hind-leg on the fame fide ought to follow, which hind-leg ought to be before the other hind-leg, which is the right gallop. But in order to underftand it the better, the motion in galloping is in this manner : the horfe raifes his two-fore legs at the fame time in the action I have defcribed, which is one leg before the other, and when his fore-legs come down, before they touch the ground, they are immediately followed by thofe behind y fo that, as I have faid before, they are all in the air at the fame time : for his hind-legs begin to move when the fore-legs begin to fall, by which the whole horfe is entirely in the air. How would it otherwife be poffible, that a horfe in running fhould leap twice his length, if the motion of the gallop was not a leap forwards ? This defcription is very juft both with refpecT: to the motion and pofture of a horfe's legs in galloping, which, though it be true^ is not eafily perceived in a gentle gallop, but very vifible in a fwift one, where the motion is violent : I fay, his four legs may then plainly appear to be in the air at the fame time, running being no more than a quick gallop, the motion and pofture of a horfe's legs being entirely the fame. It is however neceffary to obferve, that a horfe in a circular gallop ought to lead with his two legs within the volte, viz. his fore-leg and hind-leg within the circle. 5. Running. The motion of a horfe and the action of his legs are the fame in running as in galloping, the different velocity of the motion only ex- cepted ; fo that running may be properly called a fwift gallop, and a gallop a flow running. This is the true movement in running. The trot is the foun- dation of a gallop j and the reafon is, becaufe the tr�t being crofs-ways, and a gallop both legs on the fame fide, if you put a horfe upon a trot beyond the fpeed of that pace, he is obliged when his off fore-leg is lifted up, to fet down his near hind-leg fo quickly, that it makes the hind-leg follow the fore-leg of the fame fide, which is a real gallop ; and for this reafon a trot is the founda- tion of a gallop. A Gallop is the foundation of the Terre-a-terre, the motion of the horfe's legs being the fame. He leads with the fore-leg within the volte, and the hind-' hj leg.

-ocr page 32-



			THE NEW METHOD

		Book leg on the fame fide follows. You keep him only a little more in hand in IL Terre-�-terre, that he may keep his time more regularly. '�^v"""~' I could wifli that Pacing was excluded the Manege, that aclion being only mixed and confufed, by which a horfe moves both legs on the fame fide, and fhifts them each movement ; and this is as directly contrary to the Manege as is poflible, if, from an amble, you would put a horfe to the gallop } for when he is upon a trot you may pufh him to a gallop, but being upon the amble you muft ftop him upon the hand before he can gallop. I muft here acquaint you with what is commonly fpoken of, tho' little un- derftood. It is fa id that a horfe may gallop with the wrong leg before, which is impoflible ; for if the hind-leg follows the fore-leg on the fame fide, it is a real gallop j therefore it is rather the wrong leg behind. But let us explain what is meant by the wrong leg foremoft. In the true gallop, the fore-leg that moves firft ought to be followed by the hind one on the fame fide j and when a horfe puts down his two fore-legs, they are follow'd by the hind ones before they touch the ground ; fo that all four legs are in the air at the fame time, and the horfe fprings forward. What is therefore called the wrong leg fore- moft happens in this manner : when a horfe is in motion upon the quicknefs of the gallop, he fhifts his legs crofs-ways, which is the aclion of a trot, and which is fo contrary, that it is ready to make the horfe fall. This is one fort of what is termed the wrong leg before : this the other. When a horfe is gal- loping, as I faid before, he ought in a gallop to keep both legs on the fame fide always foremoft, inftead whereof he changes the fide every time, both fore and hind-leg on the fame fide, and changes fides each time, being the action of an amble, which is performed by having both feet on one fide in the air, and thofe on the other fide upon the ground at the fame time. This a�rion of ambling upon the fwiftnefs of a gallop fo far differs from the aftion of a gallop, that it is ready to make the horfe fall. Thefe two actions, viz. that of trotting and that of ambling upon the fwiftnefs of a gallop, is what they ignorantly call the wrong leg before. It is very certain however, that altho' a horfe gallops as he ought to do, and his hind-leg follows his fore-leg on the iame fide y neverthelefs, if he is not ufed to that fide, he will not gallop fo briikly, or fo faft, as he will on that fide with which he is ufed to lead : for it is the fame with a horfe as with a left-handed man, or one that ufes his right. Cuftom is very prevalent both in men and beafts, and in reality upon all things in general. C H A P. III. Of the artificial Movements of'aHorfes Legs.* FIRST of Terre-�-terre. Here the horfe always leads with the two legs within the volte ; his two fore-legs are in the air, as in the gallop, and his two hind-legs follow when he begins to put down thofe before, in fuch manner that the horfe has all his legs in the air at the fame time, making a leap forwards. His a&ion in the Demivolte is altogether like that of Terre-�-terre. %. Secondly,

-ocr page 33-



	OF DRESSING HORSES.
	OF DRESSING HORSES.	33
		33

a. Secondly, he makes only a leap upwards in Curvets, Demi-airs, Grou- Chap. pades, Balotades, and Capriols : for he has all four legs in the air at the fame III. time, as well when he brings down, as when he raifes his fore-part. There are only thefe two artificial movements, viz. Terre-a-terre and the Airs I have juft mentioned. Some imagine that the croupe of the horfe is his center, and that his fore- part makes the circumference, which is impoffible. For a horfe by no means refembles a pair of compaffes, that has only two legs, but an animal with four ; fo that the center is never in the horfe, but in the pillar, or in an imaginary center of the circle in which the horfe works : you ihall fee the true move- ments of his legs about the centre in all the artificial airs. It is neceflary for you to know, that let a horfe be either on the right or left hand, he ought always to be a part of that circle in which he moves ; and therefore he ought always to be bent on the infide, and not on the outfide of it. For fuppofe him on the right hand, he ought to be bent to that fide as the circle is. Should he be plied outward, he would be for the left hand, and not for the right, to which he is going ; fo that he would go falfe, not only with his body, but his legs. The nearer a horfe goes to the centre, the more ought he to be bent, or plied. If he goes Terre-�-terre large, altho' he feems near the center by a ftrait line drawn, neverthelefs, becaufe of the largenefs of the circle, his ply will not be fo great, and by it he will be more at his eafe. Notwithftanding a large circle may be more irkfome to him than a fmaller, the bent or ply of his body will be lefs in the former than the latter. It is moreover neceflary to obferve, that let a horfe go to either hand, he ought to have the center or pillar on his infide : for inftance, fuppofe him to the right, the pillar ought to be on that fide towards the volte, altho' he is very near it. For by this means the horfe will be always aflaunt, let him do what he will, and the half of his moulders will go before the half of his haunches, which is as he ought to be. Was he on the other fide of the pillar, half his haunches would go before the half of his moulders, which would be falfe. Befides, were he fo, half his croupe would go before half of his moulders, which would be falfe as he is to the right hand, but as it mould be if he went to the left. Thefe things ought to be well confider'd, becaufe they are the very foundation of horfe- manlhip. Let us therefore firft confider the natural pofture in which a horfe ftands, and then what art can do to him ; for art ought never to be contrary to na- ture, but to follow and perfect it. I have here given you the natural pofture in which a horfe ftands, having his fore and hind- legs equidiftant and parallel to each other, as you fee in the figure. The artificial lines in which I make them move are thus ; that is, to place his hind-feet in their natural pofition, as you fee in the fecond figure. By this means half the fhoulders of the horfe will go before the half of his haunches on the infide of the volte, and the other half of his haunches on the outfide of it will be in their natural pofture j fo that his two hind-legs are brought by art within the lines of nature of his fore-legs, by which method a horfe will always move well, that is, with the half of his ftioulders within that of his haunches on the fide of the circle, and never become entier y and this alfo puts him upon his haunches,

-ocr page 34-



		TH E NEW METHOD
	34	TH E NEW METHOD
	34

Book haunches, which is the quinteffence of horfemanfhip. If a horfe puts himfelf II. upon his croupe by parting his legs, he will be indeed upon his croupe, but not upon his haunches, unlefs his hind-feet are in their natural direction, as you may fee by the fecond figure. Many riders work the croupe of a horfe, as if he had only one hind-leg, whereas he has two ; and each of them ought to be confider'd in all the actions he makes, otherwife he works ignorantly or 3- by chance, as you will perceive by the following figure marked 3. #5E I? Moft riders turn the bridle-hand when they go upon the voltes ; -------g; for example, if they go to the right, they turn the bridle-hand to �»-------' the fame fide, which muft naturally throw out the horfe's croupe ; which the rider perceiving, he fpurs him brilkly with the left leg ; he fpurs him, I fay, at the fame time, fo that he throws out the croupe of the horfe by one aid, and would bring it in at the fame time by another, which is im- poffible ; for the fame thing cannot have two contrary motions at the fame time. Some horfemen notwithftanding are fo ftupidly ignorant, that they are continually whipping and fpurring the poor beaft till they have forc'd his hind- leg from its natural dire�ion, which was before in a line with his fore-leg without the volte, as you may perceive by fig. 3. Thus the half of his croupe will be within the half of his moulders, which is falfe, and very liable to make the horfe fall j all this proceeds from the ignorance of the rider. ⁴- This volte or circle is by moft horfemen fuppofed to be only of one pifte, which is abfolutely falfe j for as a horfe has by nature four legs, they muft confequently defcribe two circles, or piftes. A horfe in this figure goes according to the lines of nature, which in a Manege ought never to Oc? be done, as you fh�ll fee hereafter. Your great philofophers in horfemanfhip defcribe thefe two circles for the Terre-a-terre, placing the horfe's two fore-feet in the larger and his hind-feet in the leffer ; fup- pofing, that Terre-a-terre is the fame aclion as Walking a horfe upon the voltes with his croupe in, by which they are much miftaken. It is very true, that in Walking a horf� with his croupe within the volte, only two circles are defcribed j but in theTerre-�-terre a horfe defcribes four compleat circles with his four feet, as you may eafily fee in fig. 5. Another grand error is committed in this circle, which is, when you make the half of a horfe's croupe go before the half of his fhoulders, as you may fee in figure 5. which is both falfe and dangerous j becaufe in the Manege, the moulders ought always to go before the haunches. Nobody travels with his horfe's croupe before his head, and this is equally as ridiculous with refpeci: to a managed horf�. You therefore plainly fee, by thefe two figures, the faults in the common way of working j the true one fhall follow hereafter.

			G H A P.

-ocr page 35-



	OF DRESSING HORSES.
	OF DRESSING HORSES.	35
		35

C H A P, IV. My Method in faftening the Reins of the Cave/on. TAK E a long rein, with a fmall ring faften'd to one end of it, and pafs the other end of the rein thro' this ring, which bring over the pommel of the faddle, and fix it there in fuch a manner that it cannot move ; then draw the rein downwards, and pafs it under the fore-bolfter of the faddle, and then put the remainder of the rein through the ring of the cavefon dire&ly before, bringing the fame end of the rein into your hand ^ then do the fame by the other rein, fixing both ends well to the pommel of the faddle, carrying it directly downwards, as above, under the fore-bolfter of the faddle, paffing it thro' the other ring of the cavefon, and by this means bring the rein into your hand. This fort of cavefon is exceeding ufeful, both to fettle a horfe's head, to make him fteady in hand, to give his body a proper bent, to preferve his mouth, to ftop him, make him go backwards, or to turn him eafily to either hand j moreover, I have a greater command over him with two fingers in this manner, than with both hands by the common method. I may venture to fay farther, that the old faftiion has not near fo much efFeci: as this ; I therefore advife you to make ufe of it. The figure of it may be feen in the firft part of this book. CHAP. V. 'The firft Divifton ofL�SSO NS for making the Shoulders of a Horf e free and eafy. How a ram Horfe ought to be treated at firft to make him trot to the Right Hand in a large Circle, with a Cavefon made according to my jFaJhion. I R S T, let the rider be feated as I have directed before, and let him pull the rein of the cavefon within the volte upwards, towards the left fhoul- der, the nails of the right hand upwards, and the little finger towards the Ihoulder. The reins of the cavefon ought neither to be too long nor too (hort, for by both thefe faults the power of the rider will be diminifhed. He mould therefore adjuil the length himfelf, fince he alone is the proper judge of it. Then drawing the rein of the cavefon inward, he mould touch his horfe gently with the right leg, which will force his croupe outward, and work his moul- ders at the fame time, but only the half of his croupe, the other being loft, the rider having no feeling of it. Let him remember, that leg and rein of a fide works always both the {houlders, and but one half of the croupe. The better to work his lhoulders, the rider fhould turn inward the contrary Ihoulder to the hand he is working the horfe upon. For example, in trotting him to the right hand, the rider fhould place his left Ihoulder within, having his bridle-hand a little out of the volte, working all the time with the cavefon, and ' very little with the bridle. The rider's leg out of the volte ought to be a little more advanced than the other, becaufe the aid is with the inward, and not the outward leg. Both the horfe's lhoulders being work'd in this man- I ner*

-ocr page 36-



	36
	36		THE NEW METHOD
			THE NEW METHOD

Bo ok ner, both with the rein of the cavefon and the rider's leg on the fame fide as JLL the volte (his croupe being outwards) which always works the moulders, they muft therefore be more wrought than his hind-part ; for the croupe is put out and the moulders neareft the center, and the part neareft thereto will always be more retrained, more laboured and confined, than that which is farther off, whether it be in walking, trotting, or galloping, as appears by the figure fol- lowing. ° ^lk ^J ^� Thefrft Lejfonfor a Colt or young Horfe trotting on the Right Hand.

		By this figure it appears, that the feet of a horfe defcribe four HiftinA circles on the right hand. The fore-foot, marked ,. dS tfcfc�S? the other marked 2, defcribes the fecond the hind-foot TrkcTt 7ef bes the third5 and the other hind-foot the fourth. Thus you fee thai kW his moulders _Within his hind-legs, which prevents him from bei f^f (that is to refufeto turn) and renders his moulders f_Uppl_e and pliant � Za Sciita wo^ftrk^leS � Id ^yTh^g 't ^b ^the «�^^-� atticult to work the moulders than the croupe. You ought moreover to ftop hun »_ tbs pofture, and make him advance and retire TTl�per time, ��ce there is no fear of making him throw out his croupe at the C� n'pt°toT ^-^-f-r ₅ but it is much to be^CS^ hat helay" himS/S �r /"e I * ^bT^g ^a?^f0lU^^ly ^WT^g' ^and ^may ^chance to make him enter, (viz. _ref_ufe to turn) and render his fhoulders ftiff fn that h_P � never turn eafily afterwards, which is the greateft fau^ngL to a horfl It ,s not fuffiaent to keep the head and neck of a horfe withinle voke bu_tgive an enure ply or bent to his whole body from the nofe to the tail. I have already

-ocr page 37-



				*

	�~~"�)'� '~~i umi........■"■--!~~�■-��'------------~'~~ ~~j' ' ��^-'~~~"~"'�"""^~~ifBTiiraMrranMrnrtMini»^ OF DRESSING HORSES.

already demonftrated, in what manner it mould be done. For altho' fome Chap* object that his neck will be weaken'd by this method, I can anfwer that ob- V. je�ion in no other manner, than by faying, that fuch horfemen do not under- ~~~~* ftand the art they pretend to profefs, who would make a horfe ftiff-necked by their management, and not able to turn or wheel about. As to my own part, I confefs, when I have ufed my utmoft endeavours, I find them hardly fufficient to make the moulders of a horfe eafy j and therefore would advife you to follow the inftru�tions I have laid down. Arid thus I finirti my dif- courfe upon trotting a horfe on the right hand.

			The firft Leffon for a Colt or young Horfe trotting to the Left,

		The feet of a horfe in this motion defcribe four diftincl: circles on the left hand. The fore-foot mark'd i. defcribes the leaft, and the other fore-foot mark'd 2. the fecond ; the hind-foot marked 3. the third, and the other hind-foot marked 4. defcribes the fourth. From whence you may perceive the excel- lency of this leflon in making a horfe's moulders free and eafy. But it will be here unneceffary to repeat what I have faid before, and therefore I (hall only fhow you the aids necefTary for the left hand, which are thefe. Now the rider ought to take the bridle-reins in his right hand, and thofe of the cavefon in his left, and the fwitch in which hand he pleai�s. The reins of the cavefon being thus held in the left hand, that is, toward the volte, they muft be drawn, having the nails turned towards his right moulder, aiding with the left leg, fo that you may work both his {boulders, and only the half of his croupe. This leffon ought to be continued till the horfe is very light, and fo light that he offers to gallop of himfelf, for till then he Ihould not to be-

-ocr page 38-



			TH E NEW METHOD

		Book be put to it. I muft however remark one thing, which is, that in working II. the Ihoulders of a h�rfe, he muft neceffarily be put a little upon his ihoulders 5 for it is plai% when his croupe is loft, it is impoffible to place him upon his haunches j but the fhoulders is the moft difficult talk, it being an eafy matter to fettle the croupe, as you fhall fee hereafter. Whilft you are working the ihoulders of a horfe, he ought to feel very little of the bridle, which may ferve to put him gently upon his haunches, fince he has little for his fore-part to lean upon : the rein of the cavefon ought moreover to be held lightly, and as eafy as poffible, which will affift him likewife in placing himielf upon his haunches. He ought to be ftopt very gently at firft, and more ftrongly by degrees. You ought to confider befides, that as the rein of the cavefon and the leg, both working upon the fame fide, work both the horie's ihoulders and only half of his croupe, that by this means his croupe is entirely loft to the rider, fince he feels nothing of it : a ihort trot will likewife put him upon his haunches. Thus I have finiihed my difcourfe upon the method of trotting a horfe to the left hand. CHAP. VI. When and in what manner a Horfe jhould be Galloped. HEN a horfe is perfect in his trot, and fo eafy that he begins to gallop of himfelf, then gallop him upon the fame large circles in the follow* ing manner. For the Gallop to the Right H&nd. The rider ought to be i�ated in the fame manner as when the horfe was upon the trot, drawing the right rein of the cavefon towards the volte, putting the bridle-hand a little out of the turn, and aiding the horfe with the right leg, fince it is always rein and leg of a fide that works the ihoulders, and only half of the croupe $ but the croupe is actually loft, fince the rider has no feeling of it. A horfe's fhoulders are more worked than his croupe, as they are nearer the center, and coni�quently more prefl�d than the croupe, which is large and at liberty. The left ihoulder of the rider ought to be turned towards the volte or circle, that he may better manage the horfe's fhoul- ders, having his left leg a little more advanced than the other, becaufe no aid is to be given with that but with the right, that is within the volte. It ought to be obferved in this place, that nature has framed a horfe's legs of equal length j this being granted, and the rider working with the rein within the volte, and with his leg on the fame fide, the horfe's fore-leg next the volte will be longer than the other, and more advanced, and thus he will begin his gallop, the hind-leg on the fame fide ought to follow, being more at liberty, which is the true gallop to the right ; for the fore-leg within the volte ought always to move firft, and the hind-leg on the fame fide ihould follow. By this means he is obliged to gallop right, which is not eafily performed by any other method. You may fee this in the preceding figures for this leffon upon the trot : for the horfe's legs in the gallop defcribe here the fame circles j the fore- foot mark'd 1. makes the little circle, the other fore-foot mark'd a. makes the fecond circle, the hind-foot mark'd 3. makes the third circle, and the other foot mark'd 4. makes the fourth circle. This is the beft leffon that can be given

-ocr page 39-

OF DRESSING HORSES. 39

MMM

given to a young raw horfe, becaufe there is more difficulty in working the Chap.
(boulders than the croupe. He ought to be ftopped in that pofture, without VI.
raifing him, for the reafons given before, and fhould be made after his ftop to ' "
rein gently back. This is the method of galloping a horfe to the right. Re-
member, that the Gallop fettles a horfe's head, and gives him a good appuy_%or feelino- of the bit. Moreover, as a Trot is the foundation of a Gallop, fo
a Gallor? is the foundation of Terre-�-terre, as has been (hewn in its proper

place.

For the Gallop to the Left.

The rider ought to be feated as was fhewn before in the gallop to the right*
only with this difference, that he ought to hold his bridle in the right hand,
the cavefon in the left, and the fwitch in which hand he pleafes. The reins of
the cavefon being held in the left hand, that is, next the volte, he muft draw
them, having the nails of his hand turn'd up towards the right ihoulder, and
bring'ing that ihoulder in, muft help his horfe with the left leg, that he may
work both his moulders, and only half of the croupe. It appears plainly by
the foregoing circles, that a horfe by this method cannot gallop falfe. His
fore-leg next the volte fhould move firft, fince it is the longeft on account of
the bent of the horfe's body, as I have faid before, and the hind-leg on the
fame fide ought to follow, becaufe it is moft at liberty. This is the true gallop
to the left, as you may fee by the preceding figures for this leffon upon the
trot � for' the horfe's legs in the gallop here defcribe the fame circles, by
which k appears, that the feet of a horfe defcribe four compleat circles when
he gallops to the left. The fore-foot marked 1. defcribes the inward circle,
the other fore-foot marked 2. the fecond circle 5 the hind-foot marked 3. de-
fcribes the third, arid the other foot marked 4. the fourth circle. Thus you
may fee how this excellent leffon renders the moulders of a horfe fupple and
eafy, wherein the difficulty of the work confifts ; if thefe are made fupple at
firft,' the reft will be no hard talk. You muft flop, and rein him back in the
fame pofture ; but don't make him rife before, till he is very perfeft in this
leffon and fome others to be fhewn hereafter. This only makes the fhoulders
of a horfe free and fupple, for the croupe is entirely out of the queftion, tho'
he obeys the rider's leg next the volte. This gives a proper ply to his body,
which is not eafily done by any other method, and is the principal thing in
the dreffmg of a horfe. Thus I conclude the method of working a youngraw
horfe's fhoulders at firft both upon the trot and gallop, which is the perfection
of the beginning of the work. You ought fometimes to walk your horfe upon
thefe large circles in the fame manner as you trotted and galloped him before,
in order to work his fhoulders. This gentle walk will pleafe him, divert him
in his exercife, and make him love the Manege.

C H A P. VII.

Of the Method of flopping a Horfe.

H E N a horfe is trotting, the rider ought to prefs him a little fafter
before he flops, and ftop him immediately after, by drawing the in-

ward rein of the cavefon a little ftronger than the other, and more towards his
body, putting his body a little back, that he may be obliged by the weight to

A», J^

-ocr page 40-



	₄₀ THE NEW METHOD

Bo ok put himfelf upon his haunches ; but particular care ought to be taken, that he II does not advance, by which I mean that he mould not rife before, but only ftop without rifmg ; for a fure way to fpoil a horfe, is to teach him to rife before he trots and gallops freely, for he would be apt to rife and be reftif, in- ftead of advancing. Particular care ought therefore to be taken never to make him rife, till he anfwers freely the fpurs both in trotting and galloping ; but the fpurs in the beginning fhould be given with great care, and but feldom, and then gently. He ihould be flopped without fuffering him to rife, as this figure and my inftru&ions direct. The bridle ought to be flack, when the horfe fir ft begins to rein back, draw- ing both reins of the cavefon, as if you was fa wing a piece of wood, the rider leaning a little back, when the horfe goes back, according to the defcription in the following figure. Trotting and flopping a horfe is the foundation of all airs, they fettle his head and croupe, put him well upon his haunches, and make him light before. Reining back fettles the horfe's head, puts him upon his haunches, and makes him light before. I rauft in this place fhew you, that it is a bad practice to make a horfe go more turns to the right hand than the left. Notwithftanding their philofophi- cal argument, that a foal lies upon the left fide in the womb of the dam, fucks on the fame fide ; that he is always faddled, turned about, and led fo ; many horfes being however eafier to the right hand than the left ; therefore the moft difficult outfit always to be the moft worked ; for what can you defire more, than to have your horfe equally fupple to both fides ? In the old way of fight- ing on horfeback, they always turned to the right to get the advantage of the croupe. But Monfieur Furgo, who was an excellent horfeman, and the beft in the world for the fingle combat, by a new invention of his own, never took that method. You muft obferve, that the motion of a horfe's legs in trotting is crofs-ways ; that thofe legs in the air are always the moft advanced, and thus they change alternately ; for inftance, when the near fore-leg is in the air, the off hind-leg is from the ground at the fame time, and thus vice verfa he changes them in every motion. When a horfe has been thus well worked to both hands upon thefe large circles, you may walk him gently and in his length, in the fame manner you had worked him before. Work him both with rein and leg on the fame fide, which will render his fhoulders fupple and eafy y and the narrower the circle, the more pliant will it make them ; but let him be foftly worked in this manner, firft on the right hand, and then on the left. *Upon the Right Hand in a Walk in the Horfe's* Length,

		Upon

-ocr page 41-



	OF DRESSING HORSES, _4I

				Chap, VIII.
		Upon the Left Hand the fame Leffon.


An End of the fir ft Divifon �^Lessons which were to render the Viae Fig, Shoulders of a Horf e free and eafy. ^l^% ¹ ⁴* C H A P. VIII. 'The fecond Divifon of L-Essons. A new Method of working a Horfe's Croupe to the Right Hand IS H A L L now begin to inftruci: you firft how to make a horfe obey the fpur. Place his head towards the wall, for the right hand, drawing the in- ward rein of the cavefon, with the nails of your hand directed upwards to the left moulder, and the bridle-hand a little outward, and the left moulder a little within, aiding him gently with the left leg, to advance his moulder within the volte ; by which means his body will have a right turn, and he will look into the volte. It mould be here obferved, that the rein within the volte, and the rider's leg without, ufed at the fame time, work always his croupe ; for I plainly perceive, that the rein towards the volte works the hind-leg on the fame fide. It is neceffary to be obferved befides, that the wall is a fort of center or pillar, when the horfe's head fronts it j therefore when his head is placed towards the wall, upon a trot, his forelegs are nearer together than the hind-ones : therefore the lines of his fore-legs are within thofe of his hind, becaufe his fore-part is placed againft the wall, which ought to be looked upon as the center. I find however, that I work his croupe, fince leg and rein contrary always does. In this leflbn, when a horfe trots, he defcribes only two lines j one where his fore-leo-s move near together, and the other where the hind-ones move at a greater diftance from each other. A horfe in this a�Hon , paflages,which is, to lap one leg over another; but becaufe he is upon the action of the trot, in which he moves his legs crofsways, he places or crones the outward fore-leg over the inward, and at the fame time he advances the in- ward hind-leg j the next ftep he advances the inward fore-leg, and croffes the outward hind-leg over the. inward, fo that it is impoffible for him in this action to crofs both his near-legs at the fame inftant over his off-ones ; but he croffes them one over the other every fecond movement* When you are near the end of the wall, aid your horfe more brifkly with the left leg than the other, in order to command more of his croupe, and if he yeilds to it, carefs him. Thus I have fhewn you the manner of working a horfe's croupe to the right hand.

			CHAP.

-ocr page 42-



		₄a THENEWMETHOD

			CHAP. IX. The Method of working a Horfe s Croupe to the Left Hand. I MAKE the horfe obey the heel in the following manner : Since it is on the left, you muft lhift your bridle-rein into the right hand, and hold thofe of the cavefon with the left, turning the horfe's head towards the wall, for the left, and drawing the inward rein of the cavefon with the nails of your hand directed to the right moulder, and that moulder a little in, the bridle-hand a little outward,aiding him gently with the right leg, to advance his moulder within the the volte, by which means his body will have a right turn. It mould be here obferved, that the rein within the volte, and the rider's leg without, working at the fame time, always work a horfe's croupe j for I plainly perceive, that the rein towards the volte works the hind-leg on the fame fide, and my own leg that on the other fide. The wall being a fort of center confines his fore-legs, whilft the others are at liberty. The head to the wall, the fore-part muft be the moft preffed, which I have no occafion to repeat in this place, fince I ftiewed it you in the preceding chapter. I ftiall only obferve one thing more, which is, that when you come near the end of the wall, you muft aid your horfe brifkly with the right leg, in order to have more command of the croupe before you flop, and work him upon this leffon till he is perfect at it. CHAP. X. A new and true way io work the Croupe of a Horfe upon a Walk, which is the Aclion of the Trot, the Croupe to the Center, which is the Pillar. WHEN the croupe of a horfe is near the center or pillar, you muft draw the rein of the cavefon within the volte, having the nails upwards, and the little finger towards the left (boulder, aiding him with your leg out of the volte, which is the left, and by this means the horfe's hind-legs will be brought nearer together. The rein of the cavefon within the volte prefTes the hind-leg on the fame fide outward, whilft the rider's leg on the outride prefles the other hind-leg inward j fo that they are put both under his belly. By this method therefore both the horfe's hind-legs are in fubjeftion, and only the half of his fhoulders preffing his croupe, and leaving his fore-part at liberty, that he may the better embrace the volte. If both his ftioulders fhould come in, one of his haunches muft confequently be without, which would be falfe. This being to the right, your left (houlder ought neceflarily to come in, not only to keep yourfelf upright in the faddle, but to facilitate the motion of the horfe's ftioul- ders, and you muft turn your head to look into the volte. In this paflage, which is the action of the trot, a hori� crofl�s his legs without the volte, only every other time ; for example, when he crofl�s the outward fore-leg over the inward fore-leg, the inward hind-leg advances at the fame time ; in the next motion the horfe crofl�s his outward hind-leg over the inward hind-leg, and he advances at the fame time the inward fore-leg. He cannot poflibly crofs his legs but every other time, fince the movement of them upon the trot is always

-ocr page 43-

OF DRESSING HORSES.

r TViPnillar which is the center, ought always to be within Chap*
STouoe³ by IS the fctjrt of the horfe will always go before his J^
� an'd he will go f.deways, as he ought to do, when his croupe isto �
the^llar or center. Working a horfe this way upon a walk, which is the
Sion of the �ffc defcribesonly two circles; his hind-feet, as being next
Setter defcribe the leffer, andiis fore-feet the larger, fince they are at a
greater diftance from it, as you may fee by the following figure.

For the Right Hand,

monftrates, that the
center is within the
horfe's croupe,andthat
though the center was
farther diftant, he will
never become reftive*
as long as it remains
within the croupe.

A horfe defcribes
but two circles, be-
caufe he is upon the
trot, which is crofs-
ways, and he croffes
his legs only every o-
ther time.

The ftrait line with-
in the leffer circle de-

CHAP. Xf.

gi mrk a Horfe upon his Pafage upon a Walk which is theJclion ofaTrot,
^J to the Left Hand.

ER E it is proper to change the bridle from the left hand to the rights
and hold the Ls of the cavefon with the left, having your little finger

towards the right (houlder, aiding the horfe at the fame tune with your out-
wTd L J* the right, which brings his hind-legs together. The rein of
r cavefon within til v�lte puts the horfe's hind-leg next to it out, and the
nderiegout of the volte puts his other hind-leg in, firthat they come under
httel lyf and put him upon his haunches By this method ttarf�^**»
b �d lS are both worked, and only the half of h,s moulders by ««13
e oupe and leaving his (houlders at liberty, that he may the bette,₍ embrace
Jhe vdte. In this"paffage, which is a trot, a horfe only crones his leg. wtfh-
� _the volte over^within it, J^^^jJ^^i

She (hould be never fo near it; by which means his (houlders will ne-
3v move before his croupe, and fideways, as they ought to do. By work-
infa horfe upon the trot in this manner, he defcribes only two circles ^th
hl leis thofe neareft the center defcribe the leffer, and the moft remote the
larger, as you may fee by the figure following.

-ocr page 44-

THE NEW METHOD

�or the Left Hand,

A horfe defcribes
but two circles when
he is upon the trot,
becaufe he only crof-
fes his legs alternate-

The ftrait line with-
in the leffer circle,
fhews, that the center

is within the horf�'s
croupe -j and, though
the center was farther
diftant, he will never
become entier, which

to refufe to turn,

as Ions as it remains
within his croupe.

CHAP. XII.

7b work to the Right Handy the Horfe's Croupe out.

HERE the horfe's head ought to be towards the pillar, for the right hand.
I have laid it down as a maxim before, that when a horfe's croupe is
worked towards the pillar, it ought to be always within his croupe j but when
his head is towards it, and his croupe from it, the pillar ought to be quite
contrary. For inftance, in the prefent cafe, the horfe ought to have the pillar
on the outfide of his head ; whereas in the other he had it on the infide of his
croupe, when it was turned to it. The reafon why the horfe's head ought
to be within the pillar, is, that by this means his moulders are fo worked,
that he cannot bring his croupe too much within, nor become entier. The
horfe's croupe mould be worked as much as poffible, always obferving to keep
the pillar without his head j for by this means his croupe cannot be thrown too
much in, but will make him move perfectly well fideways : the fore-part of the
horfe, which is neareft the center, is more conftrained than his croupe, that
is more diftant from it. Here follows the method of working a horfe's head
on the right hand, having the pillar without it, which is on the left.

The rider ought to pull the inner rein of the cavefon, having the nails of his
hand turned upwards, and his little finger towards the left moulder, the bridle-
hand a little without, and the left (boulder fomewhat in, turning his face to-
wards the volte, touching him gently at the fame time with the left leg. The
horfe's moulder next the volte ought to advance a little, that he may have a
proper turn with his body, and may look towards it. It is neceflary to ob-
serve in this place, that the inward rein and the outward leg of the rider,
moving at the fame time, constantly work the horfe's croupe, as they are op-
pofite to each other. For I am perfectly fenfible, that the inward rein of the
cavefon works the hind-leg on that fide, and that my own leg works the other
without the volte. It ought moreover to be obferved, that when a horfe's
head is toward the pillar or center in this action, his fore-part is more con-
ftrained than his croupe, fince it is nearer the center, by which means his
fore-legs are within his hind-ones \ but ftill I perceive that I work the horfe's

croupe.

-ocr page 45-

«te»

OF DRESSING HORSES.

croupe. A horfe defcnbes but two circles when he is upon the trot, one Chap^
where his fore-legs go narrow* and the other where his hind-legs go larger. XIII.
The horfe goes upon his paffage, which is when he laps one leg over the other ;
but as he is upon the action of the trot, and moves his legs acrofs, he only
does it at every other motion, which I have fufficiently fhewn already ; and
for this reafon he defcribes only two circles. When you think you have walk-
ed your horfe fufficiently, prefs him very much with the left leg, to put his
croupe towards the pillar, and let him take breath in that pofture. Here is
the figure, to (hew how a horfe's head is to be worked when it is towards the
pillar, and his croupe from it.

For the Right Hand.

cles, proceeds from his
head being towards the
pillar, and that when
he trots, he croifes his
legs one over the other
only every other time;

The ftrait line with-
in the lefler circle
ftiews, that the horfe's
head ought to be with-
in the pillar or center.

The reafon why he \
defcribes but two cir-

CHAP. XIII.

To work to the Left_y the Horfe's Croupe out.

TH E horfe's head, for the left-hand, ought to be to the pillar. I gave it to
you before as a maxim, that when the croupe is worked to the pillar,
it fhoujd always be within the croupe ; but in the prefent cafe, the horfe ought
to have the pillar without his head, his croupe being out, which is quite con-
trary, for he has it within his croupe, when that is towards the center. The
reafon why a horfe mould have the pillar without his head is, that he then
works better with his (houlders, which prevents his bringing his croupe too
much in, or becoming entier. One may work the horfe's croupe as much
as poffible, provided the pillar is without his head, for fo he can't put it too
much in, but will go perfectly fideways 5 the fore-part of the horfe next
the center, being narrower than his croupe, which is more diftant from it.
This is the method of working a horfe's head towards the pillar or center on
the left hand, his head being on the infide of it : The bridle ought to be put
into the right hand, drawing the inward rein of the cavefon with the left,
having the nails of the hand turned upwards, and your little finger towards the
right fhoulder, holding the bridle-hand a little out, and your right moulder a
little in, with your head turned to look into the volte, touching him gently
with the right leg, to make him advance his moulder within the volte. It is

neceflary

-ocr page 46-

««aa,

■Wtsfehfl~~j* iv^tf~~

TH E NEW METHOD

o o K neeeflary to obferve in this place, that the inward rein and the outward leg of

II. the rider, * moving at the fame time, always work the croupe, as they are op-
pofite one to the other. I am perfectly fenfible, that the rein within the volte
works the hind-leg on the fame fide, and that my own leg without the volte
works the other hind-leg. It is moreover neeeflary to obferve, that when a
horfe's head is towards the pillar or center upon a trot, that his fore-part is
more confined than his croupe, and therefore his fore-legs will confequently be
within the lines of the hind-ones. Neverthelefs, I perceive that I work his
croupe, fmce the rein of the cavefon and my own leg, that are oppofite, al-
ways work the croupe. The horfe being upon the a�tion of the trot, defcribes
but two circles, one where his fore-legs go narrow, the other where his hind-
legs go larger. The horfe goes upon his paflage, which is, when he laps one
leg over the other; but as he is upon the a�ion of the trot, in which his legs
move crofsways, he only does it at every other motion, which I have fuffici-
ently fhewn already. When you imagine that your horfe has been walked
enough, prefs him ftrongly with the right leg to place his croupe towards the
pillar, and let him take breath in that pofture. Here I give you the figure of
working a horfe's head to the left-hand, with his head to the pillar and his
croupe from it.

For the Left Hand.

The ftrait line drawn
within the leffer circle
fhews, that the horfe's
head ought to be on
the infide the pillar or
center.

The horfe's head to

the pillar, upon the
a�tion of the trot, he
can only defcribe two
circles, by reafon that
he crofTes his legs one
over the other only e-
very other movement.

CHAP. XIV.

To work a Horfe to the Right in his own Length upon a Walk or

which is the Action of the Trot.

<*&>

WHEN a horfe is rode to the right upon a walk, in fo fmall a compafs
as his own length, it ought not to be performed round a pillar, fince
he ihould move in lefs compafs than the pillar will admit of; fo that the beft
method will be to perform it in a corner of a covered Manege, where two walls
meet. Here are the aids for the right hand : Firft draw the reins of the cave-
fon within the volte with your right hand, the nails being turned upward, and
your little finger pointing towards the left fhoulder j then touch him gently
with the contrary leg, which will keep his ihoulders free, and command his
croupe. If his ihoulders mould go too much in, take care to keep them a
little out j and when they are not fufficiently within, you may touch him

gently

-ocr page 47-



			OF DRESSING HORSES. 47

gently with your outward leg, and fometimes with the other, to keep him even, Chap. putting it back afterwards in its proper place to be ready upon occafion. This XV. is the beft leflbn in the world, for if a horfe is perfectly obedient to me upon a ^u~"^v* walk in his own length, and anfwers both hand and heel, I can make him per- form all that his ftrength will permit. This method far exceeds that of the quarters, halfs and three quarters of voltes ; fince you have an entire volte by this, wherein thofe divifions and fubdivifions are all included, and one quarter more added : But this can be performed only by a mafter, as it re- quires the greateft exa&nefs and nicety. You mull always change as you fee occafion, not forgetting, that though the fhoulders go more ground than the croupe, the latter is the moil conftrained notwithftanding, fince it is the lead at liberty. Here follows the figure. For the Right Hand.

		The line ought to be as I ( / j near the center as poffible.

	CHAP. XV. To work a Horfe to the Left in his own Length upon a Walk or Pajfage, which is the Jclion of the Trot. WH E N a horfe is rode to the left upon a walk, in fo fmal� a compafs as his own length, it ought not to be performed round a pillar, fince he fhould move in lefs compafs than the pillar will admit ; fo that the beft me- thod will be to perform it in the corner of a covered Manege, where two walls meet. Here are the aids for the left hand. The bridle muft be changed from the left hand to the right j then draw the reins of the cavefon within the volte with your left-hand, the nails of it being turned upward, and your little finger pointing towards the right moulder j then touch him gently with the contrary leg, which will keep his ftioulders free, and command his croupe. If his /houlders ihould go too much in, take care to keep them a little out ; and when they are not fufficiently within, you muft touch him gently with the outward leg, and fometimes with the other, to keep him even, putting it back afterwards in its proper place, to be ready upon occafion. This is the beft leffon in the world; for if a horfe is perfeaiy obedient to me upon a walk in his own length, and he anfwers both hand and heel, I can make him per- form all that his ftrength will permit. This method far exceeds that of quar- ters, halfs and three quarters of voltes, fince you have an entire volte by it, and'one quarter more added, wherein thofe divifions and fubdivifions are all included. But this can be perform'd only by a mafter, as it requires the greateft exaftnefs and nicety. You muft always change as you fee occafion, not for- getting, that though the moulders go more ground than the croupe, the latter is the moil conftrained notwithftanding, fince it is the leaft at liberty. M For

-ocr page 48-





₄g THE NEW METHOD

			For the Left Hand.

		The line ought to be as f ( "N ) ) near the center as poffible.

	CHAP. XVI. A new and exaSi Method of making a Horfe go Terre-�-terre, with Obfer* vations never made before. tfhis Praclice was a kind of Terra a Terra Incognita, //// I had attained it by flu dying the Art of Horfemanjhip-^ and I have found a T'reafure of Knowledge_y which I offer to all Honourable and worthy Horfemen. TH E motion of a horfe's legs in Terre-a-terre, is a gallop in time. To the right, draw the rein of the cavefon within the volte, the nails of your hand turned upwards, and your little finger towards the left moulder, aiding him gently with your leg out of the volte. Work the horfe in this manner acrofs, with the rein of the cavefon on one fide, and your leg on the other, and they will always work his croupe, fince his hind-legs are by this means kept clofe together. The rein of the cavefon puts out the horfe's hind- leg within the volte, and the horfeman's leg without the volte puts in the other hind-leg fo, that it goes under his belly, and puts him upon his haunches. Confequently, by this correo: method, both the horfe's hind-legs are worked, and only the half of his moulders 5 and it conftrains his hind-legs, leaving the others at liberty, that he may the better embrace the volte. If both the fhoul- ders of the horfe come in, the outward hind-leg muft go out, which is falfe. By this method a horfe defcribes four circles with his four feet, as he ought to do when he goes Terre-�-terre j that is to fay, his fore-leg next the volte defcribes the largeft, his other fore-leg the fecond, his hind-leg next the volte defcribes the third, and his other hind-leg the fourth or fmalleft circle. The legs of a horfe, being of an equal length, he muft confequently be upon his haunches, when his hind-legs are within the lines of nature j I mean, within the lines of his fore-legs. For the fame reafon, when you pull the inward rein of the cavefon, and make the body of the horfe defcribe a femicircle, the fore-leg within the volte muft of neceffity be longer than that without ; which is as it ought to be, that the hind-leg on the fame fide may go foremoft. By drawing the inward rein, the hind-leg within the volte is forced out- ward, and affords him the greater liberty of tracing the ftep of the foremoft on the fame fide, which is right 5 aiding the horfe with the outward leg con- ftrains and fubje&s his hind-leg on that fide, and of neceffity puts it behind his other hind-leg, which is as it Ihould be. You may obferve from what I have faid, that a horfe ought always to fly the pillar or center with his hind-leg with- in the volte, which makes the half of his (houlders go foremoft, as they Ihould. But here the danger is, that the horfe fhould not bring his hind-legs clofe enough together : If he anfwers the outward leg of the rider, it will do j if he does not, it won't ; I (hall explain how to make him do it hereafter. The

-ocr page 49-



		OF DRESSING HORSES. ₄₉ The rider ought to be feated upon his twift according to the inftru�tions I Chap, have given before, in the chapter relating to the proper feat of a horfeman. XVI. When a horfe goes Terre-�-terre on the right hand, he mould pull the inward ^w^^r^-' rein of the cavefon, having the nails of his hand turned upward, the little fin- ger directed towards the left moulder, looking into the volte, aiding him with the outward leg, to make him convex like a bow in the middle, and con- cave at each end, bending towards the circle ; for every horfe ought to form a part of the circle in which he moves ; from whence it naturally follows, that every horfeman muft defcribe a part of the circle of his horfe. He ought therefore to incline his body on the fame fide, which, on the right hand, is to place his left moulder within, then, his right moulder being behind, he makes room for the horfe's less to advance within the volte, which are the longeft, on account of the bent of his body* The right moulder of the rider being thus without, and his left within, the horfe's legs out of the volte are by this means fo confin'd, that they are the ihorteft, and don't alter his Terre- �-terre, which is only a gallop in time, termed Re leve j not becaufe it is high, but becaufe he beats time with his feet, whilft he is upon his haunches. Since a horfe therefore is bent like a bow, convex in the middle, and concave at both extremities within, it maybe plainly perceiv'd, that the infide of this arch is more at liberty at each end, than it is in the middle, one part being more ftretched than the other. Whence that part of' the horfe within the volte may be compared to the concave part of the bow, and that without to the convex part of the fame. A horfe going in this manner, can never move irregularly with his feet, for reafons I have given before. Being without convex, it is impoflible hefhould go back or lean 5 fince the inward rein of the cavefon forces his hind- leg within the volte out, and the rider's manner of fitting upon him gives him liberty within, and flops him there ; becaufe his left moulder can only ad- vance to a certain degree, which gives him a juft ply and no more, which is as it ought to be. As to the horfeman's helps, he ought to be feated upon his twift, leaning more upon the ftirrup without the volte, than upon that within it, having his leg within the volte more advanced than the other. If he bears hard upon the ftirrup within the volte, his weight will be on the fame fide, which would be abfolutely wrong. Nobody will pretend to deny, that the weight does not bear in this manner 5 for example, only look at the ftirrup, and you will plainly perceive that within the volte to be four inches longer than that with- out. This is to be weighed as with a pair of fcales. But one queftion may be accidentally afked, What is there to fupport the horfe ? You have nothing to do, but to help him with the rein of the cavefon, as I faid before ; that is, by drawing it to a certain degree, which not only forces the horfe's hind-leg next the volte out to fupport him, but keeps it⁴there, which is a farther fupport ; from whence he has room to move the half of his ftioulders before the half of his croupe within the volte, which affords him a natural and eafy fupport. Hence you may perceive, that it is the inward rein of the cavefon that fupports him, and not the rider's leg within the volte, extended like that of St. George's when he flew the dragon, and I am furprifed this thought fhould have efcaped mankind. My way is to have the rider bear upon the ftirrup within the volte, with his toes turned a little outwards, and fomewhat more advanced than the outward

			■f

-ocr page 50-



		₅o THENEWMETHOD Book outward leg. The old method of a horf�man's leaning back for aTerre-a-terre, II. in order to put his horfe upon the haunches, is falfe, fince it rather puts him ^s "~ upon his moulders ; for the rider> who is only one piece, cannot lean back, without placing himfelf upon his buttocks, which is very falfe, as he then is no longer upon his twift. Moreover, when he is feated firm upon his ftirrups, and leans backward, his legs muft neceflarily come forward, which is not their proper fituation ; fo that the rider, in order to keep a juft feat, and have his heels at command, mould bend his body gently forward, by which means his legs will go back, and be in their right pofition ; for by the motion of the body backward, the legs will come forward, and fo vice verfa_y if he leans firm upon his ftirrups. By faying, that I would have the rider advance his body, I don't mean that he mould bend his back ; but, on the contrary, that he fhould keep it ftrait, and advance his cheft, and have a general inclination of his whole body from head to foot, and that however fo little, as in many riders, it can hardly be perceived : by this means, he will always be fixed upon his twift, and his legs properly placed, to be ready for any aid that may be want- ed. I am now going to tell you how to help the horfe with the leg. If the rider extends his finews till he is ftiff in the ham, this preffes the horfe with the calf of the leg ; but the thigh, by the particular mechanifm of the body, goes from him ; fo that by the extenfion of the finews, that is to fay, by keep- ing a ftiff ham, the thigh becomes concave on the infide next the faddle, whilft the calf of the leg prefles againft the horfe : if you bear much harder upon the out ftirrup, than the other, and bend the outward knee, that cavity will be filled, and become convex in that part where it was concave before j at this time the horfe is prefl�d by the thigh, and the calf of the leg goes from him. From hence you may perceive, that bending in the ham is the leaft help, be- ing the help with the thigh j and being ftiff in the ham is a ftronger help, as it is the help of the calf of the leg ; and pinching the horfe with the fpurs is the ftrongeft help, which is done in the following manner : The rider's legs being very near the horfe, and placed a little backward, he fhould touch him gently with his heels, bending his hams a little upon each motion he makes. Thus you fee there are three degrees of helps ; one with the thigh, which is the moft gentle j a fecond with the calf of the leg, that is ftronger j and a third with the fpurs, which is the ftrongeft of all : any one of thefe are to be ufed as you fee occafion. It is a conftant maxim, that the pillar ought always to be within the horfe's croupe, when it is towards the center, by which means a horfe can never be- come entier, becaufe the half of his fhoulders go before his hind-leg within the volte, fo that he is obliged to go fideways, as he ought. I muft advife you likewife, not to lean too hard upon the out-ftirrup � for, fhould you do fo, your horfe will be apt to lean on the fame fide, which is not only un- graceful, but is abfolutely falfe ; a horfe in fuch a pofture may be compared to a wooden bench with four legs j when the inward legs are held up, they become fhorter than the others that are not held up. The horfe is in the fame pofture, if you lean your body too much on the outfide, for he will lean on that fide too ; from whence it will neceflarily follow, that his legs within the volte will be fhorter than thofe without, which is entirely falfe, fince his legs within the volte ought to be longeft when he advances Terre-�-terre. Take particular

-ocr page 51-

OF DRESSING HORSES.

5¹

particular care therefore not to incline too much on that fide, but fit as ftrait Chap.
as you can, for the reafons I have given you. I have already faid, that when XV^
a horfe goes Terre-�-terre, he defcribes four diftinft circles with his four feet 5
his fore-foot within the volte defcribes the largeft, the other fore-foot the fe-
cond his hind-leg next the volte defcribes the third, and the other without
the volte defcribes the fourth and fmalleft circle, as will appear by the follow-
ing figure.

Terre-�-terre towards the Eight Hand.

Here vou have a true defection of a horfe's movement Terre-a-terre, as
I have expreffed it. The Une drawn towards the center ought always to be
within the horfe's croupe.

CHAP. XVII.

Terre-�-terre to the Ufi Hand.

OW the rider ought to change his bridle, and take it in his right hand,
drawing the reins of the cavefon with the left, having the nails of his

hand upwards* and the little finger pointing toward the right fhoulder turn-
ing his Le W thin the volte, and bringing his right moulder w_lthin ,t hkewife,
hlpbg the horfe with the contrary le� which is the right I gave you the rea-
fons for this in the former chapter, and therefore (hall avoid troubling you
with a repetition of them.

Terre*

-ocr page 52-



THE NEW METHOD ~~wamaBTjff~~�ggMMC~~iiu mimm~~�i^�■>��^�**

		T'errer�-terre towards the Left Hand.

	The line drawn towards the center (hews, that the pillar ought always to be within the horfe's croupe. People may be furprifed, that I don't make ufe of the longe or long rope about the pillar in this leflbn. To fpeak truth, I have entirely banifhed it my Manege, becaufe my only aim is to make a horfe obey the hand and heel. Thofe who imagine that a horfe goes Terre-�-terre with the longe about a pillar, are miftaken, fince he is not then at all in the hand and heel, but obeys only the rope and chambriere^ going quite by rote : without the rope he don't mind the hand, nor without the chambriere does he mind the heel : he can do but fo, for the rope keeps him in, and the chambriere makes him go forwards. For which reafon I never make ufe of the fingle pillar, neither in the walk, trot, or gallop, nor in Terre-�-terre. The pillar, according to my method, only ferves me for a mark, that I may diftinguifti the center, and mark the circle round it the better, whether it be large or fmall. But as to the cavefon, I con- ftantly ufe it both to horfes and colts, to thofe half dreffed or quite dreffed, young or old $ in (hort, to all horfes ; it gives them a right ply, and preferves their mouths, fo that, when I take it off, they go furprifmgly well with the bridle only. For by preferving the mouth, they are fo fenfible upon the bars and to the curb, that you have them under command by the leaft motion 5 whereas when you always make ufe of the bridle, it makes them hard-mouth'd ; and nothing is more requifite in the dreffing of a horfe, than to keep his mouth and fides as tender as poffible, becaufe he goes only by the hand and heel. Befides other advantages arifing from the ufe of the cavefon, it preferves the mouth, as I mentioned before j but the prefervation of his fides depends wholly upon the difcretion

-ocr page 53-



OF DRESSING HORSES._________________S3_ difcretion of the rider. With regard to Curvettes and Demi-airs, altho' I don't Chap- make ufe of a rope about the pillar, I ufe the cavefon after anew and odd XDC method, as you fhall fee hereafter, which produces an admirable effe&. This is the true method of drefling a horfe Terre-�-terre. CHAP. XVIII. 'The Method of putting a Horfe between two Pillars after the old Fajhion.


	w		EN a horfe knows to trot, flop, and gallop, and is in the leaft obe- dient to the hand and heel in his walk, and begins to move a little
	w
		Terre-�-terre, I then put him between two pillars, and make him move his croupe from fide to fide with the fwitch ; then I make him raife himfelf gently with the button of the reins down; afterwards I mount him, and oblige him to do the fame when I am upon his back ; and when I have once taught him to make two or three Curvettes, or rather Pefades, fo that he bears the hand, I never ufe this after, for I have a new method, which you will find produces a wonderful effe�/ The pillars make a horfe very impatient ; you ought therefore to have yourfelf as much patience as poffible; the moment he (hews the leaft mark of obedience, you muft put him into the ftab e to endeavour to pleafe him. Thus far as to the old method, which I fhall foon leave tor a much better, as you fhall fee hereafter. C H A P. XIX. An excellent Lef on for all Horfes, as well thofe that are heavy upon the Hand as thofe that are light; TF you follow my leffons, moft of the horfes you ride will be light upon your I hand, and have a good appuy. The leffon I am going to recommend is this* You muft put the head of your horfe to the wall in the cover d Manege, and walk him thus the length of the four walls, or, at leaft, of three : and to the riaht hand, draw the inward rein of the cavefon, and help him with the outward lea, which is the left. Juft the contrary helps muft be for the left; for rein onzone fide and leg on the other always works a horfe's croupe, i have mentioned before, that when a horfe is upon a walk with his head to the wall that the wall is a kind of center ; fo that his fore-part will be prelled, and his croupe at liberty ; I fay, when he is upon the walk, which is the movement of a trot : but when he goes Terre-�-terre with his head to the wall, his aaion is very different to that of a trot, which is crofs-ways, in which the fore-part is prefied, and the croupe at liberty, when his head is to the wall or center � but in Terre-�-terre,which is the aaion of the gallop, the two legs on the fame fide advance together, and continue fo ; the near-leg leads, and the hind-leg on the fame fide immediately follows, let the horfe go to either hand. So that^�in this aaion, the horfe's head being to the wall, his croupe is prefied and his moulders at liberty, although his head is to the wall, which is as a center � it is the aaion of a horfe's legs Terre-a-terre that occafions this ditte- rence. The head of the horfe being thus placed towards three or four or the walls,

-ocr page 54-



			Il I >

		THE NEW METHOD
	54	THE NEW METHOD
	54

Book walls, any horfe may this way be brought to obey both the hand and the heel. II. Let him be to either hand, he muft always be worked with leg and rein con- trary. This leflbn has the fame efFeci: both for the Curvette and Pefade $ but you ought at firft, both for the Curvette and Pefade, to make him do three or four in one place 5 then make him advance, and make three or four more ; by which means he will move at length freely in Curvettes fide-ways, as well as Terre-a-terre, his head to the wall. I would have you know, that the do�rine is falfe, which concludes, that the hand commands a horfe from the muzzle to the (boulders, and the heel from the (boulders backwards ; for the inward rein of the cavefon not only commands half the moulders, but puts out likewife the hind-leg within the volte, fo that that is govern'd by it too. Thus the cavefon-rein helps half the croupe, and the rider's outward leg helps the horfe's hind-leg of the fame fide, putting it in. You may perceive from hence, that the rein of the cavefon helps half the croupe, and the leg of the rider the other half. And thus I conclude this ufeful leflbn. End of the Second Divifion of Lessons. CHAP. XX. The Third Divifion of Lessons, Which is to Jhew how to make a Horfe obey the Bridle, How to make him obey the Bridle. HEN you have made a horfe's moulders fupple by the firft divifion of leffons, and taught him by the fecond to obey the heel, this third di- vifion is intended to make him know the bridle, which is to be done in the fol- lowing manner. Let the rider put the rein of the cavefon, fixed my way, which he holds in his right hand under the burr of the faddle, that is, under his thigh, and fallen it well to the pommel ; and Co (hort, as to bend the horfe's fhoulders to fuch a degree, as to force his hind-leg within the volte out, but not fo much as to force out the outward leg too ; for that is a folecifm in horl�- manlhip, as you will fee hereafter. When the horfe's head is thus faftened to the pommel of the laddie, the cavefon gives him the proper ply, and the rider mould work him ^____^v_ ^an^ ^t^^iat ^a^^way^s with the bridle up- y^^ ^^ \T"\ works both the on a large circle. f ^^ ^\^a^ ^\ Ihoulders, and not When he goes to / / ^^-------^\ \\ \ ^ms croupe. This the right, you muft / / / ^~�\\\\ \ \ ^^on ^1S ^tne ^^ameplace your hand f / f ^m \ \ \ ^as ^tne ^^r^> ^exceP^t- without the volte I ( f / \L At \ \ ing only, that in a little towards the T cm \L> 1 © V j this you work more left (boulder, help- 1 1 T 11 ^wlt^ ^tne bridle, ing him at the fame \ \ \ \ J /^This ^is ^tne %^ure time with the leg \ \ \ \. ^f J J* koth ^^or ^tne "gh* within, which is leg \ \ \, ��^ ^/ / / and left hand, and rein of a fide, \ �a 2^<^^ ^^ / /*



				For

-ocr page 55-

OF DRESSING HORSES.

For the left, you muft faften the left rein of the cavefon to the pommel of Chap*
the faddle. The rein and leg on the fame fide, work always the fhoulders, XXI.
and not in the leaft the croupe.

A horfe defcribes
only two circles in
a walk to the left
hand,when his croup
is to the center.

A horfe delcribes
only two circles in
a walk to the right
hand,whenhis croup
is to the center.

A horfe defcribes two circles, when his head is
to the center, and his croupe out.

When one pafl�ges a horfe after this manner upon a walk, the rein of the
cavefon ought to be fattened according to the fide on which he is to go. If he
is to go to the right, you muft turn your bridle-hand toward the left, on the
outfide of the neck of the horfe, the nails of your hand turned upwards to*
wards your left ftioulder, which pulls the inward rein of the bridle, for rea-
fons I have given you before, helping him at the fame time with the contrary
leg, which will work his croupe and the half of his moulders. For the left
hand, the rein of the cavefon being fixed to the pommel of the faddle, you
muft turn your bridle-hand towards the outfide of the horfe's neck, which is
the right fide, having the nails of your hand turned upwards to the right
ftioulder^ by which means you work the inward rein of the bridle, helping him
at the fame time with your out-leg, that is, leg and rein contrary, which always
work the croupe. Thus a horfe ought to be work'd in his walk, the rein
fixed to the pommel of the faddle, with the croupe either in or out.

CHAP. XXI.

For Terre-�-terre to the Right Hand, the Cavefon being f afield to the Pommel
of the Saddle, and the Bridle in the Left Hand,

TH E right rein of the cavefon being fixed to the pommel of the faddle^
you muft put the horfe's croupe within the volte, having the pillar on
the infide of it, with the left hand turned towards the outfide of the horfe's
neck, which draws the inward rein, and makes it work in the manner I have
defcribed before. At the fame time you work the horfe thus with the hand,
you muft help him with the contrary leg, which is that without the volte, or
the left. Here I give you the figure for Terre-�-terre both for the right and
left hand,

O The

-ocr page 56-

TH E NEW METHOD

Book The inward rein
II. of the cavefon fix'd
to the pommel of
the faddle is wrong
for Terre-�-terre.

For the left hand,
the left rein being
fatten'd to the pom-
mel of the faddle,
in order to give the
horf� a good ply,
place your bridle-
hand on the right
fide of the horfe's
neck without the
volte, having the

nails of your hand
turn'd upwards to-
wards the right
moulder, helping
him at the fame
time with the con-
trary leg. As to
any farther obfer-
vations, I refer you
to what I have faid
before, which you
ought to ftudy well,
left I mould offend
you by many repe-
titions.

End of the third Divifion of Lejfons.

CHAP. XXII.

The fourth Divifion of Lejfons.

To work a Horfe with falfe Reins.

TH � fame reins of the cavefon you ufed before, will ferve you for falfe
ones, and muft be fattened in the fame manner; excepting only, that
you muft put them through the banquet of the bridle, and bring them back
to your hand.

In my firft divifion of leflbns I fhewed you how to fupple a horfe's moulders
with the cavefon my way, which is very efficacious, tho' the tafk is difficult.

In the fecond, I have fhewed you how to work a horfe's croupe with the
half of his fhoulders when he goes Terre-�-terre, and to obey both the hand
and heel.

In the third, you have faftened the reins of the cavefon to the pommel of
the faddle, and have begun to work a little more upon the barrs and reftino--
place of the curb, fince you had nothing in your hand but the bridle, and the
reins of the cavefon were faftened to help the horfe's ply.

Now in this fourth divifion of leffons you have the falfe reins to help the
appuy upon the barrs, but they make the curb loofe, and thereby eafe the place
where it fliould reft, fo that it don't work at all ; for the more the falfe reins
are drawn, the loofer is the curb, tho' the barrs are preffed.

The advantage arifing from thefe falfe reins, is, that they are ferviceable to
all kinds of horfes ; they help the appuy of thofe that want it ; they appuy
their barrs more freely upon the bit, having no apprehenfion of the curb ; they
are ufeful befides to thofe that have too much : Provided you work them with
their heads to a wall, you may put them then fo much upon the haunches,
as to make them light upon the hand ; and when they are upon the haunches,
they are much lighter and more at their eafe, by not being pinched by the curb,

After

-ocr page 57-



			OF DRESSING HORSES. -₇

		After the laft divifion of my leflbns, I dare venture to fay^ there is none Chap» better, or more efficacious in the working of a horfe than this ; for it gives him XXIII the ply, and that by the barrs, makes him obey the inward rein of the bridle, and anfwers our intention ; therefore this leflbn is excellent, was it only upon, that account. The horfe ihould be worked in the fame manner with falfe reins as he is with the cavefon, and with the fame helps, both as to moulders and croupe, aiding him with your leg in the fame manner; give him the fame leflbns upon walk, trot, gallop, and Terre-�-terre, faftening them to the pom- mel of the faddle, as thofe of the cavefon. You mould get by heart your firft leflbns, and therefore I mail not trouble you with repetitions. End of the fourth Divifion of LeJJons, CHAP. XXIII. The fifth Divifion of LeJJ�ns. To work a Horfe with the Bit only^ the Reins fep�r�ted in both Hands. IF you work the ihoulders of the horfe with the two reins of the bridle held feparate in each hand, you ought to ufe the inward rein, and the leg on the fame fide, which work upon both Ihoulders, and not upon the croupe. You may ride him thus to both hands upon walk, trot, or gallop, either in large circles, or in his own length ; but this works only the Ihoulders. If you delign to work the croupe, either head or croupe t� the pillar or wall, it muft be leg and rein contrary. If the horfe is to the right, draw the inward rein, with the nails of your hand upwards, and your little finger to the left ihoulder, helping the horfe at the fame time with the contrary leg, as I faid before. This ought to be done upon a walk, which is the action of the trot. If you go to the left, you muft draw the left rein, the nails upward towards the right Ihoulder, and help the horfe with the contrary leg. When you would go Terre-a-terre, you muft always pull the inward rein towards your oppofite ihoulder, put that Ihoulder in, and look into the volte. He ihould be put fometimes upon a gentle gallop, with his croupe in, working conftantly with the inward rein and the oppofite leg, as I faid before. When he goes upon a gentle gallop, make him take two or three times of Terre-a-terre, and put him again upon his gentle gallop. This ihould be done either with the reins of the cavefon fixed to the pommel of the faddle, or when you hold them in your hand. When you are upon a gentle gallop, the helps you give him both with hand and heel ought to be moderate, but ftronger when you make him go two or three cadences Terre-�-terre, and gentle again when you put him to the gallop. This is an excellent leflbn ; for the gentle gallop pleafes the horfe, and the times of Terre-�-terre make him obey the hand and heel ; and thus he is made perfectly obedient to both. It is an excellent leflbn to make a horfe goTerre-a-terre with his head to three walls, the two reins part- ed, one in each hand, working him at the fame time with the inward rein and the oppofite leg j by it any horfe may be brought to go perfectly well, and nothing reclaims like it a vicious one. You may work him in the fame man- ner upon his Demi-voltes, with the reins parted, and by it you will be able to judge abfolutely whether he has been worked right upon his firft leflbns, or not. End of the fifth Divifion of Leffons. CHAP,

-ocr page 58-



		......nil........I ■ I 'l ■ l�ti �

	THE NEW METHOD

CHAP. XXIV. The fixth Divifion of LeJJons. To work a Horfe with the Reins of the Bridle only in the Left Hand, which is the Perfection of Horfemanfhip j for any Horfe that obeys that and the Heel, may be reckoned compleatly drejfed, THE rider is to be feated according to my former directions in a preceding chapter upon that. Whether a horfe walks, trots or gallops in large circles, the rider's hand ought to be a little without the volte, that he may work the inward rein 5 and his leg on the fame fide ought conftantly to work the horfe's ihoulders. If upon a walk you work the horfe's head to the pillar, and the croupe out, leg and rein contrary, you narrow him be- fore and enlarge him behind ; yet his croupe will be work'd notwithftanding, for leg and rein contrary work always the croupe, which is at liberty, as it is farther from the center. Remember that I am fpeaking of th� walk, which is the action of the trot. In like manner if you put the head to the wall, the croupe is at liberty, and the fore-part prefl�d, becauf� the wall is as the cen- ter j and what is neareft the center muft always be moil preffed, and what is the fartheft from it the moft at liberty j I fay upon a walk, which is as the trot, for you will fee that it is very different in other actions. Sup- pofe now that we put a horfe's croupe upon a walk to the center, his hind- part will then be pref��d, and his fore-part at liberty, let him go to which hand you pleafe. And becaufe his croupe is to the center, I fuppofe him ftill upon a walk, the helps muft be leg and rein contrary, by which means both his haunches will be worked, and only the half of his moulders. When he goes to the right, the nails of the rider's bridle-hand ought to be turned upwards, his little finger to the left fhoulder j and to the left, turn'd upwards to the right moulder, helping always with the contrary leg. You muft ufe the fame helps when he goes in his own length. To work a horfe well upon his walk, is the foundation of all j for when he is upon a gentle walk, he is more patient, and ready to comprehend what one would teach him j befides, his me- mory is fo help'd by it, that he is not fo apt to forget. If a horfe is perfectly obedient in the walk, that is to fay, if he obeys the hand and heel, I can make him do all that his ftrength will allow. Take care to re- member, that you make your horfe in every thing he does, unlefs it be when you corredi: him for a fault, I fay in every thing he does, both upon walk and trot, gallop, terre-�-terre, demi-voltes, or whatever elfe it is, to be obedient to the hand and heel, and upon his haunches, and to go forwards a little in every thing he does, though but a little, not only becaufe it makes him ap- pear more graceful, but alfo becaufe it gives him ftrength, and makes him go with truth and fafety ; otherwife he would be in danger of falling. Moreover, going backwards makes him feem refty ; for which reafon he ought always to advance, unlefs when you rein him back. It is ungraceful to fee a horfe go backwards in capriols, and looks like reftinefs. Thefe are the helps for a horfe upon the walk, both reins of the bridle in the left hand. CHAP.

-ocr page 59-



			OF DRESSING HORSES.

		Chap-. CHAP. XXV. XXV. To work a Horfe Terre-a-terre, with the Bridle only in the Left Hani. AS the walk is the action of the trot, which is with the horfe's legs acrofs, fo is Terre-�-terre the aftion of the gallop, in which both legs on the fame fide move j fo that in a trot, that part neareft the center is always mod preffed, and the other moft at liberty, whether it be the fhoulders or the croupe. But the a�tion of Terre-�-terre is very different, being that of a gallop, in which both legs on the fame fide continue to advance, and you work with the inward rein and the contrary leg. Therefore he muft be helped here as in the gallop, the horfe always having his croupe preffed, and his fhoulders at li- berty, whether the one or the other be to the pillar. So that you may per- cieve, that being either nearer or farther from the center, his fhoulders are nei- ther more preffed, nor more at liberty, nor does it make any alteration in his croupe j for in the trot, one works one way, and in the gallop, or Terre-�-terre quite another, as I mentioned before. But you muft remember, that this muft be always done by the inward rein and the oppofite leg; for leg and rein of a fide is quite another thing, fince they work both fhoulders, and not at all the croupe. So much for this in general. I muft now acquaint you of an old abfurd way, which is even prac- tifed at this time, relating to the bridle-hand ; but what is moft fur- prifing, the very philofophers in that art teach it in their writings. I'll ex- plain to you, wherein their error confifts. When a horfe goes to the right, they turn the hand on the fame fide within his neck, by which they put both his fhoulders in, and confequently his croupe out, fpurring him at the fame time to keep it in, and thus they give him two contrary aids at one and the fame time, which is impoffible. For this reafon I invented the method of working the inward rein, as you may perceive in all my leffons, which is the moft excellent invention that can be to make a horfe go true, and can't be done by any other method, and is certainly the quinteffence of horfemanfhip for almoft every thing, Terre-�-terre, and moft Airs. To work a Horfe Terre-�-terre when the Bridle is held only in the Left Hand. The action of a horfe's legs Terre-�-terre is a gallop in time, which is term'd Terre-�-terre relevL The rider ought to be feated upon his twift, his legs perpendicular down. To the right, he fhould put the bridle on the outfide of the horfe's neck, which is to the left, turning the infide of his hand upwards as much as poffible, with his little finger as much above his thumb as he can, pointing to the left fhoulder, and help the horfe with the leg out of the volte. By aiding him in this manner acrofs, with the rein within, and the leg without, his croupe is always worked, fince by this means his hind-legs are put together j the drawing the inward rein puts out the inward hind-leg, and the rider's outward leg puts in the other hind- leg, fo that they go under his belly, which puts him upon his haunches. By this true method, both the hind-legs are work'd, and only the half of his fhoulders preffes his hind*legs, leaving his fore-part at liberty to embrace the P volte

-ocr page 60-



	OF DRESSING HORSES. 61

			Chap. XXVI
		CHAP. XXVI.


For Pajfades along the Wall with the Bridle only, and many other Inftruclionh YO U muft begin firft upon a walk, then do it upon a trot, then upon a gallop, and afterwards full fpeed, and make the demivolte with the fame exa&nefs as you did it inTerre-a-terre, only the volte here ihould not be more than the horfe's length. When the wall is on his left, he ought when he gallops, in order to prepare him for the demivolte, on the right hand, to be h�lp'd in the following manner : You muft draw the rein oppofite to the wall, as I have taught you before, or ftreighten it a little, in order to force his hind-leg out on the fame fide, and put the half of his moulders in, that he may upon his gentle gallop advance his inward fore-leg, which is the leg fartheft from the wall, and that the hind- leg of the fame fide may follow. Thus he will be in a proper pofture to make the demivolteTerre-a-terre ; and if you draw the inward rein a little ftronger at the fame time, helping him with the oppofite leg, he will make his volte , as true as if he was fix'd in a frame j that is to fay, that neither his {boulders nor croupe will be either too much in or too much out. But as foon as he has clofed his demivolte to the right hand, the right rein muft be left loofe, and the left drawn, as the right reiri was before,, that he may be ready to make the demivolte to the left hand, fince at that time he fhould change his legs, and alter his pofture, by advancing his near leg, and making the other on the fame fide follow it j by this means he will take the demivolte as he ought. The rein and leg ought to be changed in this manner upon each Paflade. Juft before your horfe makes the demi- volte, I would advife you to flop him upon your hand, leaning back a little., fo that he may make two or three fakades before he turns, or makes the demivolte, which will fix him more upon his haunches, and enable him to perform his demivoltes the better ; befides, it will give him an additional grace. If the Paflades are done at full fpeed, which is what the French call Pajfades furieufeS) the fame method ought to be obferved, only the rider ought to have his legs clofer to the horfe. Nothing more ftrongly proves a horfe to b& thoroughly drefl�d, than Paflades, fince nothing can make a horfe perfect but the hands and the heels, and he obeys both in Paflades. He flies the heel upon ftr�it lines, and obeys the hand in going flower and turning 5 the heels too in his demivoltes, and again the hand in flopping, which is all that can be required. I muft hint to you, that when you go in Paflades in the country ^ or in any open place, you are confined to nothing (as horfemen fay) but may make your demivolte on which hand you pleafe. They are in the right, fince you are at liberty to begin on which hand you pleafe, as there is no wall to confine you j but when you have once begun, you ought to make the demi- volte upon that leg which advances in a direcl line, and on the fame fide* otherwise your horfe will crofs his legs, be confufed, and go falfe. So that you may begin on which fide you pleafe, but then you are afterwards confin'd to keep to that fide, tho' in an open plain, as if there was a wall. Thus much for Paflades : as to thofe called relev�, they are eafily done if the horfe goes in curvettes. % _z2\ When

-ocr page 61-



		62, THENEW METHOD ■ ■ -JiuiMMmmimi ni lanBBBi^ttimg^iiT'rFimi'iwiiBHi^�"^~"^M ■ Book When the croupe of a horfe is towards the center, you cannot work too II. much with the rein and oppofite leg, as I ihew'd before, fmce they throw out �^"^J the hind-leg on the fide of the volte, and give the moulders liberty to come and go firft, as they ought ; infomuch that the inward hind-leg is only in the line of nature, or in the line of the outward fore-leg ; if it be fo only one inch, or half inch, it is fufflcient. Thus he will go with fpirit and eafe, as if he defpifed the ground. You cannot work the moulders of a horfe too much, provided his outward hind-leg is in the line of the fore-leg on the fame fide ; for example, you may perceive this by working a horfe in the quarter or demi-voltes ; for though you draw the inward rein to work the ihoulders, his hind-leg remains pretty near in the fame place. You mould always take care to make a horfe advance, be it never fo little, though not more than a ftraw's breath. If he offers to rife, or retain himfelf, loofe the reins of the bridle a little, and fpur him to make him advance. Remember, that an eafy hand is one of the principal aids we have ; for it puts a horfe upon his haunches, when he finds nothing elfe to lean upon; befides, it pleaf�s him, and prevents his being refly, Obferve always to alter your leflbns, although they have a tendency to the fame end, otherwife a horfe will take fuch a habit of it that he will go quite by rote, and not mind at all the hand and heel; fo that when you imagine you have perform'd wonders, you are nothing advanced. I make frequent ufe of this leflbn, to make a horfe obedient to the hand and heel, and find it a very good one. I make him go iideways to one hand, and then forward a little; then fideways to the other hand, and forward a little ; and thus fideways from hand to hand ; which is an excellent method, fmce by this, a horfe expects the hand and heel, fubmits himfelf to them, and don't go by rote. But this leflbn requires room, otherwife the horfe will be) impatient, and knowing too well what he is to do, go by rote, efpecially if you continue it long. It is the fame in all other leflbns, and therefore they ought to be changed often ; obferving always, not to flop a horfe twice in the fame place ; for he may remember it, and flop there before company, to the difgrace of the rider. Avoid therefore every thing that looks like going by rote, and make your horfe think of nothing but obeying the hand and heel. I have invented another leflbn, which is this : When my horfe is ftrait, I make him advance ; if he is to the right, I prefs his ihoulders as much out as I can with the inward rein of the bridle, and give him the contrary leg, in order to put his croupe as far as I can to the right, and oblige him to an- fwer the hand and heel. Being thus fideways, I make him advance a little upon his walk ; I work him to the other hand in the fame manner, and thus continue to change from one hand to the other as long as the ground per- mits. This leflbn is good to make a horfe anfwer both the hand and heel. I invented this leflbn to work the croupe upon the quarter voltes, which is, when to the right he makes a ftrait line; I draw the contrary rein, which is the outward one of the bridle, giving him the contrary leg, which forces his croupe out upon that quarter to the left hand, and puts him ftrait upon the fecond line, as if he went to the right. And I go on fo to take the other quarter for the left, which works his croupe. The fame to the other hand ; though I am going to the left, I work his croupe for the right ; for

-ocr page 62-



		OF DRESSING HORSES. 63 I'» mi�111 i»ihi 'Hi�WW�'II '■ "i 1 nr-n----- for by this means, the croupe is worked upon the quarters, and the Ihoulders Chap. affured near the center, according to the other old way, which is a very good XXV L one in which one works within the lines, making the moulders come round, and keeping the haunches or croupe at the fame time, A horfe that does not go well upon his haunches, can never do well in the Manege, fo that our whole ftudy is to put him upon them ; but I would have you underftand, when a horfe may properly be faid to be upon his haunches, and when not. Suppofe a horfe to be almoft fitting upon his croupe he is not upon his haunches notwithstanding, if his hind-legs are diftant from the lines of nature (which is to have them much afunder,) altho' he was almoft upon his croupe. But to be upon his haunches, his hind-legs ouaht to be in their natural pofition, with the haunch-bone pointing directly forward, and his hind-legs under his belly, bending his hocks as much as poffible; and this is the juft fituation of a horfe upon his haunches. But we ought to coniider the natural form and ihape of a horfe, that we may work him accordino- to nature. You may obferve in all my leffons, that I tell you how the leers go, and thofe who are unacquainted with that, are entirely ignorant and worlf in the dark. Here is then the form, in which nature has made a horfe's legs : his fore-legs are made like thofe of a man, having his knee bend- ino- forward ; and his hind-legs like a man's arm, having the finews of his ham bending backwards, which is diametrically oppofite to the former. If the hind-legs of a horfe bent in the fame manner as thofe before, he would walk upright like a man ; but Jiis hind-legs bending contrary, they refemble the arm of a man, and his fore-legs bend as ours, which makes him go upon all four � and there is no other reafon for beafts going upon all four, with their bellies to the ground. Horfes then ought to be worked according to their make, and that form which nature has given them. You may perhaps fay, that there is nothing in changing a horfe from one hand 'to the other ; fince, by this method, he arrives to the utmoft per- fection in obeying both the hand and the heel, becaufe he can change when you pleafe. This is true, but you ought notwithstanding to know what to do, otherwife you may chance to fall. Do then thus : changing one pifte (as it is call'd) upon a large circle to the right, put your bridle a little to the contrary fide, affifting your horfe gently at the fame time with the leg within the volte, that he may have the greater liberty for mifting his Ihoulders; his croupe muft not come too much in, left it fhould make him entier. Every time you change, whether it be within or without the circle, make him 00 forwards, helping him with rein and leg contrary, feeling him a little more than ufual both in hand and heel. The time a horfe takes in chang- ing is Terre-�-terre, and fometimes that of the Demi-volte, according as his manner of changing is. After this quarter or demi-volte, he fhould be put to his gallop as before, and do it as I told you. He fhould be work- ed thus to both hands. _> To change upon the Voltei Terre-�-terre.* You muft work the horfe Terre-�-terre, as I taught you before, both with hand and heels j and before you change make him go in a leffer circle, help- ing his moulders fomewhat more, which will put him more aflaunt, and will fix his croupe the better to make his change. When he is in this pofture, make 1 him go forwards, and at the fame time change your hand and heel, and you will do well in changing to draw the inward rein of the bridle at the fame time.

-ocr page 63-

ETHOD

THEN E'W

In ^Terre-a-terre Rekve a Horfe ought to go according to this Figure.

in Terre-a-terre determine, and
the horfe's pofture the fame, ex-
cepting that Terre-a-terre deter-
mine is lower, being much like
the Carriere, only that the Car-
riere is not upon the volte.

The meafure of the ground in
Terre-�-terre is to allow fome-
wh�t more than a horfe's length;
but you may take more or lefs
compafs, if you pleafe.

The fame aids muft be ufed

I give you here a univerfal map of horfemanfhip, containing the whole variety of the
Manege, viz. the Gallop, Changes of all kinds within or without the circle, going upon
Quarters to both hands, working the Shoulders of the Croupe either within or without,
Demivoltes, Curvettes upon the voltes, or ftrait forwards ; to Serpentine, or to go in Caprioles,
the horfe's head to the wall, going fideways in an Oval, or in Quarters ; in fhort, I have
omitted nothing.

CHAP.

-ocr page 64-



		'_M,eT^4m-i'~~^'T'>mr~~m'r^''fii~~mSim�m~~i�^iim^^mhiiw~~wmi�~~ itii -ifiiiii.....��i~~mi» t^,�~~,�,,,�� ninni�»«~~m i m~~ *~~......~~~~.inn~~i» 11 r-�^L~n~^~~~^~~~^L~~^^,J"^L~^J~ii^iii#»iii^^MiiMiM_liiiil._l,__-n, _nt......_ � . OFDR�SSINGHORSES. 65 ~~'�* ' ''"~~ ~~11. 1~~ f 1 ' ��'■ ^-----------ri--......,\|..........iiiniii ~~........~~ 11 111 ni Chap, C H A P. XXVII. xxviL Three Lejfom to work, and I may fay to perfectly finijlo a Horf e for the Manege, ^f 1 i H E cavefon my way held in the rider's hand gives the true ply to th� JL horfe ; and there is nothing like it, for it bends him from nofe to tail. When he has been compleatly worked in this manner, and is very fupple, there is ftill fomething in the bridle or bit, with which he is not well acquaint- ed. For which reafon I would advife you to fix the cavefon my way to the pommel of the faddle, as I taught you before, and take the bridle-reins fe- parate in both hands, and help him (as I have told you before) with the in^ ward rein and outward leg, which will make him know the bridle, whilft the cavefon gives his body the ply it mould have. After this, I would advife you to make ufe of falfe reins, and faften them to the banquet of the bridle, as you did the cavefon before. This works the barrs, but leaves the curb loofe, fo that he is under lefs apprehenfion of the bridle, and his appuy is helped ; and when you come to work with the bridle, and confequently with the curb, the bridle will make him light upon the hand. Thus the falfe reins give an appuy^ and at the fame time makes a horfe light in hand ; fo that it is good for thofe that have too much, as well as thofe that have too little, and they give the ply juft as the cavefon does, excepting that the cavefon works upon the nofe, and the falle reins upon the barrs, which makes his mouth fenfible, as it ought to be, and on the fame fide of the barrs as the bridle would do j fo that when he is rode with the bridle only, and that he has the help of the curb, he goes vaftly well. But take notice here, that when the falfe reins are faftened to the banquet of the bit, they are two hands breadth nearer the rider than the cavefon, which is upon his nofe, and for that reafon have lefs effecl and lefs power, though the barrs are more fenfible than the nofe, but the horfe's ply won't be fo great, as you have not fo much command. But if you have fuppled your horfe, and given him ply fufficient with the cavefon, and afterwards with the falfe reins ; the falfe reins will continue to keep his body fupple, and will work vaftly well upon his barrs to ufe him to the bridle only j feparate your reins in your hands, and work always with the inward rein, and you will find him very fupple. This way of working is to make him fenfible to the curb, which is finifhing your work as to the hand» Obferve here, that as the cavefon has more power when you pull, than any thing elfe, being upon the horfe's nofe, and the fartheft from you j and the falfe reins have lefs, being nearer by two hands breadth, as they are faftened to the banquet of the bridle : fo now working with the bit only, you bend him lefs, for this is ftill two hands breadth nearer than the falfe reins ; for the ca- vefon is upon the nofe, the falfe reins faftened to the banquet of the bit, and the bridle-reins to the end of the branches, which makes them lefs efficacious, as they are nearer the rider. This way of working a horfe is the quintefTence of horfemanfhip, fince by thefe three different degrees, firft the cavefon, then the falfe reins, and after- wards the bridle, you make a horfe fo perfect, that it is wonderful, provided they

-ocr page 65-



		₆6 THE NEW METHOD Book they are regularly ufed, and by a mafterly hand, otherwife neither this, or H aught elfe can do any thing in this noble art. ~~v^ The helps of the hand,[of the thighs, of the calfs of the legs, pinching with the fpurs, in fhort, all forts of aids ought to be more gentle upon a walk when one paffages a horfe, than when one makes him go in his air j or elfe, if there is no difference, there is nothing left to make him go in his air. The gentle Paffage requires gentle aids, and ftronger Airs require ftronger aids, which is agreeable to reafon. CHAP. XXVIII. For Terre-a-terrc.* THE figure of Terre-�-terre fhews, that the horfe's croupe is prefTed, and his moulders at liberty triangularly and circularly. He is moft prefTed there, where his legs are confined to the narrower! compafs, and confequently that part is more fubje&ed and more worked. He defcribes four circles with his legs, as is evident from the figure, the action of them being the fame as when he is upon the gallop. Therefore, whether a horfe's head or his croupe is to the pillar in Terre-�-terre, his fore-part will be always at liberty, and his croupe confined $ fo that the center makes no alteration, but only the aciion of his legs. When he goes to the right, the bridle fhould be held upon the contrary fide of the horfe's neck, the nails of your hand upwards pointing to the left ihoulder, the left fhoulder in, turning your body to the fame fide (the horfe's croupe being within) this makes him go with freedom the (houlders firft : rein and leg contrary work the croupe, and let the Ihoulders go large, fo that the horfe is bent as in a vice. The bridle-hand ought to help him to go for- wards, by flackening the reins, and you muft keep as regular as if he was in a frame. For Terre-a-terre again. Since drawing the inward rein brings the half of a horfe's ihoulders within the volte, therefore it muft confequently throw his haunch on the fame fide . out, and keeps it off from the pillar or center. This turn of the horfe's body makes his legs towards the volte, the more extended, to go firft. Thus he has his croupe fubje�ted, and his Ihoulders at large, is at liberty within the volte, and prefTed without ; fo that his outward legs may be faid to be kept back by the inward that are at liberty, rather than that they begin any action of themfelves. So Terre-�-terre is being half at liberty on one fide, and half prefTed on the other; that part of him within the volte is at liberty, the other is con- fined, and fo his legs keep their four circles ; thofe that are at liberty ad- vance, and thofe that are confined follow. Here I give you the figure both for the right and left hand. Some

-ocr page 66-



		OF DRESSING HORSES.

Some horfemen have had the vanity to imagine, that a horfe may be managed upon the firft mounting him, or in the fpace of a quarter of an hour. Thefe gentlemen will certainly think moft of thefe leffons of mine very tedious, and of little confequence. But they ought to underftand and confider, that it requires more paper to write thefe leffons, and more time to read them, than to put them in practice : fince they are fo very methodical, and fo wonderfully efficacious, being the truth of horfemanlhip, that I may venture to fay, that a raw horfe of five years old, of a proper difpofition to undergo the fatigue of the Manege, will be perfectly drefl�d in lefs than three months, provided he is under the care of an expert horfeman. This is not only my opinion, but my certain knowledge, which is the acquifition of a long experience. For fince I have in- vented this new method, I have dreffed under me myfelf, and under my ecuyer Captain Mazin, very many horfes in very little time \ and I have never per- ceived nor feen that Captain Mazin, by ufing this method, ever failed with any horfes of any fort, both the docile and thofe that had a good difpofition for it, and the vicious of all kinds j the weak, the ftrong, thofe of moderate ftrength, of all humours, all natures, and of all different difpofitions ; Hun- garian horfes, mares, great large horfes, middle-fized ones, little ones, po- neys, horfes of all countries, Spaniards, Polanders, Barbs, Turks, Neapolitans, Danes, all forts of Flanders horfes, and horfes of mix'd breeds that he has dreffed are almoft without number j he never failed with any, unlefs they fell fick, lame, or died in his hands. This I dare affirm from experience, and therefore recommend thefe leflbns to your ferious perufal. Underftand them properly, make ufe of them, and you will reap a pleafure in the practice, and all the advantage a good horfe- man can require.

	End of the fixth Divifton of Leffons, and of the Second Boot

				TH E
			R	TH E
			R

-ocr page 67-



		THE N E W M E T H O D O F DRESSING HORSES. f «$$&> <e$e. <&�» <ks«» «0$$©» «e$!>o» $� K& o» ^$:<* ^^ «K$o» «o;®*©» «t>o» «©$► ^®©»«k$«>#S�o»$$> «�«$©� ««$©&©» BOOK IIL Teaching how to Drefs a Horfe in all forts of AI R S, by a New Method. «©$&&©� &■ $$«» «K-Se©» <K�o» ?bo» «$&■ «K® iKJ» «><3fc&©» "®S$©" -o^o» -o®©» "OS^⁰» ««$$©. «©$$$©> «q$«» <x;§5©»<»$to «>$&©» «k&So» _ CHAP. I. Of the fever al Sorts of Airs. O U muft in all Airs follow the ftrength, fpirit, and dif- pofition of the horfe, and do nothing againft nature $ for art is but to fet nature invorder, and nothing elfe : but to make a horfe Gallop and Change, and to go Terre-�-terre, is for the moft part forced ; and in Paf- fadoes the like ; for, if a horfe be impatient, he will hardly go well in Pafl�does. No other airs are to be forced, but every horfe is to choofe his own air, unto which nature hath moft fitted him, which you may eafily fee, when he is tied Ihort to the fingle pillar my way. For

-ocr page 68-



			*i i �r�nri'~ ~~'-------------------~~r~~~~"~~~~~~~~~-^itiii� ■ ni ~~.....~~ ~~............~~hijjuim�� ______** OF DRESSING HORSES.

		For Curvets, a horfe ought to have a great deal of patience5 and the air Chap. of Curvets gives a horfe patience with difcreet riding, as they fay. But I I. have feldom feen that difcreet riding j I doubt there is a miftake in it, which '~~^m~^Jis this : Firft the horfe hath patience, and then that horfe goes in Curvets ; but feldom impatient horfes are made patient by Curvets : fo feeing moft horfes that go well in Curvets to have patience, they think Curvets give them patience, when it is patience that gives them Curvets. But there is no rule without an exception, yet I doubt I am in the right j for though fome young horfes may by chance go in Curvets, yet I affure you, for the moft part, horfes muft have a great deal of time, with the cuftom of often repetitions ; to be in years, and to have gray hairs in their beard, before they will be fettled, and firm'd, to go certainly in Curvets both forwards and upon their voltes j Therefore it is an error in thofe that think they can force Curvets, if the horfe's inclination be not to go in that air j for I have known many horf�s, that all the force in the world would never make go in Curvets, their difpofition being againft it. Curvets is an air built only of art ; for if the horfe be not perfectly in the hand and the heels, and upon the haunches, he will never go in Curvets : yet I muft tell you, this new way of mine will make horfes go in Curvets, which by no other way would have been brought to it, and it feldom or never fails me. For Leaping-horf�s, there are four feveral airs, which are Croupades, Balo- tades, Capriols, and a Step and a Leap. The height of thefe may be all alike, but not the manner 5 though the horfe that goes the longeft time muft needs go the higheft. Croupades is a leap where the horfe pulls up his hinder legs, as if he drew or pull'd them up into his body. Balotades is a leap where the horfe offers to ftrike out with his hinder legs, but doth not, and makes only an offer or half ftrokes ; fhewing only the fhoes of his hinder legs, but doth not ftrike, only makes an offer, and no more. Capriols is a leap, that when the horfe is at the full height of his leap he yerks, or ftrikes out his hinder legs, as near and as even together, and as far out as ever he can ftretch. them, which the French call nou�r Paiguiktte,* which is, to tie the point. A Step arid a Leap is as it were three airs j the Step Terre-a-terre, the raif- ing of him a Curvet, and then a Leap. Thefe airs can never be forced to go well in them, in fpite of their poinfons, but what nature ordains them ', for they are called well-difpofed horfes. What belongs to Leaping-horfes (according to the old opinion) are thefe things : A horfe of huge and vaft ftrength, an excellent mouth, perfect good feet j in which laft they have not faid amifs, for good feet are very requifite, elfe the horfe dares never light on them for fear of hurting them (no more than a man that hath the gout dares leap) and fo will never rife. I could wifh a good mouth (which is a good appuy) neither too hard, nor too foft, but to fuffer a good appuy upon the barrs, and fo to fuffer the curb, which is to be underftood a good mouth : yet I muft tell you, the rarefi leap- ing-horfe that ever I faw, or rid, went not at all upon the curb, but only upon the barrs of his mouth, which I do not commend ; but it is better to have him leap fo, being fo rare a horfe, than to be fo over-curious as not to have him leap at all, becaufe he went not upon the curb. That

-ocr page 69-



		₇o THE NEW METHOD Book That they muft be very ftrong horfes to be leaping-horfes, is a very great III. error j for it is not the ftrongeft horfes that are fitteli for the delight of theMa- ^w~^v�" nege, and efpecially not for leaping-horfes j for I have feen many ftrong horfes, that muft be galloped very long before you could abate the ftrength of their chines ; and all that while they would do nothing but yerk, and fetch diforder'd counter-times of falfe leaps, and the beft horfemen in the world could never make them leaping-horfes : fo it is not ftrong, but well-difpofed horfes ; for the beft leaping-horfes that ever I knew, were the weakeft horfes I have feen. Take one of the guard, the ftrongeft fellow that is, and I will bring a little fellow that Ihall out-leap him many a foot -, yet that ftrong fellow would crufh that little fellow to death in his arms : fo 'tis not ftrength, but difpofition fits horfes for leaping. But fome will fay, that a little man's ftrength is above his weight, and the great man's weight is above his ftrength -, but that is not fo ; for the great man's ftrength Ihall be more above his weight, than the little man's ftrength above his, and yet the little man ihall out-leap him. Nay, two little men of equal ftrength, the one Ihall leap excellently, and the other not ; and more, a weaker little man Ihall out-leap the ftronger -, and fome- times a weak {lender flim fellow will out-leap a knit ftrong fellow ; fo that it is nothing but difpofition, which nature gives, and not art. Sometimes a ftrong great fellow will out-leap a little man, but that is feldom, becaufe their fpirits are more dilated, afunder, and diffufed, than in little men. The like I will affure you in horfes, as I have told you of men j there may be a ftrong horfe clifpofed for leaping, and that no doubt is an excellent horfe; but for the moft part they are but weak horfes that are difpofed for leaping. Sometimes a horfe finds himfelf fo pincht with curvets upon the haunches, being weak, that he finds eafe in leaping. Thus you fee that leaping-horfes are difpofed by nature, and not art, being full of fpirit, and light j fo that a horfeman hath nothing to do in making leaping-horfes, but only to give them the time, which is all the art ought to be ufed to a leaping-horfe ; and he that thinks to {hew more art m a ieaping- horfe, will but Ihew his ignorance and folly. A Step and a Leap is an air, in which horfes commonly go when they have not a good appuy -, for the Step puts him upon the hand, and gives him a rife to leap, like one that runs before he leaps, and fo may leap higher than he that goes every time a leap. Thus I have (hewed you thei� Airs, Curvets, Croupades, Balotades, Capriols, and a Step and a Leap, which nature muft do more than art : Two Steps, and three Steps and a Leap are not comely, and are indeed rather a Gallop Galliard, than can be called an Air. The fir ft Divifion of Lefions. A new Method of Horfemanjhip to teach Horfes all kinds of Airs round a Pillar�, wherein they are taught to go perfefily in Curvets without any body upon their Backs, de ferme a ferme, which is, in one Place -, upon the Voltes, and fideways upon the Voltes, which is the moft excellent and ufefal Invention to make a Horfe go regularly in all forts of Airs, that ever was found out, to fix him upon his Haunches, and make him obedient to the Hand and Heel, ladvife you therefore carefully to follow thefe Direclions, for more cant be taught a Horfe. CHAP.

-ocr page 70-



			OF DRESSING HORSES. ₇i

* C H A P. II. The new Method of the Pillar for nil Airs � and fir ft, for the Right Hand;

	T	H E pillar ought to have two rings on each fide, fixed according to the _ufual height j the horfe mould be bridled and faddled without any body

upon his back, and the button of the bridle flip'd down ; then the right rein of the cavefon is to be fattened very lhort (but it would be better was it held by a groom, for fo a horfe may make as many voltes as you pleafe) and take the other rein in your hand. Then the rider fhould take a little poinfon in his hand, which is a fhort flick with an iron point at the end of it, and ftand on the fide oppofite to the fhort rein ; another rider ought to be placed on either fide, which you pleafe, with a fwitch in his hand, to make the horfe rife. When one has made him rife, the other ought at the fame time to prick him gently in the fpurring-place with the poinfon, at the very inftant he begins to rife. Thus he mould make the croupe of the horfe move from him towards the pillar on the fide where the rein is fattened, for fo the fhort rein has the greater effe&, and puts the horfe in the true pofture to bend the half of his fhoulders, which makes him obey the hand, and the rider with his t>oinfon makes him obey the fpurs. So that if the horfe yields to it, which he will, and ought to do in a fhort time, he will not only go perfectly m Curvets forwards, but alfo upon the voltes, the firft time you try him ; which is fomething extraordinary, and was never pra&ifed before. For as to the pillar the old way, it only makes a horfe advance, whereas this makes him go toon the voltes, tho' in the fame place ; for the fhort rein on the right fide, and the poinfon on the other, forces him to go in Curvets to the right hand upon the voltes, as you will learn hereafter. I fhall fhew you in its proper place the left rein faften'd fhort, when a horfe is to go to the left hand ; but have fomething more to fhew you yet to the right. Some may perhaps fay, To what purpofe is all this, unlefs a horfe goes in Curvets ? This is an abfurd queftion. t)nly make him rife, and help him as I have direaed before, and altho' he never takes the proper cadence of a Curvet, or any other air, this method will put him upon his haunches notwithftanding, and make him obey the hand and heel, which is every thing, and make him goTerre-�-terre perfe&ly. This method feldom fails of'making any horfe go in Curvets, when he is tied thus, making him rife with the fwitch, one helping him gently at the fame time on the contrary fide with the poinfon inftead of fpurs, and another behind the horfe with a chambriere to animate him, this way you will make him go to perfection. If the poinfon is too fharp, turn the end of the flick, and touch him with it in the fpurring place, or with the handle of another fwitch � for fharp fpurs fometimes ^------\ to the pillar, which is for do more harm than good. /^^^nN ^Curvet%ⁱⁿ ^one P^lace ^de Thusyougivearightbent ///f^---Na\\ /^^^^mf^t0 ^the right, to the body of the horfe, It f A\ \ \ �* fhewn by this figure and make his legs go true. \ f I The rein being thus fix d This is the moft eafy and \ \ \ \ // / / frort, the horfe cannot effettuai method for airs. \\\A^^W/ «ffily rife ; therefore to But let us go on with our VO; r></ ^find ^eafe> ^he ^pUtS right cavefon rein faften'd ^^__-^ upon the haundies. _

-ocr page 71-



	THE NEW METHOD

CHAP. III. For the Voltes to the Right Hand, the Horfe as he was before with the Right Rein of the Cavefon faflened Jhort to the Pillar, I FIR ST make the horfe go backward as far as the mort rein will permit, placing a h�rfeman with a poinfon in his hand on the outfide of the volte, who is to help him in cafe of neceffity ; or rather, let him go before, aad be placed as if he held him by the long rein of the cavefon j another fhould fol- low him with a chambriere on the outfide the volte, whilil a third touches him with a fwitch upon the breaft, to make him rife upon his voltes ; but this per- fon ought to be within the volte. He who is to help him with the chambriere walks circularly forward, but rather before the horfe, as I have mentioned already ; and the perfon who touches him before with the fwitch ought to go circularly backward, if he is within the volte. You may perceive that a horfe thus performs almoft a volte in Curvets upon his air, as far as the (hort rein Will permit him to turn, which is almoft an entire volte. All this time that you are working with the right rein, the pillar is to be within the volte for the right hand. This Ihort rein works mightily the horfe's fhoulders, and leaves his croupe at liberty, that he may make his volte perfeft j and it alfo pulls his fhoulders to that degree, as to make him go in a round, or, as it is commonly exprefs'd, of one pifte. But the horfe defcribes four circles with his four feet j his fore-foot within the volte defcribes the fecond circle, the other fore-foot the third ; the hind-foot within the volte defcribes the leaft, fince it is neareft the center; and the other hind-leg without the volte de- fcribes the largeft, being the fartheft from it. The aclion of a horfe's legs in Curvets preffes his fore-legs, and leaves the others at liberty, for which reafon the fore-legs will be within the line of the hind ones : the fore-leg within the volte is a little before that on the outfide of it, and the hind-leg without the volte is a little before the other that is within it, otherwife he could not go in Curvets, fo that all his four feet are off the ground at the fame time, as in a little leap. A horfe being thus faftened with the fhort rein of the cavefon, his fore-part is fo much confined, that he muft neceffarily throw out his croupe, o- therwife he could not turn, and confequently the action is as I have described it. This is an exceeding good invention, fince it fo far conftrains his fore-part as to force him into this air whether he will or not, provided he is faftened at a proper length, fo that he can neither fpring forwards, nor get from off his haunches.

		CHAP.

-ocr page 72-



	OF DRESSING HORSES. 73

		Chap. CHAP. IV. ^1ViZ:
		Chap. CHAP. IV. ^1ViZ:
to work a Horfe in Curvets backwards upon the Voltes to the Right Hand, with the Rein of the Cavefon fafoff d jhort as it was before. ^.tt r <. r ,«■ tW * hnrfe has been upon the voltes to the right hand S �tS�S'toS eKll ;S /ou «oft then allow^ a little ^e to Take blS ; then the rider muft raife him with his fwitch following 5n? rolnd andT,king him a little in the face. Whilft one makes h.m rife �Te fwitch, nother ought to help him a little «rmer w.th the W^ bovino ekcSy by his fidJf There is no occafion for the third with the cham- Wffoce a hUcan not move backwards and forwards at the fame tune; but mould he 00 back too faft, he muft be kept up with the chambnere, and EfttoWk will go backwards perffefflym Curve* upon the voltes, , IS is fomething �^%ft^��%%^* ^ you pieaie, ror wiicu n<- __ i _h� advance upon his voltes to kere* �rJL� r-� s��->"-�, n-- ^maks K* uX�� « api»; »■> ». yo» »y �^k ^h» »� "«" as yo� pleafe. CHAP. V. f o work a Horfe fideways with the Right Rein faft ene d frort as it was before. t * S the pillar has been hitherto placed within the volte for the right hand, ^! A vS a horfe was to go forward and was likewifethe feme.when he i_Bt backwards, which always worked tan to the right hand he^b^g fattened in the fame manner as it was at firft, fo, ^«^ _hlm fidewavs, his head muft be placed within the pillar, wmen w theTeft Going thus fideways, the right rem bang fattenellhort^ helps he horffon the outfide, which fixes his.croupe the betgra>his h ^ ^to e nnlar The rider muft raife him with his fwitch before, and help mm � Ss fide with the hand-end of another. If the horfe goes too faft the^p«ton wL hoXthe poinfin* muft be with the long rem »^«Jg SS rime ^CV^S^-K» " * f^STS 5?r^ * /- (in one place) in Co^J^aveto before m cbV a. The right rein ftJJ.n the fame mm*fctarf, -^ ^ Curvets upon the voltes to the right hand, as ^ _horfe Moreover, the fame rein of the cavefon,_ as was J^ upon the voltes backwards, as you have to m the^ lair. P ^ of the cavefon thus, works a horfe.fideways ^ ^ _on ^ _in. hand, and all the former were to ^ffi^ & goes fideways, the «He of tbe horfe, and his croupe was in . ^UUL "^uvy. & ^ ■ -_t liae or tne im» » r , � _croupe _1S out, and diftant trom ii. pillar or center is on his outfide, �^d�" � , �,'. . fore-part of TThe right rein of the cavefon being tied fliort to the pillar, the P ^

-ocr page 73-



	74 THE NEW METHOD

Book the horfe is neareft the center or pillar. Tho' the action of the Curvet con- III. fines the fore-part of a horfe, and leaves his croupe at liberty j neverthelefs his hind-lees are within the lines of nature. He defcribes four circles with his feet. The fore-foot within the volte defcribes the leaft, the other fore-foot the fecond ; the hind-leg within the volte the third, and the other hind-leg without it the largeft. When a horfe's head is to the pillar in Curvets to the left, and the pillar without the horfe's head, his legs are off from the ground at the fame time and acrofs. The hind-legs ought to follow the fore-ones exactly, neither more within nor more without, but the fore-legs are within the lines of the hind ones, becaufe they are nearer together. The pillar or center is with- out the horfe's head, when you work his croupe out, which makes his two fore-legs deferi be the fmalleft circles, and the hind-legs the largeft j the fore- leg within the volte defcribes the leaft of the two fmaller circles, and the other fore-leg the fecond, the hind-leg within the volte the third, and the other hind-leg the largeft of the two greater. Therefore a horfe defcribes four cir- cles when he has his croupe without and to the left, and remains at the pillar with the right rein of the cavefon faftened as at firft. What can be more required for Curvets upon the fame fpot of ground, than to make him go for- ward, backward, and fideways upon the voltes ? I am of opinion, that nothing can be added to it ; moreover, all this is performed about a pillar without any body upon the horfe's back : here is the figure.

			Sideways to the left, with / / If \\ \ j the pillar, altho⁵ the right the horfe's head towards II \ v J I � rein is faftened.

		CHAP. VI. The new Method of the Pillar for Airs to the Left Hand. TH E pillar ought to have two rings on each fide fixed at the ufual height, and the horfe bridled and faddled without any body upon his back, and the button of the reins down : then fallen the left rein of the cavefon very fhort, holding the other in your hand. The rider ought to have a little poin- fon in his hand, which is a {hort ftick with an iron point at one end of it, and place himfelf on the oppofite fide to the fhort rein, and another fhould be placed on which fide you pleafe, with a fwitch in his hand to make the horfe rife : when one has made him rife, the other ought at the fame time to prick him gently with the poinfon in the fpurring-place, at the very inftant he begins to rife, to make the croupe of the horf� go from him towards the pillar on that fide where the rein is faftened, becaufe fo the fhort rein works the more, and puts the horfe in a proper pofture to bend the half of his fhoulders, which makes him obedient to the hand, and he with the poinfon makes him obey the

-ocr page 74-



			OF DRESSING HORS ES. _7S

		the fpurs. So that if the horfe obeys, which he ought and muft in a fhort Chap* time, he will not only go perfectly in Curvets forwards, but alfo upon voltes, V�I. the firft time you try him, which was never done before. For the pillar the old way only makes him advance, but this makes him go upon the voltes, tho' in the fame place ; for the ihort rein on the left fide, and the poinfon on the other, make him curvet to the left hand upon the voltes. He is certainiy worked upon the voltes by this method, as you fhall fee hereafter ; but we have not yet done with the left hand. Some may perhaps fay, To what pur- pofe is all this, unlefs a horfe goes in Curvets ? One that afks this queftion fhews his ignorance. Only make him rife, and help him as I have directed before, and altho' he never takes the proper cadence of a Curvet, or any othet air, it will put him upon his haunches notwithstanding, and make him obey the hand and heel, which is all we want, and will make him go Terre-a-terfe perfectly. This method feldom fails of making any horfe go in Curvets, when he is fattened thus with a (hort rein on the left fide, making him rife with the fwitch, another perfon helping him gently at the fame time on the contrary fide with the poinfon inftead of fpurs, and a third behind the horfe with the cham- brier e to make him advance, this cannot fail making him go to perfection, If the poinfon is too {harp, turn the other end of it, and touch him with it in the fpurring-place, or with the hand-end of another fwitch ; for (harp fpurs do much harm in a Manege. Thus you give a true piy to the body of the horfe, which makes his legs go true. But we muft go on ftill with the left rein of the cavefon >-* ^§» with two, one on each fattened to the pillar, //%^~^\V\ ^^ic^e> ^or ^elp ^^m ^Wlt^* which is for the left hand, f f f/^ ^\\\\ one under the belly, to as the figure here de- I I f f \\\\ P^ut ^^m ^uP^on ⁿ^s haun- monftrates. One may I \ \ I Jill* ^cnes, and the other to work him on both fides \ \ \V ^s JJ j kelp ^^m ^Def°^re °ⁿ which with one fwitch, only \\^_^/y fide you pleafe. one after the other, or ^^IZ^^ CHAP. VII. For the Voltes to the Left Hand, the Horfe being faflened to the Pillar with the left Rein_y as he was before. 1 FIRST make the horfe go backward as far as the ihort rein will permit, placing a horfeman with a poinfon in his hand on the outfide of the volte, who helps only in cafe of neceffity j or, being rather before him, he is as if he held him by the rein that is not fattened ; another Ihould follow him be- hind with the chambriere on the outfide the volte, whilft a third aids him with a fwitch upon the breaft, to make him rife upon the volte j but this perfon ou^ht to be placed within it. He who has the chambriere walks circularly forward, and he who holds the poinfon and the long rein of the cavefon fhould be over-againft the fpur-place, and move forward with the horfe, but rather before him, as if he led him, as I have faid before ; and he that helps him with the fwitch Ihould walk circularly backward, if he is placed within the volte. Thus you fee the horfe makes a perfect volte in Curvets upon his air, and as far as the Ihort rein will permit him to turn, which is almoft an entire T * volte,

-ocr page 75-

THE NEW METHOD

₇6

This Ihort rein bends
mightily a horfe's moul-
ders, and leaves his croupe
at liberty, that he may
make the volte true.

Book volte. All this time that
III. you are working with the
left rein, the pillar ought
to be within the horfe, to
work him to the left,

C H A P. VIII.

% work a Horfe in Curvets upon the voltes backwards to the Left Hand, the
Rein of the Cavefon being tied jhort as it was before without any Alteration.

LE T us now fuppofe a horfe to have gone upon the voltes to the left hand,
as far as the ihort rein would permit j let him repofe for feme time, then
let the rider make him rife with his fwitch, and follow him round, looking
him a little in the face ; and whilft one makes him rife, let another help him
a little ftronger with the poinfon, walking fideways in a circle. He who has
the chambriere, lince a horfe can not go backward and forward at the fame
time, ought not to help him unlefs he goes too faft back. Thus he will go
backwards perfectly in Curvets upon the voltes, which is fomething uncom-
mon, efpecially as he has no body upon his back. You may make him go
backwards and forwards in this manner, as much as you pleafe j for when
he has drawn the rein ^__^ when he is as far advan-

ftrait to which he is fat- S@^~�"\\ ^cec* ^as ^^e ^can> Y^ou ^maY
tened, and can go no far- //^v^^^&SN\ ^mak^e ^mm go backward
ther, you may make him Ijff \\\\ ^ag^aiⁿ ^to Aacken it; and

advance upon the voltes I f ( '))■)) ^t^^lus y^ou ^maY ^work ^mrri

to flacken the rein , and \ \ \ V ■ Jill ^as ^m^ch as you pleafe.

C H A P. IX.
To work a Horfe fideways, the Rein being faft ened jhort as it was before.

THE pillar has been placed within the horfe or the volte on the left
hand in one place $ when the horfe goes either forwards or backwards
upon the voltes, the pillar is ftill always within it to the left hand, and the
rein fattened as it was before. Now going fideways, the horfe's head ought
to be within the pillar, and confequently the pillar will be on the outfide of
the horfe, which will work him to the right hand. When he goes thus fide-
ways, the (hort rein being fattened on the left fide, aids the horfe without the
volte, which confines his croupe the more, fince his head is to the pillar. The
rider here mutt make his horfe rife before with his fwitch, and touch him with the
hand-end of another upon his fide or in the ipurring-place. Should the horfe

-ocr page 76-



OF DRESSING' HORSES. ₇₇ go too faft, he who has the poinfon ought to be on the contrary fide, holding Chap. the loofe rein of the cavefon in his hand, not to aid him but in cafe of necef- IX. fity ; for his prefence alone is fufficient to prevent his going too faft, fo that he will take a true and equal time. By this method a horfe will go perfectly fide- ways upon the voltes to the right hand, becaufe the pillar is on his outfide, and his head in or to the center. Thus bv fixing the left rein of the cavefon to the pillar, it works him to the right hand in Curvets de ferme a ferme j in one place, as you may fee before in the fixth chapter of airs. The left rein works in Curvets upon the voltes to the left hand, as appears in the feventh chapter. The left rein of the cavefon remaining thus fattened as it was at fixity works the horfe backwards upon the voltes, as you may fee in chapter the eighth. The fame rein of the cavefon works him fideways upon the voltes, but for the right hand, whilft all the former were for the left, as the pillar was then placed within the horfe's croupe, and his croupe in : now that the horfe goes fideways, the pillar or center is without, and his croupe likewife out, and at a diftance from it, therefore his feet are from the ground at the fame time. The horfe's hind-legs that are out ought to follow the fore-legs that are in, neither more in nor more out } the fore-legs however are within the lines of the hind ones, lince they go narrower. The pillar or center is without the head of the horfe when you work the croupe out, for which reafon his Fore-legs defcribe the fmalleft circles, and thofe behind the largeft. The fore- leg within the volte defcribes the leaft of the two fmaller, and the other fore-leg the largeft of them. The hind-leg within the volte defcribes the leaft of the larger circles, and the other without the volte the greateft. Therefore a horfe defcribes four circles when his croupe is out for the right hand, and he remains fattened to the pillar with the left rein of the cavefon. When you have ufed the poinfon a little time only, you will have no farther occafion for it j two Twitches, one in each hand, will be fufficient, helping him with one upon the cheft and the other under his belly, to put him upon his haunches. I recom- mend this method of mine, of the fingle pillar, as the very quinteffence of horfemanlhip, to drefs_#horfes in all kinds of airs, and to make them obey both the hand and heel ; I would therefore advife you to ftudy it welk, for I am fure you will be pleafed with the effe�r. you will find from it. This is my method of working a horfe at the fingle pillar without any body upon his back. What more can be defired in Curvets, than to make a horfe go forwards, backwards, and fideways upon the voltes ? unlefs you would have a horfe fly, or dance upon a rope. All this is about the pillar without any one upon the horfe's back. A horfe going fideways with the left rein of the cavefon fattened to the pillar is defcribed in the following figure.

		Sideways to the right f f j [ ) j ) \| ^tne ^cave^^on .is tied lhort Fig. 24.

	hand, becaufe the rein of \\ \\^ ^J j j J on the left;

			CHAP.

-ocr page 77-

THE NEW M ETH OD

CHAP. X. ■

To faflen the Horfe to the Pillar with the right Rein fhort, holding the long

one in Hand, He jhould now be mounted,

YOU muft firft make the horfe go in his air de ferme a ferme^ helping
him gently with your hand, drawing the inward rein a little, as I have
Ihewed you before, which is by placing your bridle-hand on the outfide of the
horfe's neck, being feated as I have told you, and aiding him with the leg
within the volte, which ought to be a little bent at the knee, that the help
may be with the thigh, and oblige him to be upon his haunches. You mould
put your bread out, leaning your body a little forwards, that the horfe's
croupe may have the greater liberty. You may put him upon the voltes in
the fame manner, and with the lame helps j excepting, that upon the voltes
forwards you muft aid him gently with the leg within it, otherwife he cannot
advance, and the (hort rein would be too much ftrained j this puts the horfe's
croupe a little out, eafes the rein, and gives him liberty to go in a circle,
which works the moulders. When he goes backwards upon the voltes, you
muft pull him back with your hand, turning it upwards, but always towards
your body, leaning a little back at each time, your legs fomewhat backwarder
than upon any other action, helping him with your leg without the volte,
which will prefs him back, and flacken the ihort rein. This method of mak-
ing a horfe go backward works his croupe more than his ihoulders, provided
you help him with your hand and body at each time. You muft thus gain
upon him gradually, till he has made a compleat volte backward, looking a
little out of the volte, and your left moulder a little out.

When a horfe goes fideways, the rein of the cavefon ought to be on the
outfide, to confine the croupe more j but then the right rein is for the left
hand. The bridle-hand here Ihould be on the outfide, that it may draw the
inward rein, helping him gently with, the hand to fupport him, and with the
outward leg, ihould there be occafion. Thus the horfe will go under you de
ferme a ferme (which is, in one place) upon his voltes, forward and backward
to the right hand, and fideways to the left, the right rein of the cavefon being,
fattened (hort as it was at firft.

25'

CHAP.

-ocr page 78-



	■�m«_Mi._mB,,_ni_r.«_lij.i\|~~_ff -~~ i i� mi am ii~~......ni-~~ ~~■■■'�■■ ■■ ■ ■ ■�■■.■■~~~~.....~~- *~~=^T~~-r----------------------'--------ininii-t-�----------------'-----;�^�T~TirnwTWTTi�rrmm�* OF DRESSING HORSES.

Chap. CHAP, XI. XI. The Method of faflening a Horfe Jhort to the Pillar with the left Rein, holding the long Rein in your Hand ', and in this Cafe he ought to be mounted. YO U muft fir ft make your horfe go in his ave-de ferme a ferme, helping him gently with your hand, drawing the inward rein a little, as I have fhewed you before, which is, by placing your bridle-hand on the outfide of the horfe's neck, being feated as I have told you, and aiding him with the leg within the volte ; but your legs ought to be a little bent at the knee, that the aid may be with the thighs, and force him to be upon his haunches. You fhould put your breaft out, leaning your body a little forwards, that the horfe's croupe may have the greater liberty. You may put him upon the voltes both for- ward and backward in the fame manner, and with the fame aids -, excepting, that when he goes forwards upon the voltes, you muft help him gently with the leg within the volte, otherwife he cannot advance, and the rein would be too much ftrained ; but thus you flacken the rein, and make it eafier for the horfe to go in a circle. By putting thus the croupe of the horfe a little out, you work his fhoulders. When he goes backwards upon the voltes, you muft pull him back with your hand, turning it upwards, but always towards your body, leaning a little back at each time, your legs a little backwarder than upon any other action, aflifting him with your leg without the volte, which will prefs him back and flacken the ihort rein. This method of making a horfe go backward works his croupe more than his fhoulders, provided you help him with your hand and with your body a little at each time. You thus gain upon him gra- dually, till he has made a compleat volte backward, looking a little out of the volte, and your left fhoulder a little out. When a horfe goes fideways, the rein of the cavefon ought to be on the outfide, to confine the croupe the more, and the pillar without his head, but then it is for the right hand. The bridle-hand fhould be on the outfide here, that it may draw the inward rein, helping him gently with the hand to fupport him, and with the outward leg, mould there be occafion. Thus the horfe will go under you de ferme a ferme, that is, in one place, upon his voltes forward and backward to the left hand, and fideways to the right, the left rein of the cavefon being faftened fhort as it was atfirft.

		U This

-ocr page 79-



		8o THE NEW METHOD' ■ Book This new invention of mine, of faftening a horfe {hort, is a true method for HI. airs, fince it puts him upon his haunches, and preffes him before, which is as all airs mould be. So that, you fee, this new way conftrains and obliges a horfe to go according to nature, which is, to go with his fore-legs nearer to- gether, and his hind ones farther apart, and his hind-legs are in the lines of nature notwithstanding. This method forces the moulders to turn, (as it conftrains them, and the hind-legs are the more at liberty) otherwife they could not advance in the airs. The hind-legs Ihould follow the fore-legs with the greateft exa&nefs. A horfe going circularly in this manner, faftened (hort with the rein of the cavefon, defcribes four circles with his feet ; the fore-leg within the volte defcribes the fecond, his fore-leg without the volte defcribes the third, his hind-leg within the volte defcribes the leaft, as it is neareft the center, and the hind-leg without the volte defcribes the largeft, being moft diftant from the center He muft of neceffity defcribe thefe four circles in going round, becaufe he is narrower be- fore than behind, and muft confequently have his two fore-feet upon the mid- dle circles; and his two hind-legs, that are farther diftant from each other, muft neceffarily be placed in this manner : the hind-leg within the volte ought to defcribe the fmalleft circle, and the hind-leg without the volte the largeft j becaufe his fore-legs are within the lines of his hind ones, and becaufe the horfe goes in a round. So it is with my new method of faftening a horfe with a (hort rein to the pillar, when he goes either forward or backward, but not when he goes fideways, as I have demonftrated before. Whether the fhoulders are to the center in going fideways with the croupe out, or with the croupe next the center, going fideways upon curvets, the fore-legs are always narrower than the others ; becaufe the a�tion of this air is naturally fo, which we ought to continue fo by art. End of the fir ft Divifon of LeJJdns, which is for the new Way of working a Horfe in his Airs about a Pillar\ CHAP. XII: The Second Divifion of LeJJdns ₉ for Curvets. For Curvets upon the Voltes to the Right Hand, the Croupe to the Pillar. FI RST faften the right rein of the cavefon to the pommel of the faddle the way I (hewed you before, but not too ftiort, only fo as to give the true ply to the horfe ; then help him with the rein within the volte, which is, by put- ting the, bridle-hand on the outfide the neck j that is to fay, draw the inward rein, which will bend half his fhoulders, [viz. the moulder within the volte) and ftop it there j the fore-leg within the volte it puts a little before the other, and the hind-one on the fame fide a little backward ; fo that you ought only to help him with your hand, putting it a little on the contrary fide, to draw the inward rein. Keep an eafy feat, not too ftiff- that is to fay, you muft bend your ham a little, and fo your help will be with the thigh, and the horfe's air makes the aid of the thigh to be truer and better than any other aid you can

-ocr page 80-

OF DRESSING HORSES.

can give him. By helping him in this manner in Curvets, the horfe will go Chap
' true with all his four legs in the air at the fame time. XIII�

For Curvets to the right
hand, with the croupe to
*the center, but the center

within the croupe not*
withftanding,

CHAP. XIII.

For Curvets upon the Voltes to the Left Handy the Croupe to the Pillar,

FASTEN the left rein of the cavefon to the pommel of the faddle, the
way I {hewed you before, but not too fhort, only fo as to give the true
ply to the horfe ; then help him with the rein within the volte, which is, by
putting the bridle-hand on the outfide the neck} that is to fay, draw the inward
rein, which will bend half the ihoulders, (viz. the moulder within the volte)
and ftop it there j the fore-leg within the volte it puts before the other, and puts
the hind-leg on the fame fide a little backward j fo that you ought only to
help him a little with your hand, putting it a little on the contrary fide to
draw the inward rein. Keep an eafy feat, not too ftiff j that is to fay, you
muft bend your ham a little, and fo your help will be with the thigh, and the
horfe's air makes the aid of the thigh to be truer and better than any other
aid you can give.

By aiding him in this manner in Curvets, the horfe will go true with all
his four legs in the air at the fame time.

For Curvets to the left
hand, with the croupe to
the center, but the center

within the croupe notwith-
standing.

This figure is both for
Curvets to the right and
left with the horfe's head
to the pillar, and his
croupe out. You ought
always to draw the in-
ward rein of the bridle to

which fide foever the horfe
goes, by putting the bri-
dle-hand on the outfide
the volte, or the outfide
of his neck, helping him
gently with the leg with-
out the volte.

the fame

The old way of making _a horfe go in Curvets, t

place, then making him advance upon a walk, then curvetting, increafing

the

-ocr page 81-



			8a THE NEW METHOD

		Book the curvets, and diminishing the walk, till he has made an entire volte, is a III. mere trifle : for if you have worked him well at the pillar my new way, and have afterwards faftened the inward rein of the cavefon to the pommel of the faddle, the horfe's croupe to the pillar j I fay, you need do no more, for this alone will make him go perfectly in airs upon the voltes, with the greateft eafe and facility, without any thing elfe, CHAP. XIV. Of the Aids for Curvets, and the Horfemarfs Seat. O the right, the bridle ought to be held on the contrary fide, the hand turned a little upwards, that you may hold him up each movement in right time; every horfe fhould be let take his own. Your body mould be a little forward, that his croupe may have liberty to work, your legs even, a little bent in the ham, that you may help him with your thigh, which is the moft gentle aid you can ufe : being thus feated, the horfe's own air will help him more than any help you can give him. It is very certain, that the flower the time is a horfe takes, the higher he will go ; and if he does not go as quick as he can, he will pref�rve his ftrength and breath the better, and go truer and with more eafe to himfelf. But fome may perhaps object, that by leaning the body a little forward, it is impoffible to put a horfe upon his haun- ches j fince he is put upon his haunches by putting the body backwards, ac- cording to the writings of the moft excellent mafters in the art j and in order to convince you of the truth of that do�lrine by example, they fay, that when you flop a horf� upon a walk, you put him upon his haunches by leaning backward, and the fame in the trot, gallop, &c. fay they, is undeniable 5 from whence they conclude, that nothing puts a horfe more upon his haunches than leaning the body backwards, and confequently that leaning forwards muft be falfe. This is their manner of reafoning, but it is eafily anfwer'd, I confefs, that in flopping it is necef��ry the body fhould go back, both in the walk, trot, gallop, or in the carriere, for the fame reafons they give, that the horfe may be upon his haunches 5 this certainly puts him upon them, and nothing does it more, nor fo well, when you flop him. But herein lies their abfurdity^ they would ufe the fame helps to make a horfe advance, as to flop him j whereas it ought to be confiderei, that when he is flopped there is an end of his motion, and that will always flop him, but never make him advance. They have not capacity to conceive, that the fore part is confined in all forts of airs, and the croupe ought to be free, not only that he may advance, but may likewife have liberty of beating with truth the right time of his air j and for this there is no better way to give the croupe room to play, than to bend the body gently forward, as I fhewed before. Moreover, the inclina- tion of the body forward forces the legs a little backward, which is their proper place for all kinds of aids ; the contrary brings them forwards, puts them out of their place, and the rider upon his buttocks, when he ought to be upon his twift j now leaning forward puts him there. I would not be thought to mean that he fhould bend his back, but on the contrary, his breaft ought to be thruft out, and his belly drawn in ; and it fhould be a'gene- ral

-ocr page 82-



		OF DRESSING HORSES.
		OF DRESSING HORSES.	%
			%

ral ply of the body from head to foot, but fb little, that the lookers on Chap. ihould hardly perceive it. This has not been a little ftudy'd and confider'd, XV. and there is more in it than to gallop from St. Alban 's to London, or to make a horfe trample with a fnaffle and martingal the old Englifh way. Thofe too are miftaken vaftly, who think themfelves great mafters, -becaufe they have learned to ride a month or two, and have not been thrown. To ride a horfe with the bridle only, the feat ihould be as I directed before ; to the right hand, the bridle ought to be on the contrary fide, which is to the left, the nails turn'd upwards to the left fhoulder, holding the hand high, turning the face a little into the volte, putting the left ihoulder in, bending the legs a little in the ham, that the helps may be with the thighs, which is the gentleft aid of all. To the left, the bridle muft be on the con- trary fide, which is the right, the nails of the hand turned upwards to the right ihoulder, the hand high, and firm or eafy, as occafion requires; the hand muft be held fo to command the inward rein, the rider muft look into the volte, putting his right fhoulder a little in, and be feated as I directed before, with his hams a little bent, that he may help the horfe with his thigh, which is the mod gentle aid he can give. CHAP. XV. To change in Curvets upon the Voltes. ^r "^ O the right, the croupe to the pillar, and the pillar within the cro�pe, ~s- the bridle being on the fide without the volte, which is the left, you muft help the horfe with your hand each time, the nails of it turned upwards toward the left ihoulder, and more or lefs according as there is occafion, holding your legs even, your hams a little bent, that the aid may be with your thigh, which is the gentleft can be given, looking a little into the volte, and bringing your left ihoulder likewife in. When a horfe is thus going in curvets to the right, you muft help with the right leg, and change your hand at the fame time to the right fide be- yond the neck of the horfe, making him advance a little ; and fo he will change perfectly without breaking his time. We are now curvetting to the left, the hand on the right fide without the horfe's neck, that the right rein may be drawn. If you would change him again, you muft help him with the leg within the volte, 0^ ~^f?v ^a ^^tt^^e 5 ° ^ne ^ma^^es ^ms which is now the left, and /^/'\* JfSX ^cnang^es regularly, without change your hand at the /Af JP ^ / \\ breaking time. One may fame time to the left fide / / )vl yX \ \ change in this manner as without the neck of the f f f j often as one pleafes. The horfe, making him advance \ \ \\^ y J j J figure here ihews it.

	The changes near a wall are thus : when one goes in Curvets, the left fide to the wall, the hand ought always to be towards the wall, that you may draw the rein, which is to be within the demi-volte. And when you would change, you muft help the horfe with your leg from the wall, and at the fame time put your hand a little towards it, which puts his croupe a little out, and brings his fore-part in, and fo he changes regularly without breaking his time. The X wall

-ocr page 83-



		8₄ THE NEW METHOD an---------------«iii. -' ~~- .....~~ ------------!�^---------- ~'~~-^r ""~~ ---------------------��-----------'----------------------��~' Book, waU is at prefent on the right fide, the bridle-hand towards it, and the horf� ill. ftiil in curvets ; when you change you muft aid him with your leg from the wall, and with your hand, putting it at the fame time a little to the wall, which puts his croupe fomething out, and gives more liberty to his fore- part to turn, and fo he won't break one time of his air. This way one may change him as often as one pleafes. C H A P. XVI. Some more excellent Obfervations for Curvets,* TH E action of the curvet is a little leap, in which, when a horfe raifes his fore-legs, his hind ones fall, and all his four legs then are in the air at the fame time j and when as his fore-legs fall, thofe behind rife, all his four legs will be likewife then in the air, and he touches the ground with his fore-feet firft, and afterwards with the others. The horfe is only upon two legs at a time, firft upon thofe before, and after- wards upon thofe behind ; and altho' two move upwards and two downwards, neverthelefs they are" all four in the air at the fame time, thofe behind im- mediately following thofe before. He has his fore-legs nearer each other, be- caufe they are more confined $ and his croupe is larger, becaufe his hind legs are more at liberty ; fo that his fore-legs are within the lines of the others, and his hind-legs are in the lines of nature notwithftanding, and therefore he de- fcribes four circles with his four legs, as I faid before. If you make him advance a little, you will perceive that his fore-part gets ground, and his croupe follows in the manner I have defcribed j as he lowers his fore-part, he gains a little ground, and when he rifes, his hind-legs fol- low, to keep what his fore-legs have got ; but then the action from the ground is done brifkly, and he ftays a little in the air. The horfe that is the longeft time up, that is, that goes the fio weft, ought to go the higheft. He refembles a (hip moved by the waves, or two buckets let down into a well, the one is coming up whilft the other is going down ; in the mo- tion of the two buckets, they are both diftant from the water at the fame time, when one is coming up and the other is going down; it is exactly the fame with a horfe's curvets, and no otherwife, altho' he goes low, which is properly a Curvete rabattu�. CHAP. XVII. Of the proper Helps in Curvets upon the Voltes. TO the right hand, the rider being feated upon his twift with his breaft out and his belly in, which he ought to draw a little back each time, and lean his body gently forwards, to give room to the horfe's croupe to play, his bridle-hand mould be on the outfide of the volte, turning the nails of it up to the left fhoulder, putting that lhoulder in, by which the horfe's croupe is thrown out a little when he raifes him ; and eafe it after- wards, that his fore-part may have liberty to advance, and his croupe to follow when he raifes him again. The inward rein of the bridle muft be pulled, that; the horfe may look into the volte, and that his fhoulders may be worked. The

-ocr page 84-



			OF DRESSING HORSES. 85

		The horfe going thus, his croupe to the pillar, and the pillar within, the croupe Chap. will be a little out, which few people can perceive. This is the very quin- XVIII. teffence of curvets upon the voltes, in which the (houlders are worked, and the croupe very little j wherein many are miflaken, who imagine that the croupe only is, and not the moulders. In curvets upon the voltes to the left, the bridle ought to be held on the outfide the horfe's neck, with the nails turned upwards towards the right moul- der, and the fame moulder ought to be in, putting the oppofite leg a little nearer the horfe, and backwarder, though but very little, than that within. Working thus at the fame time with leg and rein contrary, the fhoulders and croupe will be both worked, which is right, fmce the croupe is to the pillar, and a little out, but fo little that many don't fee it, for the reafons I gave you before for the right hand, where the pillar is within the croupe. C H A P. XVIII. To work a horfe in Curvets backwards upon the Voltes. TH E pillar being on the right fide, to the right you muft advance your breaft and pull in your belly, your bridle-hand on the contrary �de^ putting it very much out and back at each time, and helping him at the fame time with the oppofite leg. This is to make him go in a circle ; but all the aids muft be given in the right time. The rein and contrary leg here works the horfe's croupe, and his moulders are at liberty. For Curvets upon the Voltes to the heft Hand. The pillar ought to be on the left fide for the left hand, the nails of the bridle-hand upwards, to the right moulder, putting your left a little in, and helping with the contrary leg. All thefe aids ought to be given in time j for there is difficulty in fubje�ing the croupe fo as to go backwards in a circle. By leg and rein contrary, the horfe's croupe is worked, and his moulders are at liberty. CHAP. XIX. To work in Curvets along a Wall^ the Wall on the Left Side. ¹HE wall being on the left fide, and the bridle hand on the contrary fide - of the horfe's neck from the wall, you muft turn the nails of your hand towards the left fhouider, that you may keep the inward rein tight, which is fartheft from the wall, putting your left fhouider a little in, and your right leg fomething nearer the horfe's fide, mould there be occafion for it, and not otherwife j for fo the horfe ought to take the demi-volte to the right hand. But the aids ought not to be fo ftrong as upon the voltes, an inclination is enough, fince he goes dire&ly forwards and to the right; you ought to put your breaft out and draw your belly in, which makes your body advance, to give liberty to the horfe's croupe to do fo. He begins upon his fore-part, and his croupe follows. His fore-legs gain ground, and his hind-legs keep it -, his fore-legs make room for thofe behind, as they follow immediately. He makes four ftrait lines forwards in curvets. His fore-legs are confined, and

-ocr page 85-



	S6 THENEWMETHOD

Book and his hind-legs at liberty j his fore-legs are within the lines of thofe behind, III. as this figure fhews.

		CHAP. XX. To make a Horfe go backwards in Curvets by a Wall in a flrait Line, the wall on the Left Side. HJ^ H E left fide of the horf� being to the wall, I have already told you, A that in going ftrait it was only an inclination towards it, tho' he goes forward, to prepare him for the demi-volte to the right hand j fo that the fame helps ought to be given, as for the right hand upon the voltes, but gently and eafy, becaufe he goes in a ftrait line. But here the left fide being ftill to the wall, you are to make him go in curvets backwards, not for- getting that the left fide of the horfe to the wall, when he advances, is for your right hand ; and continuing the fame pofture, the left fide towards the wall, in going backwards in curvets, is for the left hand. When he advances to the right, you help him with the rein from the wall, and the leg on the fame fide, confining his moulders, and giving liberty to his croupe, keep- ing his croupe likewife towards the wall, putting your bread out, and keep- ing your belly in, which gives the croupe room to play. But now when you make him to go backwards in curvets, it is to the left hand, and therefore the helps are to be thef� ; you muft draw the rein next the wall, which you do by putting the bridle on the right fide of his neck, the nails of your hand turned upwards to your right fhoulder, your left fhoulder a little in, and your oppofite leg a little backward, that you may conftrain the croupe and give liberty to the fhoulders, aiding him in time with your hand at each motion, your right leg clofe to his body, and a little back. He mould be pulled back when he rifes, and the hand eafed as he comes down, that his croupe may have room to go backward 5 for the horfe gains ground with his croupe, and his fore-part follows to keep it ; if he did not make room for his fore-legs to follow, he could move but in the fame place. You muft put your body forward, and your breaft out, with your belly a little in. As to the old method of leaning the body back, it is very wrong, fince it is giving a horfe the fame helps to go backwards,which are to make him ad- vance. Certainly, if I draw fomething towards me, I lean back, and if I pulh any thing from me I lean forward. Thefe aids are to make him keep the line of the wall, with his croupe towards it, and it is the true method of making a horfe go backward in curvets along a wall, preffing his croupe and giving liberty to his fhoulders. So you fee, that what is for the right hand for- wards is for the left hand , backwards, and that all the aids are changed j for example, when you go forward, the rein and leg on the fame fide are to confine the fhoulders, and give liberty to the croupe 5 and when you go backward, the rein and contrary leg are to confine the croupe and give liberty to the fhoulders. Befides, in going forwards your left fhoulder, which is op- pofite to the rein you work, is brought in to prefs the fhoulders 5 but in going backward

-ocr page 86-



			OF DRESSING HORSES. 87

		backwards, the rein and fhoulder on the fame fide are brought in to work Chap. the croupe. Thus you have the truth of Curvets backwards, your left fide to J^j�- the wall j and a horfe cannot keep the line of the wall any other way -₇ for he cannot go through the wall, and therefore goes backward as if he went to the left. The cafe is different round the pillar, for there he advances to the right, and goes backwards to the right, as there is no wall to confine him: the aids backwards are the fame, excepting that he goes in a circle. CHAP. XXI. To make a Horfe go ft rait forwards in Curvets by a Wall, the Right Side to the Wall, ^r ^HE horfe here is to be helped with the inward rein, the rider having his JL bridle-hand towards the wall, on the right fide the neck, with the nails of his hand turned upwards towards the right fhoulder, aiding him with the leg on the fame fide, his breaft out, and his leg in. So his fhoulders are worked, and his croupe is at liberty, which is only an inclination to the left hand, in preparing him for his Demivolte. CHAP. XXII. To make a Horfe go backwards in a ftrait Line by a Wall inCurvets, the Right Side ftill to the Wall. "HE N your left fhoulder was to the wall, it was for the right hand in going forwards, and for the left in going backwards : therefore your right fhoulder to the wall is for the left hand forward, and for the right backward. The aids are thefe : The horfe fhould be helped with the rein next the wall, putting your bridle-hand on the left fide his neck, the nails turn- ed upwards towards the left fhoulder, putting that fhoulder a little back each time, and helping him with the contrary leg (for leg and rein contrary work the croupe) the breaft and body ought to advance a little, helping him back with the hand every time he rifes. When you raife him, the curb will be a little loofe, and when he comes down it will be a little tighter j Co that all horfes are light upon the hand when they are upon their haunches. If your left fide is to the wall, for the Demivolte you ought to help him more ftrongly on the right, both with the rein and your leg on the fame fide, which is the leg from the wall in Curvets : but if your right fide is to the wall, for the Demivolte help him ftronger on the left fide, both with the rein and leg on the fame fide, which is that from the wall in Curvets. End of the Second Divifan of Lejfons for Curvets. The Third Divifon of Lejfons, which is to drefs a Horfe for Caprioles, Balotades, Groupades, and Demi-Airs. CHAP. XXIII. For Caprioles, AHORSE muft be worked at the pillar my new way for Caprioles. Firft, the rein of the cavefon ought to be fattened fhort, and then he muft be helped with two fwitches, one upon his fore-part, the other upon his croupe, Y in

-ocr page 87-



		TH E NEW METHOD
	ss	TH E NEW METHOD
	ss

Book in right time, {landing on which fide one pleafes. This will make him go fur- ili, prifingly true, as well in the fame place ferme a ferme, as upon the voltes, and with an aftoniftiing eafe and facility. One may make him go either fideways or backwards j but a horfe is not graceful in leaping backwards. For the left, you need only fallen the left rein of the cavefon mort to the pillar, and work him as you did for the right before. When he is per- fec�, the button of the reins down, without any body upon his back, you may ride him to both hands with the rein fattened to the pillar, but then it muft be a little longer. yK^�~^>x ^t^^ie P^^ar> ^mY ^new ^way> When you firft mount /z^^�^^^V\ f°^r Caprioles ferme a fer- him, you muft ufb him l/f^f' ^\^V\ ^me> f°^rwards, fideways, gently, and not work him mA[ \\W ^an^ backwards upon the too much at a time, for I * I hpl voltes, if you pleafe 5 all new things furprife a \\ \\ J J f J therefore I advife you to horfe very much. In a \Vvv yyTv pra�ife this new method fhort time you will find \\^__ ~^// of ^tne pillar in all kinds the wonderful effec�s of ^^^ ^^^ of airs. The above Figure is for Caprioles to the Right and Left Hand. CHAP. XXIV. To drefs a Horfe for the Balotade. ABalotade is a leap that is taught in the fame manner as the Capriole, and differs only in this ; a horfe in the Capriole ftrikes out equally with both hind-legs at the fame time, when he is at the height of his leap ; in a Balo- tade he only ftrikes half out, and makes only an offer j for in effec� he does not ftrike at all, the flioes of his hind-feet are only feen, and this is called a Balotade. The fingle pillar will make him perfect in it, as I have fhewn you in the Caprioles. CHAP. XXV. To drefs a Horfe for the Groupade. TH E Groupade is a leap which is taught in the fame manner as the Ca- priole, and differs from the Capriole and Balotade only in this, that he does not ftrike out as in the Caprioles, nor does he offer to ftrike, {hewing the {hoes of his hind-feet, as in the Balotade, but draws up his hind-legs as if he drew them to his belly. With regard to the height of thefe three airs, it is the fame, and differ only in the pofture of the hind-legs, as I {hewed before : the method of teaching them is the fame. Nature {hews you this diverfity in the hind-legs of a horfe better than art, being more dilpofed by her to one than another. My new way of the pillar will do for this, as I {aid of the Caprioles. CHAP. XXVI. To drefs a Horfe for a Step and a Leap. THI S air is taught in the fame manner as the other airs in leaping horf�s. I muft only fay, that a horfe naturally takes this air of his own accord, for he is never taught it. Firft, if he has not found feet, he won't always leap ; fecondly,

-ocr page 88-



			OF DRESSING HORSES. 89

		fecondiy, if he has not a good appuy, and a very good mouth, but is too light Chap. upoa the hand, he is more proper for a Step and a Leap, than to leap conti- XXVII. nually, fmce the Step ftr�ngthens his mouth, and gives him appuy. Befides, if his reins are weak, he is fitter for it ; the Step helps him to leap higher, as a man that runs before he leaps, leaps higher than one who takes a (land- ing leap ; it is the fame with a horfe in a Step and a Leap. A horfe in this air does three different actions, viz. tferre-�-terre, a Curvet, and a Leap : the Step refembles Terre-a-terre₉ his rifing before, a Curvet, and then a Leap follows. With refpeci: to two Steps and a Leap, and three Steps' and a Leap, it is the fame thing, as it is only adding one or two Steps more j but this air is old and out of faihion, and in reality very ridiculous. The gallop galliard is worfe, for a horfe leaps when he ought to gallop. A gallop galliard is only proper for thofe who have not the art to make a horfe leap true. A horfe with ftrong reins and fed with good oats, when you prick him after a little reft, if he gallops, will leap if you hold him up with your hand, and help him a little with your legs ; but this is by accident, and becaufe he has reft, though ignorant riders attribute it to their own dexterity, by idle impertinent talk, and to what dexterity God knows ; it confifts more in words than in horfemanihip, and deceives only the ignorant. This gallop galliard is fitter for a groom to brag on, than a horfeman ; I leave it therefore to thefe tatlers and their ignorance. This is all as to the Step and the Leap : I (hall only add, that my new method of th� pillar will bring it to perfection, as I have fhown in the Caprioles and other airs. CHAP. XXVII. ^the proper Helps for a leaping Horfe ^ either forwards or upon the Voltes, in Caprioles, Groupades, Balotades, &c. and how the Rider is to be feated. HP H E rider being placed in the middle of the faddle, his bre�ft out and JL his legs ft^it, as if they were upon the ground, and well fixed ugon his ftirrups, he, ought to raife his horfe, ancl as jTooa* as he has done that, help him with the fwitch in the following manner, holding the point- of it behind j give him one ftroke only upon the croupe in right' time, helping with the outward rein of the bridle, which, when a horfe goes along a wall, is always the rein next to it, and is eafily done by keeping the hand a little from the wall, placing it on the other fide the horfe's neck, the nails turned upwards, to whichever hand he goes. If you are in an open field, and no wall near, you may make ufe of whichever outward rein you pleafe. I call that which out- ward rein you pleafe, that gives liberty to his cro�pe on either hand, conceiving the wall to be placed on either fide : from hence it is no falfe way of reafoning to fay, that you may help him with which outward rein you pleafe : according to this truth in horfemanfhip, I call it which rein you pleafe, becaufe it puts out both haunches, either on one fide or the other, when one works with one of the reins in this manner. Thus the croupe is a little out, that it may have liberty to play, as it ought to do in Caprioles ; for how otherways can the croupe be at liberty ? and if it is not, it is impoffible to raife it. At

-ocr page 89-



			\

		₉o THE NEW METHOD -book At the fame time you raife the horfe, and help with your fwitch as I men- Ill, tioned before, you muft fit firm upon your faddle with your thighs and knees, ^fe�^v~"~' but muft be eafy from the knees to the ftirrups : for if your legs were ftifffrom the knee downwards, and in the hams, you would rather make the horfe fling himfelf forward than make a regular leap ; therefore you muft keep a firm feat with your thighs and knees, and be free and eafy from the hams to the ftirrups, your toes pointing a little downwards, which relaxes the muicles of the leg and the hams, and the bent of the ham makes the legs eafy, as they ought to be in all kinds of airs, and whenever a horfe leaps ; and that you may fupport him in the air with your hand, you muft help him gently with the calf of your leg, but fo as not to be perceived by the fpe&ators. And in reality, if you fit in the pofture I have defcrib- ed, the bare motion of the horfe will make your legs help him ; the bending the ham gives the aid with the thigh. Should it be neceflary to pinch him with the fpurs, the bent of the ham puts them fo much the nearer to him ; and that motion ought to be very little, and performed with fecrefy, as if you did not help him at all. Juft when the horfe takes his leap, you muft thruft your breaft very much forwards, which flings your ihoulders back with ftrength, and yet no body can perceive but that you fit upright, and move but very little. You muft not do as fome that I have feen, who put their heads back almoft to his croupe every time the horfe leaps, as if their reins were broke, or as if they had dif- ficulty to keep in the faddle. You fhould be careful to take the exac�: time, as you do the bound of a ball at tennis, giving juft then the aids I have told you. When the horfe is at the height of his leap, you muft ftop him there a little, as if he was held in the air, which is called fo�tenir. You may help him with the fwitch each leap, if you pleafe, not over the fhoulder, but over the bending of the arm that holds it, a little under the fhoulder, your arm at a fmall diftance from your body, and a little bent at the elbow, and fo the end of your fwitch will fall dire&ly upon the middle of the croupe j this aid is graceful for a leaping horfe. If he goes freely, and you find his croupe light, you may extend your right arm upwards at a fmall dif- tance from your body, waving your fwitch up and down, which is graceful enough. But the beft way is, to have the fwitch under your hand, the point downwards, and help with it upon the croupe in exaci: time when he leaps, that is, when he raifes himfelf. This aid ought not to be only a An- gle ftroke, but a continual touching upon the horfe's croupe, till he rifes again from the ground; and do thus every time he rifes. This is the moft cer- tain and trueft help, but is the leaft graceful of any. As you help with the rein without the volte in Caprioles to the right hand, and bring the fhoulder on the fame fide in, fo the croupe and both the haunches will confequently go a little out, which makes room for his croupe to play. He likewife de- fcribes four compleat circles with his four legs, but different to thofe inTerre- a-terre or Curvets ; for here the fore-leg next the volte defcribes the leaft circle, the other fore-leg the fecond ; but the fore-leg without the volte is a little before that within it, becaufe the aid is with the outward rein; his hind-leg within the volte defcribes the third circle, and his other hind-leg the largeft 5 but the hind-leg without the volte is a little before that within it, and

-ocr page 90-

OF DRESSING HORSES.

and becaufe the help is
with the rein without the
volte. His legs ought to
be in this manner, if they
go right, and if you have
fuppled him to each hand,
as you may fee by the
figure here, which is both
for the right and left.
You muft do the fame

for the left hand j it is Chap.
only placing your bridle- XXVIII.
hand within the volte on
the infide his neck, to
work the outward rein $
you muft help fomewhat
more with the left leg,
which is that within the
volte, leaning a little more
upon that ftirrup and do

in every thing elfe as you did for the right hand, thrufting out your breaft and
putting your moulders back j but the right fhoulder fhould come in when
you are going to the left.

I have now given you the very quinteflence of the art of making horfes go
in leaps either forward or upon the voltes, in Caprioles,Balotades'and Groupades,
which makes both the horfe and horfeman compleat. You fhould remember to
work him at the pillar. A Capriole is a gallop in the Air.

End of the Third Divifon of Lejfons upon Airs, which is to Drefs a
Horfe in Caprioles, Balotades, Groupades, and Demi-Airs.

The Fourth Divifion of Lejfons, upon Aids or Helps.

CHAP. XXVIII.

Of the Helps with the Bridle-Hand.

^r j ^ H E bridle-hand, contrary to the old maxims, ought never to be juft
JL over the neck of the horfe, in any of his a&ions j as for example,
if you gallop along a wall, with the wall on the left hand, your hand ought
to be on the outfide the horfe's neck towards the wall, the nails upwards,
to draw the rigrrAein, that is, the rein fartheft from the wall, to prepare him for
the demi-volte. The Wall on the right fide, you muft put your hand a little
without the horfe's neck on the fame fide, the nails upwards, that you may draw
the rein which is the fartheft from the wall, to prepare him for the demi-
volte, ftill helping him with the fame rein, till he has finilhed it, and then
change.

If you go upon one pifte, as it is termed, upon large circles to the right
hand, you muft place your bridle-hand on the contrary fide, which is the left,
that you may work the rein within the volte. If you gallop upon one pifte to
the left, you muft place the bridle-hand on the contrary fide, which is the
rioht and without the volte, to work the rein within it.

If you go Terre-�-terre to the right hand, you muft place the bridle-hand
on the contrary fide, which is the out and left fide, the nails upwards, keeping
it high towards the left moulder. If you go Terre-�-terre to the left hand,
your bridle-hand muft be without the horfe's neck or volte, the nails upwards
to the right fhoulder, holding it higher or lower, as there is occafion.

Z The

-ocr page 91-



		₉2 THE NEW METHOD

			The Helps with the Bridle for Caprioks, Balotades, and Groupades. For leaps, the hand mould be held otherwife j for going along a wall, with your left fide towards it, you muft place your bridle-hand a little on the con- trary fide of his neck, which is the fide from the wall, the nails of your hand turned to the right (boulder, holding it high tofupporthim: by this you pull the outward rein of the bridle to work his fhoulders, which forces his croupe out, that it may have the more room to play. The aids for the hand will be here directly contrary to my foregoing inftru�tions j for in thofe, you work with the inward rein to fubje�r. the croupe, and here you work with the outward rein of the bridle, to give liberty to the croupe. When a horfe goes to the right upon the voltes, or along a wall his left fide to it, you muft place your bridle-hand within the volte, the nails of your hand upwards to the right fhoulder, to make fure of the lhoulders, and give room to his croupe to play. For it is moft certain that the outward rein of the bridle forces his lhoulders in, and conf�quently his croupe out. When you go to the left hand upon the voltes, you muft place your bridle-hand within the volte, the nails of your hand upwards, to the left ihoulder. Thus I have given you the true way of working with the bridle, and the reafons why you do fo, and how you are to ufe the inward rein, which till now was never known. CHAP. XXIX. Of the Helps of the Body, YO U muft fit upon your twift, having your breaft out and your belly in, your knees and thighs clofe to the laddie, and your legs ftrait down. Being feated in this manner, it follows from a man's natural make, that when the ham is bent the thigh grows bigger, which is the help of the thigh, and is the moft gentle can be given, and the moft proper in all airs, (not but it is fometimes neceflary to help him with the legs, tho' very rarely.) Bending the ham puts the thigh clofe to the faddle, and throws the calf of the leg from it. The fecond help is with the calf of the leg, and then the ham muft be ftifF, and clofe to the horfe, by which the thigh is put from him j this aid being ftronger than that with the thigh, it is properer for Terre-�-terre. The third help is pinching with the fpurs, and is the ftrongeft j it is done thus : the legs being clofe to the horfe, muft be a little bent in the ham (this aid is proper in all airs) and being bent, the toes will be down, which will bring the fpurs up, and the calves of the legs being a little farther from the horfe's fides by bending the ham, the fpurs will be nearer, and then pinch him gently with them, and in time. This is an excellent aid, and very proper in all airs ; it is very good too in Terre-a-terre, and ought to be kept for the laft, as it is the ftrongeft. It is not fpurring ; for fpurring is not an aid, but a correction. Here I have given the three principal aids of the body ; that of the thigh, calf of the leg, and the gentle pinching with the fpurs. I don't mention them, as others have done before, without teaching you in what manner they are to be ufed; if they intended to teach you, they did it wrong, not for want of good will, or that they meant to deceive you, (for I am convinced that many worthy gentlemen have wrote upon this fubje�r.) but

-ocr page 92-



			OF DRESSING HORSES.

		but it was certainly for want of knowing betten I have given you now the Chap. helps of the hand, the thigh, the calf of the leg, and the heel j and hope you XXX. will be able to put your Jetters together, that is, thef� aids, which muft be by ^w-^v~^ never giving any help with the hand, without adding one of the others in a greater or lefTer degree, as there is occafion ; but the gentler the better, both as to hand, thigh, calf of the leg, and heel j for a horfe generally goes better with gentle than with ftrong helps : a ftrong aid confounds and furprifes a weak horfe, makes a ftrong one. go too much upon the reins, giving him a contretemps^ and makes him lean upon his fore-part, and be heavy Upon the hand. Befides, ftrong aids make a horfe full of fire almoft mad, and a dull one refty and lifelefs j therefore the moft gentle aids are beft for all horfes. The hand, thigh, leg, and heel ought always to go together ; for example, fuppofe a man playing upon the lute, and he touches the firings with his left hand, without touching the others with his right, he muft make but a very indifferent harmony $ but when both hands go together, and in right time, the mufick will be good. It is the- fame with refpecl: to this exceilent art $ what you mark with your hand ihould be touched at the fame time either with your thigh, leg, or heel, or the mufick of your work will be bad. We are at prefent fpeaking of mufick, and he that has not a mufical head can never be a good horfeman. A horfe well drefl�d moves as true, and keeps as regular time as any mufician can. Thus you have the aids of the hand, thigh, leg, and heel, feparately and together. CHAP. XXX. Of the Helps with the Switch. HpH E fwitch is both ufeful and graceful, neverthelefs I would not have JL it much ufed to any horfe whatfoever, unlefs it be to thofe defigned for pleafure or for airs ; for a foldier's horfe ought to go with the hand and heel only, fince the rider is to have a fword in his hand. But if you would ufe it in working a foldier's horfe in the open field, you muft to the right hand help with it in the following manner : Put your fwitch acrofs to the left towards the eye of the bridle, or hold it up with the end of the bridle in the right hand, to whichever hand the horfe goes. It is graceful too to hold the fwitch up without the end of the bridle. If you find that your horfe does not rife fufficiently, you muft give him a ftroke or two upon the neck or fhoulders on either fide, as there is occafion. Thefe aids are likewife good in Terre-�-terre. If he does not put his croupe in enough, you muft give him two or three ftrokes over the bridle-arm upon the left fide of the croupe, or upon the flank, to keep it in. But this I don't much like, nor do I think it graceful, and feems as if the horfe did not obey the heel. However, when a horfe goes Terre-a-terre to the left, nothing looks better than to hold the fwitch down by the right thigh, your arm a little bent, fo that it feems hollow from the body. This is an excellent aid. Thefe are the helps with the fwitch in Terre-�-terre, or in riding a foldier's horfe. 7he Helps with the Switch in Curvets and Demi-Airs. The fwitch ought rather to be fhort than long, and your arm not fo clofe to the body as to appear ftifF and confined 5 for it looks like affectation, which is

-ocr page 93-



			i'Iiiotiwhi~~..........~~■■~~.......... njiMum~~i~~tu-M~~in»~~.......n,muj.�~~i»«n"«~~nM.if~~i'i~~» ■n-Mii~~iiw THE NEW METHOD

		Book is wrong in every thing : befides, it has an aukward air j and a good horfe- III. man ought to fit in as eafy a poflure as poffible, doing nothing however in- ^K-~~~~^>* confiftent with the rules of riding» The fwitch ought to be fhort, and when the horf� goes in Curvets to the right, you muft hold it acrofs the horfe's neck, the elbow high, but a little low^ver than the hand, fometimes upon a level with it, keeping an exaci: time with grace, fometimes touching his neck, and fometimes only making as if you would, as occafion requires. If he mould not rife high enough, give him a ftrong ftroke or two upon the moul- ders. This aid will ferve for both hands, but beft for the right. When he goes to the left, you may help him upon the right moulder, as before, keeping your horfe's time with grace, having your elbow bent, as when one takes a ball upon the bound at tennis. If the horfe does not raife himfelf fufficiently, you muft give him a hard ftroke or two upon the right fhoulder, and then gently again as before. There is another help with the fwitch, which is called de tous. temps, and that is, helping him with it continually ; all thefe aids are both for the voltes and the ftrait line forwards. There is another that is very graceful, but it muft be with a fwitch fomething longer than ordinary, that bends a good deal : hold your right hand up, the arm bent at the elbow, and move it backwards and forwards without keeping time as long as the horfe works. This aid � ferves upon the voltes forward, backward, and fideways in Curvets like the former. When a horfe goes along a wall, with his right fide to it, if you ftrike the wall gently with your fwitch conftantly and without time, with your elbow a little bent, it enlivens and animates the horfe, and nothing can be more grace- ful. Thefe are the aids with the fwitch for Curvets. 'The helps with the Switch in Groupades, Balotades, and Caprioles* You muft help the horfe with the fwitch over the right arm, having it a little bent in the elbow, and the arm from the body, fo that the point of the fwitch may touch the middle of the croupe, taking care to do it in the right time of the leap, and as the horf� rif�s. But the fureft aid is to turn it in your hand, holding the point behind, and help him with it in right time, and as he rif�s. If the horfe leaps freely, it is fufficient to wave the fwitch backwards and forwards, which is graceful enough. The Rider that is on Foot may help the Horfe in this manner : He may help him before to rife with the fwitch either upon his cheft or fhoulders, or upon the knees to make him bend his legs j though perhaps the bending of your knees will make him do it fufficiently. This is for the fore-part. He may help with the Switch upon the Croupe thus : If the horfe is touched upon the middle of his croupe, it will make him put himfelf together, and draw his legs in without laming out : if you touch him upon the end of his croupe, he will lafh out with both legs j and if you ftrike him on the outfide his hind-legs, a little above the hock, he will draw his legs under hs belly. Thefe three different aids with the fwitch have.thefe different effects. The

-ocr page 94-



		OF DRESSING HORSES. 95 The help at the fingle pillar with two fwitches the new way, one to raife Chap. him before, and the other to help him at the fame time under the belly^ works XXXL wonderfully to put a horfe upon the haunches» The helps upon the hind-legs, whether within or without, are very ridieu- lous^ and occafion more confufion than they do good j and fo do all the others, excepting thofe I have laid down for you to ufe. The fwitch is excellent to raife a horf�, to animate him, and make him keep his time. The voice is fometimes good, but ought to be feldom ufed ; not to be like the riders of fome countries, that are always calling to their horfes like carters. I have here made a kind of abridgment or repetition of what you ought ab- folutely to remember j therefore take it in good part, without criticifing upon it, fmce I have done it more for your fakes than my own, for I myfelf knew all this before j don't therefore find fault with what I write for your fervice* j\s to the new method I have here given you, I dare venture to fay, that he that does not approve of it is like never to underftand it. For my part, I ad- drefs it to the reafonable part of mankind 5 and fo have done* C H A P. XXXL A new Invention for putting a Horfe upon his Haunches, which is the befi irt the Worlds for without it they will hardly be made to go well. NATURE, that we ought to follow, has made a horfe's legs thus: His fore-legs are made like ourSj th� knees are before and the hams behind : his hind-legs are as our arms, the elbow behind, and the bending part before, and from the paftern to the hoof it is the fame ; that is to fay> the heels of the fore-feet are behind like ours, and the toes before as our toes ; and the heels of the hind-feet are behind, and the toes before as our hands. Tho' the heels of a horfe's fore-feet are towards his hams, and the toes towards his knees ; and the heels of his hind-feet towards his elbow, and the toes towards the hams, which is directly contrary j neverthelefs his patterns and feet make the bending of all four feet to be alike, which is by the contraction of the nerves. So that to put a horfe upon his haunches, one mould raife the heels of the hind-feet, by having the {hoes turned up at both heels a good deal more than ufual, which will oblige him to bend his hocks, as the heel will be higher than the toe of the foot. A gentle defcent of ground will put hitii upon his haunches, as you may fee in the ftable, when a horfe is turned upon the fnaffle, that part next the manger is higher than the other ; and if you make him 90 there in curvets, fo turned upon the fnaffle, the croupe being higher than the fore-part, it puts him upon his haunches. Therefore by raifing the hind-part of his foot, by turning up his fhoes, higher than the toe, it anfwers the fame end as the defcent of ground, to place him upon his haunches. As in going up-hill you make the horfe's hind-legs ftifF, by keeping them ftretch'd backwards, which throws him off of his haunches ; fo in going down-hill you make him bend his legs at the hocks, placing them under his belly, which puts him upon his haunches. Thefe turn'd-up fhoes produce the fame effe�: as when a horfe goes down-hill. When a horfe goes down a hill his croupe is A a higher

-ocr page 95-



		₉6 THENEWMETHOD Book higher than his moulders, which puts him mightily upon his haunches 5 and III. therefore thefe moes, which raife him higher behind than before, ought to ^<~~¹" ' put him upon his haunches for the fame reafon. It may be thought, that a horfe may hurt himfelf by treads with thefe fhoes, but I have always made ufe of them without the leaft accident ; though with common fhoes fometimes horfes get treads, and it even happens to the fore-legs, where they are never ufed. My new method of fattening orie of the reins of the cavefon fhort to the pillar puts a horf� very much upon his haunches, efpecially when he goes de fermer�-ferme■, or upon the voltes backwards. Helping a horfe with a fwitch upon the cheft, or upon the bridle, ftriking him upwards with it, or fometimes upon the nofe, tho' feldom, will put him upon his haunches. I approve moft of aiding him upon the cheft or upon the nofe, fince thefe aids make him advance his cheft, which he can never do without being upon his haunches j for when the cheft advances, the croupe mult of necefiity be drawn in. Aiding a horfe upon the cheft, nofe, or bridle, forces his cheft out, and puts him upon his haunches ; helping him upon the knees makes him fo timorous that he withdraws his breaft, and therefore it puts him off of his haunches ; but aiding him upon the cheft with one fwitch, and with another under the belly, places him ftrongly upon them j for one fwitch makes him advance his cheft, and places him upon his haunches, whilft the other tic- kling him under the belly makes him draw in his haunches and hind-legs, fo that both working together have the better effecT:. When you raife him too high, he fupports himfelf upon the toes of his feet, to prevent his falling backward ; and his heels not touching the ground, it makes his hocks ftiff, and confequently throws him off of his haunches : therefore thofe who raife a horfe very high to place him upon his haunches are much in the wrong. And though a horfe puts his hind-legs under his belly, if he fupports himfelf upon his heels with the fore-part of his foot from the ground, his hocks are always ftiff, and he is not upon his haunches : therefore thefe fhoes, for the reafons I have given, make the whole weight of the croupe to fall equally upon the heel and fore- part of the foot, and confequently upon the whole foot, which gives him ftrength, and makes him bend his hocks as much as poffible with eafe and facility. As to the fore-part of a horfe, you muft take care in fitting him with a bitt, that he does not arm himfelf againft it : for this not only makes him hard upon the hand, becaufe it touches his cheft, and you have no room to pull him j but if he carries his head low and round, he muft of necefiity raife his croupe, which will, put him off his haunches. You muft therefore give him a gentle bitt₃ that he may not carry low, but in a good place, The branches of the bridle ought to be neither too ftrong nor too weak, that is to fay, they muft flope towards you, but not fall quite back, that you may have room to pull the reins with advantage, and this pofture puts him upon his haunches \ or otherwife you muft work with your hand going to the right, as I (hewed you before, keeping it up pointing to the left fhoulder. And to the left, you muft keep your hand up and to the right fhoulder. If you go ftrait forward, hold it forward and high near your ftomach. By drawing your hand low to your body, you pull the horfe's head down, and put him off* his haunches ; therefore you ought rather to advance it towards his head, and fo the branches will

-ocr page 96-



		OF DRESSING HORSES. 97 will have lefs force, and won't be fo tight, which will put him upon his Chap. haunches, which is the beft aid. XXXI. I don't mean that you place your hand fo much forwards, as to be almoft Upon the horfe's head ; if it be only a little forward it is fufficient \ you muft have his head up, as I faid before* that he may not harm himfelf againft his bitt. If you hold the bridle up towards one of your moulders (viz. towards the left when you go to the right, and towards the right when you go to the left) without leaning forwards, the branches of the bridle will have the more power, not only as a lever to keep him up, but likewife to put him Upon his haunches. It is true, that he may be apt to go backwards. It is a good way to put his head to th� pillar, not only to walk him fo, but likewife to raife him, provided you don't let him rife too high. I have already fhewed you how to make him rife. Nothing makes a horfe go better Terre-a- terre, than to make him do it his head to the wall all round the covered Ma- nege, and it will put him upon his haunches. A flow gallop with, the croupe in, puts him likewife upon his haunches, and fo does Terre-a-terre. You muft gallop him in one pi/le₉ as it is termed, upon his haunches, your hand out, helping a little with your leg on the fame fide, to make him bend his ihoulders : if you put his croupe too much out, you put him off his haunches* The walk or paffage₉ which is the action of the trot, is the beft of all to put him upon his haunches. It is good, a/id in the beginning very neceffary to flop a horfe, and make him go backwards, to put him upon his haunches, but they are both very dis- agreeable to horfes. You may meet with leffons enough of this fort in old Frederick Grison, and many other fuch authors, who have wrote upon this fubjecl. All the lefl�ns I have {hewed you, as plainly and clearly as poffibly I could, are new inventions} and I can affure you, that you will find them true and excellent, to put a horfe upon his haunches, without which, none can go as they ought. And therefore our only aim in this long, laborious, and painful work, is to put a horfe well upon his haunches, in order to have him well dreffed, and compleat the art of the Manege. Receive it therefore in as good part as I communicate it heartily. End of the Fourth Divifon of Leffons for Airs, and of the Third Book of the New Method of Dreffing Horfes.

-ocr page 97-



			*^«s&<^^^^^^s^s^^^^^^ss>^L<►^K^^t^►s®^^>«^<►^^^s^^^^s^^^^�©�o»^g^*

		BOO K IV. Which treats of all the Vices belonging toHorfes, and the fureft Ways to cure them. The Firfl Divifion of Lejfons. Whenever a Horfe in working does wrong, it maft be either in the fore or hind Party in the Shoulders or the Croupe , he muft be difobedient either to the Hand or Heel. We Jhall therefore firfl treat of the Difobedience of the Shoulders, to prevent his being entier, which is to refufe to turn_y and is the worft Vice of all: Here follows the Method therefore of making the Shoulders fupple* C H A P. I. Leffhn the Firfl, to work a Horfe"s Shoulders. , HORSE fhould be walked, trotted, and galloped upon large circles at firft, ufing the inward rein of the ca- vefon, and the leg on the fame fide, which to the right hand is the right rein and right leg. I have often told you, that rein and leg on the fame fide work a horfe's fhoulders, but not the croupe 5 that they confine the fore-part, and leave the croupe at liberty, becaufe the fhoulders are fubje&ed, and the croupe not. This fhould be upon large circles, to make it more eafy to him. In

-ocr page 98-



		OF DRESSING HORSES. 99 In the fecond 'leflbn to work the fhoulders, you muft walk the horfe in his Chap, own length, drawing the inward rein, and helping with the inward leg, which II. always work both the moulders, fo that the croupe is neceffarily at liberty. ^,-"^Y^' This is an excellent leflbn to fupple the moulders. Horfes generally refift what you would have them do, not from a natural fimplicity, but with malice and iubtilty. Very often when they find their croupe is to be put out, they endea- vour to put it in. You ought therefore to draw the inward rein very ft rong, giving him the inward fpur at the fame time, and very fuddenly, which is rein and leg on the fame fide ; but when he is to the right, it is the right rein and right leg: this makes the moulders fupple, and is a moft excellent leflbn. But if he ftill continues to be ftiff in the moulders, and refufes to turn to the right hand, put his head to the pillar to the left hand, and draw the outward rein, which is the right, helping with the leg on the fame fide. Tho' here the horfe goes to the left hand, neverthelefs both his moulders are worked to the right ; for the leg and rein are ufed of the fame fide, which always works the moulders. This is an excellent lefTon to fupple the moulders, tho' it is a falfe one j for the horfe goes to one hand, and looks to the other ; he goes to the left hand, and his fhoulders are worked to the right, and his legs go falfe j fo that this ought to be ufed only when the other leflbns won't do. This is a good re- medy to cure a horfe that refufes to turn, but ought to be ufed no longer than till you have got the better of that vice. There is another leflbn to fupple the fhoulders,which is this : Faften the right rein of the cavefon my way to the pommel of the faddle on the right hand, and tye it fo iliort, as to bring his head as much in as poflible, when there is no danger of his coming over ; then work him with the leg on the fame fide, which is the right, (leg and rein thus always work the fhoulders) and the croupe for the fame reafon is loft. You may work him in this manner, in all the leflbns I have taught you. If you work with falfe reins, you muft work with the rein and leg on the fame fide, to work his fhoulders. If you work with the bridle reins, you muft work with the rein and leg on the fame fide, to work the fhoulders. There is another way of working the fhoulders, with the rein of the bridle* you muft feparate your reins and hold one in each hand, and draw the inward rein towards your left fhoulder going to the right, and advance the outward rein near the horfe's head, and bend it as much as poflible within his neck, turning the nails of your left hand upwards, and putting your inward leg a little to him. This being done in time, and with force, will bend his fhoulders, or make him ready to break his neck. But I rather recommend the other aids to fupple the fhoulders, as they are more gentle, and work with more eafe to the horfe without injuring his mouth. The rein and the leg on the fame fide, whether the croupe is in or out, always work the fhoulders and not the croupe, altho' it yields a little to the heel. For the left hand, you ought always to work with rein and leg on the fame fide, and put the bridle in your right hand, and the cavefon in the left, and remember that your outward fhoulder always works the horfe's fhoulders. The left hand requires no farther explanation. Thus I have given you all the aids for fuppling a horfe's fhoulders to both hands, which is the principal thing. End of the tir ft Divifton of Lejfons for fuppling the Shoulders. B b The

-ocr page 99-

loo THE NEW METHOD

Book

tfhe Second Divifion of Leffons, which is to cor reel a Horfe that does not obey

the Heel.

CHAP. II.

To make a Horfe obey the Heel.

S rein and leg of a fide work the moulders of a horfe, fo rein and leg

contrary work the croupe. If you would put a horfe's croupe in, and he
obftinately thrufts it out, give him a good ftroke or two with the fpur on the
outfide to keep it in.

If he refufes to keep it in notwithftanding this, and is obftinately difobedient
to the fpur, put his croupe in, by drawing the contrary rein to the way he is
going, helping him with your leg on the fame fide, which is the outward, and
this will make him comply tho' he be very vicious and obftinate. Thefe aids
ought not to be continued, but are to be ufed only in cafe of neceffity, fince
they are falfe ; therefore when you have done what you wanted, you rauft
return to the true aids.

The rein of the cavefon, and the leg on the fame fide, whether the croupe
be out or in, always work the moulders, and only half the croupe; the moulders
always to the contrary fide to which he goes, and the half of his croupe to
the fide he does go of. But if the croupe is in, the hind-leg within the volte is
entirely loft, and there is no help for it, fo that it is to be feared that he will be
entier,(that is, refty) by putting his croupe too much in, becaufehe has there too
much liberty. Therefore you muft turn the bridle-hand, and affift him with it,
working with the rein of the cavefon, and the leg on the fame fide, which
preflfes his moulders and fore-part, puts his croupe out, and will neceflarily
put him upon his fhoulders, whether his croupe be in or out. When he goes
in this manner upon the Paflage, his legs move as true as when he is worked
as he ought to be; but when he goes Terre-�-terre, or upon the Gallop, if he
goes to the right, the fore-leg without the volte leads, which is falfe, and the
hind-leg within the volte follows it, which is a Trot upon the fwiftnefs of a
Gallop, and makes him ready to fall; therefore I would advife you not to
work him in this manner, but upon a walk, and not then neither but in cafe
of neceffity, that is, when a horfe's fhoulders are fo ftiff that he will not turn,
or that he obftinately refifts the fpur, and will not obey it. Then, I fay,
there is no better way than this, with rein and leg on the fame fide, not
only to make the fhoulders fupple, but to make him obey the heel without
violence. But this ought to be ufed like a medicince ; when you have cured
the diftemper, it is neceffary to return to the true method, for fear of accuftom-
inghimtogo falfe and look out of the turn. You muft always work him,
where he feems to find the greateft difficulty.

When you work with the rein and leg on the fame fide, the croupe to the
pillar, the horfe has too much liberty within the volte, and there is no way to
hinder it but by turning the hand in : but horfes are fo cunning and artful in
their difobedience to the rider, that, when you work them with the rein and
leg on the fame fide with the croupe to the pillar, they find their hind-leg
within the volte at liberty ; therefore, that they may refift the rider, they put
their croupe fo much in, that they don't turn their fhoulders, and are entier.

-ocr page 100-



			OF DRESSING HORSES. _IOi

		It is the fame when you work with rein and leg contrary; for then they find Chap. their liberty without the volte, and defend themfelves again ft the rider, taking II. that advantage, and thruft the croupe vigoroufly out. The more you fpur them, the more obftinately they refill, and will often fooner die than yield. In this cafe you muft work with the leg and rein on the fame fide, and that will eafily cure them. Thus you fee the cunning and fubtilty of horfes, as well as their vicious defence againft the rider. But this aid ought not to be long ufed. Another Way of putting a Horf e's Croupe in_y isohich is as good as the preceding one, You muft work with the rein within the volte, and the leg without in the following manner: If you go to the right, and find that your horfe's croupe does not come in enough, you muft put the rein of the cavefon entirely crofs his neck towards the left hand, in order to put his croupe in ; as much as you put his croupe in, fo much almoft do you force his fore-part to the left, which is right, fmce you put his croupe in. But fo the inward rein of the cavefon works his outward haunch, which does not belong to it, as much as if you drew the outward rein ; for only the inward haunch belongs to the inward rein. It works the outward haunch as much as if you drew the outward rein ; fo that the inward haunch is loft to you as much as if you had drawn the outward rein, which is likewife falfe ; for half his haunches go before his fhoulders, and his legs go as wrong, the fore-leg within the volte leading, and the hind-leg without the volte following it, which is crofs-ways, and is the a&ion of a Trot upon the fwiftnefs of a Gallop, or Terre-a-terre. Be- fides, you are placed wrong in the faddle, the right Ihoulder being forward to the right hand, when the left fhould be fo, and the whole feat falfe, thiohs and legs, and all. But this way leg and rein contrary have as much effe�� in forcing the horfe's croupe in, as by working with the outward rein and the leg on the fame fide ; it has even this advantage, that it makes the horfe look into the volte, which the other does not, for that makes him look very much out of it. In every thing elfe this is as falfe as the other, and therefore ought to be ufed only in cafes of neceffity, as you do good medicines to cure a diftemper, which are difcontinued when the cure is compleated. If one works a horfe upon a Walk in his own length, with his croupe very much in, he is mightily preffed in that part, for tho' the fhouiders go more ground than the croupe, the croupe is the mod confined, and the lhoulders moft worked. There is no better leflon than this, to fubjec�: a horfe's croupe. The rein and contrary leg, the horfe's head to the wall, either to the right or left ; to the right hand you muft draw the rein of the cavefon towards the left Ihoulder, or the falfe rein, if you ufe it, in the fame manner ; if you have only the bridle, you muft place your bridle-hand on the left fide the horfe's neck, that you may draw the inward rein, helping him with the contrary leg, which to the right hand is the left, putting your right ihoulder in, for that helps greatly to work the horfe's croupe. This is an excellent lefTon. Another Method of working a Horfe's Croupe\ To the right hand, put the horfe's head to the pillar, and the falfe rein, or rein of the cavefon within the vcjte, draw towards the left Ihoulder ; or if you ride

-ocr page 101-



			ioa THE NEW METHOD

		Book ride with the bridle only, you muft place your bridle-hand on the left fide �V. the horfe's neck, turning the nails of it up towards your left moulder, helping him with the contrary leg, that is, the left, and putting your right moulder in, which will put his croupe in. This ought not to be long ufed, only for a certain time, to make him obey the heel, fince it is falle. The pillar ought to be on the infide, when you work a horfe's croupe with his head to- wards the pillar, which works the croupe, but he goes falfe. All the fame aids ferve for the left hand, only changing the rein, the leg, and the moulder. The horfe's head is to be to the pillar for the left hand, the pillar on the infide,which works the croupe, but it is (as I faid before) falfe. Therefore you ought only to ufe this leflon till you have brought him to obey the heel. Thus I have given you all the ways of reducing a horfe, whether the fault be in the moulders, or the croupe, before or behind, whether he refills the hand or the heel : nothing more can be upon a circle. CHAP. III. How a Horfe's Croupe or Shoulders are to he worked occafionalh\ IF you go to the right, and draw the inward rein of the cavefon, or the falfe rein towards your left (boulder, helping with the contrary leg, either more or lefs as there is occafion, your inward leg being very fupple ; if the horfe's fhoulders don't come fufficiently in, by -putting your left moulder in you will make his moulders very pliant : for the cavefon rein, or falfe rein within the volte, only keeps back the hind leg within the volte, which gives the fhoulders room to turn, and confequently makes them more fupple. If you ride with the bridle only, going to the right, put the bridle-hand on the contrary fide, or left, turning the nails of it upwards as much as you can, and bring your left moulder in, which will work the horfe's fhoulders and make them fupple, for the fame reafons I gave you before, fince it produces the fame effec�:. But if the fhoulders of your horfe turn too much to the right, and his croupe goes out, which it will then neceflarily do, you muft draw the in- ward rein of the cavefon, or falfe rein, or rein of the bridle, as much as you can above the neck, towards the outfide of the volte, putting your right fhoulder in as much as you poffibly can, looking a little out of the volte, which works the croupe of a horfe, and thrufts his fhoulders out, and there- fore his croupe will confequently come in. This will make him obey the heel, tho' it is falfe with refpecl to his movement, but at length will make him go as he ought, when he is brought to obey both the hand and the heel. From hence it is evident, that the rider's fhoulder works the croupe, or fhoulders, and nothing elfe : for inftance, when I work a horfe upon a Walk, if I don't find his fhoulders fupple, I put my contrary fhoulder in, to work thofe of the horfe ; and if I find he does not obey the leg, I put my fhoulder in, (that is, within the volte) in order to work his croupe, helping him all the time with the contrary leg more or lefs, as there is occafion. I work him in this manner in all his leflbns, according as I find he does or does not obey. This is the quintefTence of working a horfe in the hands of an able

-ocr page 102-



		OF DRESSING HORSES. 103 able man. He fhould be worked in the fame manner to the left hand, only Chap. changing the hand and the leg. IV. C H A P. IV. ⁱ^^V^^J To work a Horfe^ the Croupe either in or out. YO U muft work him with rein and leg contrary 5 but" you ought not to lean more upon the outfide, than the infide of the volte, becaufe you would make the horfe lean fo much on that fide, that he would avoid the aid or fpur on the other fide ^ for when a horfe leans much on the outfide, his legs within the volte will be up, like the legs of a form or bench, fo that they muft of neceffity be fhorter than his legs without, which is wrong, fince they ought to be the longeft to lead the way. A horfe therefore ought to go ftrait, and if you find he leans, give him a good ftroke or two with the fpur within the volte, and that will redrefs him. The rider has no better way to keep him thus, than to fit ftrait in his faddle 5 for the horf� continually follows the action of the rider. It is impoflible to fit fo ftrait upon a circle, as when the horfe goes forwards ; neverthelefs, if you will fit upon the circles as I have taught you, you will feem to fit ftrait. To put a horfe's head to the wall is an excellent lefl�n, not only to put him upon his haunches, and to make him light in the hand, but alfo to bring a light horf� to bear the hand, and to put him too upon his haunches. Nothing is better than to paffage thus fideways, or curvet fideways, to raif� him in one place in Pefades j or to make him go Terre-�-terre with his head to the wall, three fides or all, or the whole of the covered manege, is an excellent lefTon, and makes a horfe more obedient and readier, than any thing elf� can. You may fee now how prefumptuous thofe are, who only want to fee a mailer ride a horfe once, to underftand the art inftantly, and fteal from him all his fcience. Without difpute thefe people are very fond of themfelves, fince they imagine that by feeing a horfeman once ride they can find out the myfteries and fecrets belonging to this dextrous art. It is equally probable, that one who had never been taught to play upon the lute, mould only by feeing f�me great mafter of that inftrument play oncej play inftantly as well as he : He may put the lute out of order indeed : but I leave fuch people to their own opinions. End of the Second Divifon of Lejfons. The Third Divifon of Lejfons. CHAP. V. The abfurd Faults of fome Horfemen, who by feeing imitate, and imagine they ride as I do. TO fallen the rein of the cavefon my way, and the rein within the volte very fhort to the pommel of the faddle, not only puts the horfe's in- ward hind-leg back, and brings the half of his moulders in, which is right j but alfo being tyed very fhort, it a&s upon both fhoulders, which is wrong. Therefore to put his outward hind-leg or haunch iq, they fpur him without the volte, which is the moft ftupid ignorance imaginable j for they would C e perform

-ocr page 103-



	THE NEW METHOD

Book perform impoflibilities, and things contrary to nature, for fo they would have IV. him obey two contrary aids at the fame time, which is impoflible. That is to ^c-"^v"-"' fay, they throw the outward haunch out with the rein, and at the fame time they would force the fame haunch in with the fpur, which are two contrary actions, and utterly impoflible at the fame time. But let us fee what happens by it to the poor horfe ; why, he having more fenfe than the rider, finds that the rider would make him perform what he cannot,and therefore rebells, and refifts the fpur,and throws his croupe out in fpite of fpur or fwitch, fo that he is thereby made both malicious and refty, com- mitting all manner of extravagancies to hurt his rider. Their next abfurdity is, that they draw the rein within the volte (when the croupe does not come in enough) fo tight to the pommel of the faddle, that it throws the outward hind-leg out, and they fpur him with the outward leg to force it in, which are (as I faid above) two contrary a�ions at the fame time; fo that if the horfe does not put his croupe out, but is of a heavy difpofition, as are the Flanders horfes, he puts his outward haunch in, by the violence of the fpur. But he commits here a greater fault with his inward hind-leg ; for the poor horfe has no other way of relieving himfelf, but by bringing it before his fhoulder, which is utterly falfe, and fo forced, that it is ridiculous to fee a horfe's head drawn againft his fhoulder, and his hind-leg within the volte before his fhoulders, by the violent conftraint he is put to. Thefe are abfurdities in horfemanfhip. Can one imagine, that a horfe can go thus againft nature, having his ihoulders thus drawn in and confined ? and . neverthelefs they expec�: that his croupe fhould go before his fhoulders ! The third error is, for example, when they go to the right, and draw the rein within the volte, fearing left the outward haunch lhould not go fufficient- ly in, they put the fhoulders with the left rein as much as they can to the left : it is very certain that it brings the outward leg in, and they imagine, that be- caufe they draw the rein towards the infide, that they put the hind-leg within the volte back, feeing me work in that manner, as they think ; but they are therein much miftaken. For, altho' the rein be drawn towards the infide, putting his fhoulders to the fide contrary to that he is going to, it works his hind-leg without the volte as much as the common outward rein j and is fo far from working the hind-leg within the volte, that it allows it as much liberty in every refpedr, as if they worked with the rein to the contrary way to which the horfe goes. The inward rein does juft the fame, when the horfe's fhoulders are put on the fide contrary to that to which he goes ; the effects are alike, and his legs move as falfe, fince it is the a�fion of a Trot upon the fwiftnefs of a Gallop, which is abfolutely wrong, and ought to be avoided. Thefe are errors and miftakes, which are daily commited by imitation and prefumption. Thefe remedies may be ufed, particularly the laft, but the other hardly ever. When the croupe is out, you may fatten the inward rein as fhort as you pleafe, for then he is at liberty, and not at all forced. This laft aid is only a fort of correction, when he refufes to obey the heel, and not properly an aid, and ought only to be ufed as fuch. Therefore we fhall now return to the truth of the Manege. CHAP.

		A

-ocr page 104-



			OF DRESSING HORSES. _�os

		CHAP. VI. The Way I took to reduce a Horfe_y that was extreamly Refly, AHorfe's reftinefs, when it is in a high degree, does not confift only in his refufing to advance, but alfo in his oppofition to the rider, in every thing he poffibly can, and with the utmoft malice : for if one would make him go forward, he will go back ; and if one would have him turn to one hand, he will turn to the other. Thus he avoids and oppofes whatever he is required to perform, and all is the effe�r. of his ill-will to the rider, which makes him refufe whatever he would have him do. One muft endeavour therefore to gain the horfe; for the perfection of a well- managed horfe confifts in his following the will of his rider, fo that the will of both {hall feem to be the fame. He muft be forc'd a little, but not long, becaufe force will make him worfe. I have never yet feen that force and pafiion have prevailed the ieaft upon a horfe : for the horfe having lefs underftanding than his rider, his paffion is fo much the ftronger, which makes him always get the better of the horfeman, and fhews that violent methods will not do. For when the horfeman thinks himfelf victorious, he is deceiv'd, for we find that it is the horfe. Becaufe, when the horfeman has fpurred the beaft fo much, that he has made him all over blood and fweat, and put himfelf into a great heat and out of breath, flill fo long as he torments the horfe, the horfe will refill. He will run againft a wall, lie down, bite, kick, and commit a thoufand fuch like diforders. But as foon as the rider ceafes to beat and fpur him, the horfe will leave off his tricks : and then the rider thinks himfelf conqueror, but is miftaken, fince he himfelf gave up the caufe by ceafing to beat and fpur. The horfe therefore finding he has the better, is altogether mafter of the field. If the rider begins again to beat and fpur, the horfe will refift again : it is not the beaft then that is vanquiihed, but the man, who is the greater brute of the two : the whip and the fpur ferve only to continue the quarrel even to death, as in a duel. The whole therefore is to make the horfeman and his horfe friends, and bring them to will the fame thing. If you can't gain your point therefore in oneway, you muft have recourf� to another : I mean, that if in this extremity the horfe will not agree with you, you muft agree with him in the following manner. You would make your horfe advance, and he to defend himfelf againft you runs back : at that inftant pull him back with all your ftrength. And if to oppofe you he advances, im- mediately force him brifkly forwards. If you would turn to the right, and he endeavours to turn to the left, pull him round to the left as fuddenly as poflible : if you would turn him to the left, and he infifts on the right, turn him as fmartly to the right as you are able. If you would have him go fide- ways to one hand, and he inclines more to the other, immediately fecond his inclination. If he would rife, make him rife two or three times. In a word, follow his inclinations in every thing, and change as often as he. When he per- ceives there can be no oppofition, but that you always will the fame thing as he, he will be amazed, he will breathe ftiort, fnuff up his nofe, and won't know what to do next, as it happen'd with the horfe that I cured this way. This, I fay, is the method of curing a horfe that is defperately reftive : in other cafes, the common way is to reward your horfe when he does well, and punifh

-ocr page 105-



		_Io6 THE NEW METHOD Book punifh him when he does ill. But you ought to be lavifli of your rewards, IV. and fparino- of your corrections, otherwife you will fpoil your horf�. You «----' fhould pardon him a great many faults, as proceeding from ignorance : For how ftiould a horfe know what he has never been taught ? Inftruc�: him then by frequent repetitions. When you have taught him, if he malicioufly rebells, corredi: him, but let it be feldom, and the correction fhould not laft long. If the horfe obeys ever fo little, ftop him, and make friends with him by fbme prefent recompence. If he rifes too high, do not fail to flacken your reins extremely, and as he comes down give him firmly both fpurs when he is al- moft at the ground, and make him advance. This is what I had to fay con- cerning a horfe exceffively reftive, and the common corrections. G H A P. VII. Of the Correction and Cure of fever al Vices.* AS to a horfe that thro' reftivenefs will not advance, that flings himfelf down, or in riling throws himfelf back with two or three fprings of his fore-legs when he is up, or that runs away, thefe are things that all the world is acquainted with. Spurs are faid only to make a horfe the more reftive j but that the fwitch will never cure him : For this reafon fpurs muft be made ufe of till he is broke, and pretty fmartly too. One fhould firft try the gentle ways, and if thofe have no effecT:, we have no other remedy, none that are more certain than the fpurs. But firft walk, trot, and gallop him without any other aid than a flack bridle, and a moderate cavefon. If this has no effe�i, add the calf of the leg, and let your fpurs be kept for the laft extremity only. When he would lie down make ufe of the fpur, and have fbmebody behind you with the chambriere. When a horfe is reftive, it is not proper to ftop him, or to put him upon his haunches, for fear of making him more fo. But you muft put him upon the fhoulders as much as you can, to make him advance : for it is enough to cure one vice at a time ; and when he is cured, you may eafily put him afterwards upon the haunches. No horfe ever has this vice, if a good rider has had him at firft. If he rifes too high before, it is good to ftrike him hard on the legs with the fwitch : but this ought to be done in right time, or it will do no manner of good. If a horfe is given to throw himfelf back with his man (a very dangerous vice) it is a proof that he was very ill rode at firft, and that they taught him to rife before he could walk, trot, or gallop j which is a thing contrary to nature, and ridiculous. When a horfe rifes in this manner, he may in fome fenfe be called reftive ; becaufe, when he ought to advance, he rifes in order to avoid it. There are fome jades fo vicious, that they rife on purpofe to throw themfelves, and kill their man. The only way to cure them is to hold the bridle flack, and the cavefon fo too, and to walk them a long while ftrait forwards, and afterwards in large circles, that they may be infenfible of their turning ♦ for a horfe often plays his tricks only to avoid being turned. You muft never ftop him, but put him entirely upon his fhoulders, which is con- trary to his vice. By being worked thus upon the walk, trot, and gallop, without giving him any ftop, he may be reclaimed. Every time that he would rife, give him entirely the reins of the bridle, and alfo thofe of the cavefon, till you find him half way down, and then give him the fpurs to make him advance 5

-ocr page 106-



		OF DRESSING HORSES. ro₇ advance 5 for if you fpur him when he is at the higheft, he will throw himfelf Chap. over. You may thus eafily conquer him by degrees, and afterwards you may VII. put him upon the haunches. At firft you ought to flop him gently, and by ^v-~^v~"-' degrees ; for a fudden flop, without warning, is not good for any horfe 5 but it ought always to be done with two or threef alcades, which is a Aiding gently upon the haunches at two or three times j it gives a grace to a horfe, and prepares him the better for his demi-volte. One rauft not give a rough bit to a paffionate run-aw�y horfe, for that makes him worfe, and his mouth the harder. Such a horfe fhould never be fpur'd, in conformity to the old proverb : A free horfe needs no fpur. The lour indeed but augments his vice, neither fhould the bridle or cavefon be held hard : for the more, you pull, the more he will pull in oppofition. Even if he feels the hand, �r the cavefon tho' but little, he will run to refift it. For this vice therefore, tho' it is contrary to what we call reftinefs, you are to ui� the fame aids, fince they both proceed from a too hard hand j which in. one hinders the horfe from advancing, for fear of hurting his mouth, or his noie with the cavefon $ and makes the other pull the harder, the harder you pull, to avoid and refift the force. You ought therefore to ride them both with a flack arid gentle hand, and an eafy cavefon in all their paces, walk, trot, and gallop, without making any flop. For if in the beginning you would ftop a run-away horfe, prefting his mouth or nofe, he will endeavour immediately to run, find- ing you have a mind to hold him. Do not ftop him therefore for a long time, and when you do Jet it be very gently, and by degrees, upon-a flow walk, and win him in this manner. By which you may fee, that it is an excellent thing to have a gentle hand (it is one of the greateft fecrets we have in managing a horfe) even fo as fometimes to let it be quite flack. But what for the generality I call a light or gentle hand, is at the fame time as light as a feather, and yet firm, except in extraordinary cafes. The pillar with a long rein is fometimes good for a run-away horfe, or for one that is heavy on the hand : For the pillar will hold him when one or more men can't, and with leis danger to the rider, becaufe he can run but in a circle. Sometimes a horfe may be refty, and refufe to advance, becaufe fomething hurts him ; and the fame thing may make ano- ther endeavour to run away. Thus much concerning thefe vices. CHAP. VIII. For a Horfe that is too light in the Hand, or which has not a good �ppuy. THIS may fometimes proceed from the beard, on which the curb refts, being too tender, or there not being room enough for it, or its being only cover'd with a very thin fkin, or becaufe the bars are too tender, or becaufe the horfe's neck is not well placed, or that he has a throat like a cock, or has been ill rid before, or is not well fitted with a bit, or has been hurt by hard and rou»h ones. But all this may be remedied the following way. You muft firft give him a good eafy bit, that is, a canon or fcatch a la Pig- nat elle, and branches a laConn�table^vA z cavefon after my fafhion, and faften the curb to the branches of the bit j for you muft ride him fome time without the curb, in order by degrees to give him the appuy upon the bars. But ttiQ bridle at the beginning ought to be very flack, and you fhould work only with the cavefon till you have fettled his head, and put it in a good place ; when D d that

-ocr page 107-



		■filili fammi ili II I......■«�»'IIIH.....II^MIWJ^MB�g^_Mggga»««iM"«««M«»MM'^»MM»"M»»>«�««iia»«M««M»iW»«M»^ 108 THE NEW METHOD

		Book that is done you may ufe the curb, but it ought to be long and flack ; and � V. when he is accuftomed to it, fix it in its proper place. The leflons you give " ^r"-' him ought to be either ftrait forwards, or upon circles fo large, that the horf� may not perceive he turns. Thefe leflons ought to be in an open place, with- out limits, as a park, or an open field; for fo he will get a better appuy.* You ought never at firft to force him to any thing, but work him upon a long trot, and trot him as much as you can upon the fhoulders ; which al-fo will give him appuy. Do not ftop him for feme time, for that puts him upon his haunches; and when you do, let it be rather by gradually retarding by little and little, than a ftop. When you gallop, let it be a fhort gallop, for that gives appuy, provided it is gentle and without violence, and on the Ihoulders. Some uf� a martingal, but I do not approve of it ; becaufe when it is taken away, the horfe is no better than before. When you have broke him, you may work him upon the haunches as you pleafe. But there is nothing to be done till a horfe's head is fettled. It ought there-' fore to be the principal care, and the firft work to fix that, or to give him a good mouth, or, which is the fame thing, to put him in the hand ; and this whether it be to a colt, a young horfe, a horf� of a middle age, or an old one ; in fhort, any one that is rode in a Manege: For without being in the hand he is good for nothing ; and being once there, he is good for every thing, and it is the foundation of our art ; and thus I finifh this difcourfe. Another Difcourfe concerning a Horfe that has not a good Appuy, or is too light in the Hand. You ought to feel him more than with a full hand ; and when you walk him, you fhould have your hand yet a little firmer ; if he pulls, you ought alfb to pull hard, and not by jerks : for when you pull he will do the fame, and f� give himf�lf appuy. After you have uf�d him thus upon a walk, do it upon the trot, and afterwards upon the gallop^ never ftoping him but very gently, and this you need not queftion will give him appuy. If he is impatient, and feems difgufted at the hand and at the heel, but especially at the heel, he will be more fo by confined and narrow leflons, and quite furious upon his Airs, Curvets, and Terre-�-terre. Defer his airs therefore for fometime,as well as the narrow leflons of fubje&ion, or thofe which force the croupe either in or out. Work him only upon one pifte in large circles, making much ufe of your hand, but not at all of your legs or heels, for fear of offending and angering him. If you work him only upon one pifte in large circles, it will make him forget his furious and choleric humour, and thofe apprehenfions that he had before. When you find he is more patient and fit for the manege, try his obe- dience to the heel and to the hand ; but let it be upon a flow walk, and without confinement, and by little and little, not obliging him for a long time to make an entire volte, nor putting at firft more than one haunch into the volte. * As foon as ever he obeys, put him upon one pifte₉ and afterwards try him again. But be fure to finifh him upon one pifte■, and large ; keeping him quiet and eafy, without fury or fear; making him always advance, whatever he does. You need not doubt, but this leflbn will produce entirely the eft�&s you defire, whether it be to give him appuy, or to make him patient. Be very cautious like- / wife

-ocr page 108-



		OF DRESSING HORSES. 109 wife not to corredi: him, tho' he mould incline to be choleric, and commit fome Chap. fault. You ought to pardon him many, becaufe in defpair he will commit IX. thofe faults to oppofe you, and by that means become extremely enraged, from �*- a dread of punifhment. Pardon then and pafs them over in order to deceive him, and mow him how good you are ; which will break him of them, when he finds you are not ill-natured. To keep a horfe in perpetual fubjec�on and flavery, makes him either defperateiy or flupidly refly. Divert him there- fore fometimes, and give him liberty, riding him large upon one pifle in walk, trot, and gallop, finishing quietly, and you will find the o-ood that will refult from it. I know nothing better to give a horfe appuy, than the falfe reins my way ; for they work the bars, and, eafe the curb. A bit alfo without liberty, and of one piece, will give him appuy. This is what I had to fay in this difcourfe, about giving appuy to a horf�, and taking from him his furious and choleric apprehenfion. CHAP. IX. For a Horfe that is heavy en the Hand. THIS proceeds fometimes from a thick flelhy neck, flefhy moulders, a thick fiefhy head, with a great deal of hair in the curb place j or from a thick fkin in that part, or hard bars, or even fometimes from the horfe^?s arming him- felf againft the bridle, fometimes from his obftinacy in oppofing the rider, in order to run away j and fometimes a horf� is fb heavy as to lean all his weight upon the bridle. Yo may break him thus. Give him on an eafy bit, as before directed, that fits him, with a cavefon after my manner, not forcing him either with the bridle or the cavefon. Trot him as fhort as poffible, becaufe the fhort trot puts him upon his haunches ; flop him often of a fudden ; make him go backwards ; raife him before, walk him with his head againft a wall j work him in a corner where two walls meet ; flop him againft a wall; work him with his croupe in, all which puts him upon his haunches. You may alio gallop him upon the haunches. Never make him advance, or but very little at moil, in his quarter and demi-voltes : And as you work other horfes forwards upon a line between the quarters of the volte, making the line fo much the longer in proportion as _ they are light in hand ; in like manner, a horfe that is heavy in hand, the line mufl be made more or lefs fhort. You fhould pull him back befides in all the lines before the quarter, jufl as you make the others advance. Thefe are excellent leffons to break him, and make him light in hand : but nothing puts a horfe fo much upon his haunches, and confequently makes him fo light in hand, as my new method of the pillar. If he has any imperfection in his legs, efpecially in his fore-legs, or in his feet, his patterns, his knees, his moulders, &c it is out of the rider's power to make him light in hand, and is properly the work of a farrier. For while he has any pain in thofe parts, he will bear on the hand as upon a fifth foot, or as a cripple fupports himfelf upon a flick. It is to relieve his pain, that a lame or weak horfe leans upon the hand. Nor is this all ; for there is ano- ther imperfection of nature that admits of no remedy, and in which many horfemen are greatly deceived. They fay, that a horfe that has a fine head well

-ocr page 109-



		■■li� ■niiiniiiiimn�i�■■■imiiimhiiii i i~~......~~■~~■�-T""^-,iir4i>'ff ""~~■ ~~»i'imimimij.m.jmb^-~~ⁱui~~hi^~~mii^b^mmhmwmb mimi ri~~rrr~~i^M�PKBM1«aaaaaBOBaMSBiKaaaim^aBff^^^_tBWtg^^p_g. THE NEW METHOD well placed, a flender neck, and lean fhoulders, is always light in hand ; and, on the contrary, that a horfe with a large head, a thick neck, and flefliy ihoulders, is always heavy in hand. Now this is fo far from being true, that I have feen more large-headed, thick-necked, fat-flhoulder'd horfes, that have been light in hand, than I have of thofe that are flender and fine-ihaped j and I have feen horfes with a little head, a flender neck, and fine (boulders, that were heavy in hand : fo that nothing can be known from this. But here lies the whole fecret. If an ill-fhaped heavy horfe has good reins, he will be light in hand j and the moft fine-fhaped delicate creature on earth, if he is weak in the reins, will be heavy in hand : fo that the being light or heavy in hand depends only on the reins, and the goodnefs of the chine. If his reins are good, you may put a horfe upon the haunches, becaufe he is able to bear it 9 and a horfe upon the haunches is light in hand: but one whofe reins are weak, cannot bear to be put upon the haunches, but will go upon the Ihoulders to relieve the pain he feels in his reins, which is what we mean by being heavy in hand. The more you contend with him, the more will he lean upon your hand, and your labour will be like walhing a black Moor with ink. CHAP. X. For a Horfe that is heavy in Hand^ who will obey neither the Hand nor the Heel, but isftijf in the Shoulders, and wor�t obey the Spurs, * i l H E main fecret for a horfe that is heavy upon the hand, is for the rider JL to have a very light one; for when he finds nothing to bear upon with his mouth, he infallibly throws himfelf upon the haunches for his own fecurity. Either before or behind he muft fupport himfelf, and finding nothing to lean on before, he bears his weight behind. Now being upon the haunches (as he neceffarily muft be in this cafe) it is impoflible but he muft be light in hand, becaufe no horfe can be rightly upon his haunches without being fo. And he that faid that a horfe was not drefted, whofe curb was not loofe, faid right; and it is equally true, that the curb never can play, when in its right place, except the horfe be upon the haunches. No horfe therefore is well dreflfed that is not light in hand ; fo that an eafy and gentle bridle, but firm, is the chief fecret to make a horfe light. Your cavefon ought alfo to be eafy. The flopping him fhort upon walk, trot, or gallop, will contribute much to the fame purpofe, becaufe it puts him upon the haunches. To make him rife once or twice, and then go forwards, fo that when you raife him his haunches come in, will for the fame reafon produce the fame effeci:. But my method of the pillar, as it throws the horfe yet more upon the haunches, is ftill more effectual to this purpofe, and befides always gives him the ply to the fide he goes of. The horfe's head to the wall puts him upon the haunches ; turning upon very little more ground than his own length, puts him very much upon them, and confequently makes him light upon the hand, quarter, and demi- voltes : the croupe in does fo too j fo does the croupe quite in, his head to all the four walls, for it puts him extremely upon the haunches. If the ihoul- ders are not fupple, the cavefon, the rein, and the leg of the fame fide will render them fo, and make the horfe obey the heel, as I have told you often. But this is phyfick only, and not diet j that is to fay, when the croupe is within

-ocr page 110-



		OF DRESSING HORSES. m within the pillar, or the head to the pillar the croupe out j and fhould be Chap_# ufed only in the laft extremity of the vice 5 it eafily produces its effect how- XL ever, without any conftraint. Thefe are the ways of making a horfe light '�^ in the hand and obedient to the heel, and of fuppling his fhoulders, when the common ones won't do. CHAP. XI. Containing- certain Obfervations. REmeniber that my method reduces a horfe without beating orfpurring him j and only by the rules already laid down ; becaufe it obliges him to go well, whether he will or no. Make him always advance, in whatfoever he does ; for he will often put his croupe out, and go backwards, as if he was refty to the fpur. Ufe gentle means before you come to extremity, in whatever ieflon you work him, and never take above half his ftrength, nor ride him till he is weary, but a little at a time and often. Be always laviih of your careil�s, and fparing in your corrections. When you do correct him, let it be to fome purpofe, but only one ftroke at a time, whether it be with the fpur, the fwitch, the voice, or th� chambriere, and even that not often repeated. You may caref� him as much and as often as you pleafe ; as by patting him gently with your hand ; talking kindly to him ; ftroking him j flattering him ; or fometimes by ufing a certain particular tone of voice, that is common to cajole fkittiffi and unruly horfes. You may alfo reward him now and then in. furnmer-time with grafs, green corn, beautiful and odoriferous flowers, pleafant herbs, and fuch fruits as horfes love. In winter give him in a fmall fieve made on purpofe, a few oats, wheat, clean barly, the fineft bran or bread. You may alfo give him bread with your hand, or fugar, or fweetmeats, or a little honey to lick off a ftick, apples, carrots, or turnips cut in pieces, are alfo proper re- wards in winter, when he has done well, and may be eaten in a fhort time. You may have a groom to rub him, while he takes breath between his voltes. But if your horfe has a good memory, and is full of fpirits, this is better let alone : for after having been worked, he will imagine he is to begin again as foon as the groom has rubbed him. Ufe none of thefe things therefore with impatient horfes j nor think to cure their eagernefs by reftraint, which only makes them worfe. Horfes take great delight in fmelling to perfumed gloves, and in hearing of mufick, which refreihes them very much. C H A P. XII. When a Horfe is fo (liff-necked that he will not look into the Volte, nor turn his Head, or his Neck; when he holds his Head or his Neck out of the Volte j and when my Cave/on, which I commonly ufe, is not /ufficiente you muji then have recourfe to this Invention. nr^HE cavefon has a ring on each fide, and another in the middle} for JL which reafon, my way, I have two reins, which have a little ring at each end, and I put the end of the rein thro' the ring, and faften it to the pommel. I draw down the reins clofe to the faddle-bow under my thighs, and palling them thro' the rings of the cavefon, bring them back ftrait to my hands. It muft be obferv'd, that the three rings of the cavefon divide it into four parts, and that (working with the left rein, that is in the ring next to me) E e I have

-ocr page 111-



			ni THE NEW METHOD

		Book I have only a quarter force in pulling, and the horfe has three quarters againft IV. me : fo that an oftinate ftiff-necked horfe may eafily be too ftrong for me. I faften the rein of the cavefon therefore as before, except that inftead of put- ting it thro' the left ring, I put it thro'the right, tho'I work my horfe to the left : Thus have I three times the force of the horfe, which is too much for him* I would have you faften inftead of holding it, the rein that comes back to your hand to the pommel of the faddle, becaufe it has the greater force. This irrefiftibly draws the outfide of his head, and makes him look into the volte with both eyes, whether he will or no, which is the only way in the world to make him fupple. For what ufually makes a horfe fo ftiff is, that he looks out with the eye without the volte, which the left ring cannot bring in ; but the right will, drawing of it to the left fide, as I told you, and it entirely does the bufinefs, and makes him fo fupple that it is a pleafure to ride him. What I have faid of the left hand, is equally the fame for the right. This, believe me, is the beft way in the world to make a horfe fupple, tho' he were as ftiff-necked as a bull : for the whole art lies in making him look in with both eyes. I muft not omit to tell you, that you will find it difficult to work both the reins of the cavefon, becaufe by their crofting they hinder and flop one another, and don't eafily flip thro' the rings. But to prevent this, you muft have your rings very large, fo that the reins may not be flopped by the cavefon, nor by one another. Tho' they flop a little in your hand, the groom will eafily draw the rein you want, and faften it to the pommel : or, you may make ufe only of one rein, and when you have worked your horfe enough on one fide, put it on the other, and fo you will never be hindered. Ufe this as the beft help I know, for all forts of horfes to make them fupple, and look into the volte with both eyes, which is the higheft perfection of the manege. It is better for Terre-a-terre than the Paflage. . CHAP. XIII. The three following LeJJons are very efficacious, and moft excellent in Terre- a-terre and Curvets. 1 call the/e the Rule of Three j or the Golden Rule. Fir ft, to work Terre-a-terre with the Cavefon, as I have dire&ed in the preceding Chapter. I. ^r \| ^ HERE is no better way to make a horfe obedient, both to the hand -A- and heel, and to put him upon the haunches, than to draw the inner rein of the cavefon very high towards the outward fhoulder, bringing that ftioulder in, and helping ftrongly with the outer leg; to put him together, teach him to obey both hand and heel, and put him upon the haunches. To work with the Bridle only, the Reins feparated and in both Hands. II. When the reins are feparate and in both hands, draw the inner rein very high towards the contrary ihoulder, to which hand fo ever you go, and put that ftioulder in, helping at the fame time with the contrary leg. This puts him together, throws him upon the haunches, and makes him obey both hand and heel. There is no better leflbn than this. To work a Horfe with the Bridle in the Left Hand only. III. The reins of the bridle, which ought to be feparated by the little finger only, are in thispofition : To the right hand the inner rein is above the little ^fing^er>.

-ocr page 112-



		OFDRESSINGHORSES. n₃ finger, and to the left hand the inner rein is under the little finger. To the right Chap hand therefore you muft put the bridle on the left fide of the horfe, in order XIV. to draw the inner rem : but you need not turn up the nails of your bridle- ^B�" hand, only hold it firm and ftrait, the knuckles of your fingers without the neck of the horfe ; and continuing this pofture, put out the knuckles of your little finger in fuch manner, that the thumb may fink a little, in order to draw the inner and flacken the outer rein : for when the little finger joints turn out, they flacken the outer rein, which is under that finder, and tighten the inner rein, which is above it j and this is according to art. Befides, the horfeman's moulder may naturally come in, which is juft and eafy ; and thus the inner rein is in the fame line with your left or outer fhoulder, which is the whole affair. You ought in Terre-�-terre to put your hand every time a little forwards ; for if you keep it in the fame place, or draw it towards you, you tighten the curb, and keep the horfe down, or upon his moulders ; but by putting your hand a little forwards, you loofe the curb, and necefTarily put him upon the haunches. The elbow of the bridle-arm ought always to be much lower than the hand, in order to keep the horfe upon his haunches. It ought to be fo in like manner, when the reins of the cavefon, the falfe reins, or the reins of the bridle are feparated and in both hands, or when they are in the left hand only. It is quite otherwife to the left hand : for to the left you muft pull the in- ner rein. You muft therefore turn up the nails of your bridle-hand as much as poffible towards your right ihoulder, becaufe that rein lies under the little finger that works it. By turning up your hand in this manner, your inward rein comes into the fame line as your right fhoulder, which does the whole bufinefs. Bring your right fhoulder a little in, becaufe that draws the inner rein, which lies under your little finger, and flackens the outer rein which is over that finger t, in like manner as to the right hand you draw the inner rein that lies over that finger, and loofe the outer rein that lies under it. In Terre-a-terre you muft bring in the right fhoulder a little for the left hand, and help with the outer leg. Here ends that moft excellent leffon, called the Rule of Three. CHAP. XIV. A very fubtile and exaci Rule to make a Horfe go Terre-a-Terre truly j or in Curvets, by which, when he fails, the true Caufe may be known. FIRST fatten the cavefon as I directed (the laft way pleafes me beft f) then for the right hand, draw with that hand the rein of the cavefon, turning up the nails towards the left ihoulder till they almoft touch it ; and fo there will be an oblique line crofs the horfe's neck, from the right fide of it to your left ihoulder, which will give him the bent like a bow, or a femicircle ; and the right rein of the cavefon, which is in your right hand, being drawn thus high towards your fhoulder, is the middle or center of that femicircle made by the horfe : for if you meafure from your hand to the horfe's nofe, and again from your hand to his croupe, you will find the diftance equal ; where- fore your hand is in the center of the femicircle. If you faften the rein to the pommel, it will be all one with regard to the line, only that the line perhaps will be a little fhorter j for you fee that the pommel

-ocr page 113-



		n₄ THE NEW METHOD Book pommel is in the middle of the horfe, as the rein will be if you draw it towards IV. your left moulder, by which you only make the line longer. This rein "~"^> ' being an oblique line from one fide to the other, which here is from right to left, it is in the middle of the horfe : fo that between your legs and thofe of the horfe's, by an exaci and mathematical menfuration, there is a plain, which plain you carry with you. Now while you keep this line, your horfe can never go amifs j but₀ the moment you change or break it, all goes wrong. Nor does this line put him in the femicircle only, but, like a balance, it alfo weighs up the hind-leg within the volte, putting it out to a certain degree ; and helping with your outer leg, to put out his hind-leg within the volte, it ferves to poife the faid hind-leg in an equal manner with the other. Thus the horfe will go regularly as in a fquare, becaufe he cannot err while you keep this line exaci: and equal. Juft as the four legs of a horfe make four circles Terre-�-terre, of which circles the pillar is the center. Thus the body of the horfe, bent in a femicircle by drawing the inner rein towards the outer {houlder, and bringing the outer moulder in, fo that the hand and the moulder meet in a point, the center of the femicircle, which femicircle of the horfe, and center of the hand and of the moulder, move in the four circles of the horfe's feet, as the fun moves in the ecliptic line acrofs the zodiack, or the planets in their proper fpheres or circles. This is an excellent leffon. For the Left Hand,* Put the bridle in your right hand, and with your left draw the left rein of the cavefon, turning up your nails towards your right moulder, and helping it with your outer, that is, your right leg. In the reft follow the inftru�hons given for the right hand, taking great care to keep the line. As to the falfe reins, which are faftened in my manner to the arches of the bit, you muft help the horfe with them as with the rings of the cavefon-, always keeping the line. The bridle in the left hand only, works as well to the right as to the left, as 1 have (hewn you in the laft part of the rule of three, which is the quin- teflence of working with the bridle in the left hand only. There you will find, if you work well, that the inner rein (which is the oblique line) is thus kept exactly. If you preferve this line with care, your horfe cannot go amifs Terre-�-terre, for which this is an excellent leilon. It is for this reafon that I wonder, when I fee horf�men put their right moulder in when they go to the right, and their left when they go to the left : I pronounce boldly of fuch riders, that they have fufficiently broke the line. Thus when they go to the right, they turn their hand up in the old manner towards the infide of the horfe's neck, which draws the outward rein ; and when they go to the left, they turn up their hand to the infide of the horfe's neck,which draws and works the outer rein ; (o that they always turn their hand to the fide the horfe goes of, which is very ridiculous and abfurd, b�caufe it defignedly breaks the line. But I pardon them all thefe faults, and many others, fay- ing with St. Stephen, when he prayed for his perfecutors, Lord forgive them, fir they know not what they do. C H A P.

-ocr page 114-



	OF DRESSING HORSES.
	OF DRESSING HORSES.	*^Il$*
		*^Il$*

CHAP. XV. Chap. Another Poffare for a Horfeman in Curvets and 7erre-�-terre. XVI. THIS differs not from what I before told you in the chapter of a horfe- man's feat, except that you muft put your ftomach out, hold your breaft very ftiff, and clofe your thighs at every curvet, which helps the horfe with your fork, and puts your thighs forward, fo that you cannot fit upon them, and confequently puts you upon your fork, and leaves a large fpace between the end of the faddle and your thighs, as there ought to be. Befides, thus your hand helps him up, which obliges him to be upon the haunches. The fame feat mould be kept Terre-�-terre, except 'that you muft not help your horfe with your hand every time, as in Curvets. You have only to hold him up, in order to oblige him to be on the haunches. CHAP. XVI. 'Jo work a Horfe with the Head to the Pillar, tornale him/enfihie to the HeeL and put him upon the Haunches. TH E cavefon my way makes the horfe look into the volte with both eyes, puts him upon the haunches, and works his fhoulders. To work the croupe : To put a horfe's head to the wall, but the croupe be- fore the ihoulders, to raife and flop him upon the hand, puts him upon the haunches, and works his croupe. , This way which here follows works the croupe more effectually. Faften the cavefon to the pommel in my laft manner ; For example, for the left hand, faften the rein of the cavefon in fuch manner, as to make the horfe look into the volte with both eyes. Then put his head to the pillar to the left hand, and let the pillar be on the infide of his head j becaufe that works the croupe, fmce it goes before the ihoulders. When you find that the croupe is not fup- ple enough, turn up the little finger of the left hand, with which you hold the bridle, towards the right fhoulder, which draws the inward rein : give him at the fame time a fmart ftroke with the right fpur, bringing in your left fhoulder, which is that within the volte. This puts the fhoulders fo to the right, that the croupe muft of neceffity go to the left : and the croupe goes fo to the left, that you cannot make him go far in this manner, becaufe the pillar hinders, till you pull him back, which fhould be in a circle. Now by making him go backwards, you make him obey the heel, becaufe the croupe goes before the ihoulders ; and befides, it puts him upon the haunches, and the more fo, if you raife him fometimes cir- cularly in Pefades. I have often told you before, that if you bring into the volte your inward fhoulder, and put your hand much out, tho' it puts in the horfe's croupe, yet it makes him go as wrong with his legs as if you pulled the outward rein. You ought to underftand this well ; it means, that if your hand is without the volte, and beyond your body, then the horfe goes wrong, becaufe you have loft your line : but while your hand is within your fhoulder, tho' you put in the inner fhoulder, yet the horfe will go right, in as much as you keep the line. This aid ought not to be ufed except in cafe of neceffity, when the horfe difobeys the heel. F f CHAP.

-ocr page 115-



	�6 THE NEW METHOD

Book C H A P. XVII. IV. To work a Horfes Croupe to the left, the Croupe being to the Pillar.

			T	H E cavefon ought to be fixed as before, and the reins of the bridle in
			T
		- the left hand. Now you go to the left, the pillar mould be on the out- fide of the croupe, that it may go before the moulders. Draw the bridle to- wards your right moulder, turning up the little finger, and put in your moul- der within the volte, that is, your left. If the horfe is not obedient enough to the heel, help him firm with your hand, in order to put his moulders out, and at the fame time give him a fmart ftroke with the right fpur. This will neceffarily put in his croupe, fince his (boulders are without the volte, and his croupe put in at the fame time. But the croupe will be fo diftant from the circle in which he ought to move, that you cannot bring it there again but by pulling him a little back. His croupe being now within the pillar, you ought to put in your moulder within the volte, as you did when he went backwards, in order to keep the' circle when the head was without the pillar : you ought to do the fame now, when his croupe is within the pillar, in order to fubjeci: it the more. Nothing will be falfe while you keep the line (that is, the bridle-hand) within your ihoulder : but if you put it beyond your body, you will lofe the line, and the horfe will go wrong. To raife him fometimes in Pefades, the croupe within the pillar, and be- � fore the moulders, puts him much upon the haunches. The difobedience to the heel is in the outer haunch, which this leflbn works : You fhould there- fore continue it till you find the outer haunch very fupple, and then return to the true method. Nothing in the world works the croupe and haunches like this j and you will find your advantage in it if you do it well. Ufe the fame helps to the right hand, to fubjecSr. the croupe and make him obey the CHAP. XVIII. A Difcourfe concerning the Jingle Pillar the old waj₃ which is very falfe for Terre-�-terre\ �WT LL fhew you now the great error of him that firft invented the pillar for Terre-�-terre, with the long rope or longe, and let you fee that every oblique line does not work T�rre-�-terre, but only mine, which is made in a crofs over the horfe's neck. Let us take then, for example, the long rein to the pillar : They fatten one of ^he ends of this long rein or rope to the cavefon,. and the other end to the pillar ; or it is held by a groom, which makes an oblique line from the horfe to the pillar, and this indeed works the moulders furioufly, but no way afFe�s the croupe, as my oblique line acrofs the neck does. This long cord befides works the outer Ihoulder, which narrows the fore-part, and leaves the hind at large ; and this in Terre-�-terre is a folecifm. For I have told you often, that the fore-part Terre-�-terre ought to be large, and the croupe narrow. But the long rein and the pillar produce the contrary, and no way affe�r. the croupe, as you will fee by what follows. If the croupe is more at large than the fore-part, the horfe cannot go well Terre-�-terre ; no more can he

-ocr page 116-



		OF DRESSING HORSES. n₇

he when the croupe is out. For this reafon they fpur to put the croupe right, Chap. whereas they are as wrong this way with it in, as out \ for the croupe is as XIX. large now, as it was before -₃ and being now within, the inwarpl hind-leg goes before the ihoulder on the fame fide, which is quite wrong, and as much fo as when the croupe was out, and that the hind-leg without the volte went larger than the moulder of the fame fide. So that the long rope round a pillar is a filly invention, and very falfe Terre-a-terre ; becaufe it does not at all work the croupe, but keeps the fhoulders narrow, which is juft the reverie of what ought to be. Thus, you fee, that this extraordinary invention is good for nothing. CHAP. XIX. A Difcourfe concerning the two Pillars.

	"i H E method of the two pillars is worth nothing j for it puts the horfe fo off his bars and his curb, and fo much upon the cavefon, that he will not go without pillars, as I have feen in many horfes. Neither is it good for Curvets, and it is yet worfe for Leaps: for it puts the horfe fo upon the haunches, that his croupe has no liberty to play j and how mould h� leap with the croupe confined ? My way with one pillar gives all liberty to the croupe, and puts the horfe in the hand. You may alfo teach him to leap againft a wall As foon as he has made a leap, you muft raife him, imme- diately upon the hand, caufing him to make a very high pefade, v/hich puts him upon the haunches : for in all leaps a horfe ought to be in the hand. A nimble horfe will very foon learn this. End of the haft Divifion of Leffons, and of the Fourth Book of the New Method of Drejfmg Horfes.

			T H F

-ocr page 117-



		ii8

			THE EPITOME of HORSEMANSHIP, Which I defire may be not only read and ftudied, but learned by Heart ; and it will give all the Advantage and Satisfaction that can be defired in this noble Art. CHAP. I. How to r�de a Horfe with Art. Fir ft, of the many Ufes to be made of the inward Rein of the Cavefon faftened to the Pommel of the Saddle, IT is good for trotting and galloping a horfe upon large circles, and d'une pifte^ upon fmaller, or with the croupe rather out, working with the inward leg and inward cavefon rein, and alfo with the inward rein of the bridle, fornetimes with the outward rein of the bridle. This puts him upon his ihoulders (becaufe it draws his head down, and confequently makes him feel the bitt) brings in his outward moulder, and narrows him before, and by the fame means leaves his croupe large ; it alio works and fupples the ihoulders ex- treamly, but the croupe is then loft, becaufe the horf� is ftraitened within the volte, and at large without. A horfe thus gallops as he ought, leading with the fore-leg within the volte, and his hind-leg of the fame fide following it, which is the true gallop. All thefe advantages come from the inward rein of the caveibn faftened to the pommel my way, with thefe helps of the leg and rein of the fame fide, which makes the ihoulders fupple, and works them. This is the beft lefTon that can be for a young or ignorant horfe. Another Advantage of the inward Rein of the Cavefon faftened my Way to the Pommel of the Saddle. If you faften it to the right, put your horfe's head to the pillar, and go to the left, helping him in that pofture with leg and rein of the fame fide, putting the croupe to the left. Tho' you go to the left, yet the horfe's ihoulders are made fupple for the right. And if you faften to the pommel the left rein of the cavefon (putting the head to the pillar, and working with rein and leg of the fame fide) tho' you go to the right, and with the croupe out to the right, yet the ihoulders of the horfe are worked and made fupple for the left. This leffon works well the ihoulders, and makes him extreamly fupple : but the croupe is loft, becaufe one works with the rein and leg of the fame fide. It is done upon a walk. CHAP. II. �he Rein of the Cavefon being ftill fixed to the Pommel^ to work the Shoulders and the Croupe together upon the Pajfage and Walk^ with the Croupe or* the Head to the Pillar j but in another Manner than before', for here the inward Rein and outward Leg are to be ufed. WHEN the head of a horf� is put to the pillar for the right hand, care muft be taken that the pillar be without the head ; and then the horfe will never be entier, for his ihoulders will always go before his croupe. This is the aftion of the trot, which is crofs ways, and the horfe is narrow and large every fecond movement for that reafon. When he croffes the fore-leg without

-ocr page 118-



			EPITOME OF HORSEMANSHIP. 119

		without the volte over the fore-leg within it, his fore-part is narrow, and his Chap. croupe large, the hind-leg advancing a little. And when he croffes his hind- III. leg without the volte over the other hind-leg within it, his croupe is narrow, and his fore-part large ; fo that every fecond time he is large and narrow j and as he always bears upon that part that is narrow, one movement he is upon the fhoulders, and another upon the haunches* That which is neareft the center makes the leaft circle, and therefore is moft confined : the croupe then being out, it makes the largeft circle, and is the moll worked, in order to obey the heel. If you fallen the rein of the cavefon to the pommel to the left hand, the head to the pillar, care muft be taken that the pillar be without the head, working with the leg and the contrary rein as before, and for the fame reafons. The head being to the pillar, and the fore-part leading, the fore-part is to the center, and the croupe goes from it. This is done upon a walk, and works the outward haunch, making it fupple to the heel. The horfe with his head to the pillar makes only two circles, the narrowed with his fore-feet, and the larger with his croupe. CHAP. III. To put the Croupe to the Pillar j and work upon a Walk with the Leg and the contrary Kein^ which Jhculdft ill be faflened to the Pommel of the Saddle. H E croupe here being to the center, care muli be taken that the pillar is within the croupe, that the horfe may not be entier,* becaufe fo the moulders will always go before the croupe. Tho' the croupe is to the pillar, the fore-part leading tends towards the center, and the croup� flys it, work- ing leg and rein contrary. The Paffage is crofswife, which is the reafon that the horfe is large and narrow every fecond movement. When he is large before, his croupe is narrow ; and when his croupe is large, his fore-part is narrow. This works his moulders and his hind-leg without the volte, which makes him obedient to the heel. His fore-part makes the largeft circle, and is therefore worked the moft j but his croupe is the moft preffed and fubje��:ed, becaufe it makes the narrowed circle, which puts him upon the haunches. This is a moft ex- cellent lef��n, becaufe it prepares a horfe for Terre-�-terre. For when he has the fore-part narrow, the hind-leg within the volte advances, which is half Terre-�-terre j and when he has the croupe narrow, the fore-leg within the volte advances, which is alfo half Terre-�-terre. His legs therefore in one movement perform the action of Terre-�-terre before, and in the other do the fame behind j that is to fay, that every movement, either before or behind^ they perform this a�lion, becaufe it is the action of the trot, and acrofs. There is no better leffon than this. The inward rein of the cavefon, fixed fail and tight to the pommel, brings in (upon the Paffage, which is done upon a walk) the outward fhoulder. Now walking being the a&ion of the trot, when the horfe is narrow before, his head is within his fore-legs, but at the fame time his hind-leg within the volte is before his head ; and when he is narrow behind, his fore-lea- within the volte is before his head, but at the fame time his head is before his hind- leg within the volte. The head therefore is always before one leg, and one Gg leg

-ocr page 119-



					»l......�l«�

i2o EPITOME OF HORSEMANSHIP. ~~■■ -~~i nm in ~~■' m~~i ^�----------------'---------------------------------------------------------~� ~~------------------~~ ~~~~~~~~** Chap» leg at the fame time before the head ; that is to fay, the head and the leg are VI. alternately foremoft every fecond movement 5 and that becaufe it is a trot, which is an a�ion in form of a crofs. The outward fhoulder ought to be brought very much in, which is the beft thing that can be upon a walk, the croupe in ; and the horfe will be in the hand and heel j for being convex without, he muft endure the heel, and obey it, becaufe he cannot avoid it, the inward rein keeping him there. No better leffon can be than this. His fore-part is worked, and his croupe fubje&ed. He makes but two circles with his four legs, when he paflages the croupe to the pillar j the fore-part makes the largeft, and the croupe the leaft. CHAP. IV. To paff�ge a Horfe in his own Length, the Rein ftillf aft ene d to the Pommel of the Saddle.

		^r U paffage a horfe in his own length upon a walk works his moulders, JL becaufe his fhoulders are in the largeft circle ; but preffes his croupe, puts him upon the haunches, and fixes them, becaufe they are in the narrow- eft circle. It works the outward haunch, and makes it obedient to the heel j and there is no better leffon. CHAP. V. 'The Rein of the Cave f on jhould be ftill fixed to the Pommel\ and the Head to the Wall) working with the Rein and the contrary Leg. THE head of a horfe to the wall, may be either as if the head, or as if the croupe was to the pillar. It is as if the head were to the pillar when the croupe goes before the head, becaufe then the croupe is worked, and the fhoulders are prefl�d and fubje&ed. When the fhoulders go before the croupe, they are the moft worked, and the croupe is prefled and fubjeclied, fo that the horfe is upon his haunches. To which hand foever you go, always work the inward rein and the outward leg. The wall puts the horfe upon his haunches, for he is afraid of hurting his nofe. � Q* O Here the fhoulders are before the croupe, which works JL f the fhoulders, and fubjecls the croupe. Here the croupe is before the fhoulders, whereby thefe are ftraitened, and that worked. CHAP. VI. To f often the inward Rein of the Cavefon to the Pommel, and work with the Rein and the Leg of the fame f de.

			r-p]	IS is moft excellent upon a fhort trot, to put a horfe upon his haunches
			r-p]
	(advancing upon one pifte :) for the hind-legs of a horfe being made like our arms, they make him bend in the ham, by putting out his inward hind- leg, and therefore he is upon the haunches. There is no better leflbn for thatpurpofe. ' All the preceding leflbns, and different manners of working a horfe with the inward rein of the cavefon faftened to the pommel, are moft excellent. There are fix of them, all done upon a walk. To

-ocr page 120-



			EPITOME OF HORSEMANSHIP. 121

		To draw the inward rein of the cavefon low towards your thigh in the Chap. horfe's length, is an excellent leffon to work him upon a walk, in order to VII. prepare him for the pirouette, becaufe it works the lhoulders, and the croupe ^u^nr^¹is more fixed. But then I have no feeling of the horfe, and it feems as if we did not move together. CHAP. VII. A true Ohfervation as to the Walk, the Trot, the Gallop upon one* Pifte in a Circle ; the Pafage, either the Head or the Croupe to the Pillar ; Terre-a- terre, the Croupe to the Pillar, Curvets, Demi-Airs, the Head to the Pil- lar , Groupades, Balotades, and Caprioles upon Circles -, or the Horf�"s Head fattened jkort to the Pillar my way by the Rein of the Cavefon, in Curvets de F er me-a-fer me, forwards or backwards, working with the Fein and Leg of the fame Side, or Rein and Leg contrary : whreby it will be feen, that what part foever leads the Way, the fame tends to the Center, and the other part of the Horfe avoids it. This Rule never fails, whe- ther the Fore-part or the Croupe leads the Way, as will appear from Example. 'H E inward rein of the cavefon being faftened to the pommel, working __ with the leg and rein of the fame fide, whether upon a trot or gallop* one pifte, the fore-part leads the way, and comes in, and confequently tends towards the center, and the croupe avoids it. The head to the pillar, working with leg and rein of the fame fide, the croupe leads the way, and therefore tends towards the center, and the fore- part flies it. ; ; Working with rein and leg contrary (the head to the pillar and the pillar with- out the head) the fore-part leads the way, and tends towards the center, and the croupe ilies from it to which hand foever you go. The croupe towards the pillar, and the pillar within the croupe, the fore- part leads the way, and therefore tends towards the center, and the croupe avoids it. This is upon a walk or paflage. Terre-�-terre the fore-part leads the way, and therefore tends towards the center, and the croupe avoids it. So in pirouettes or in demivoltes upon PafTades, which are only half pirouettes, the fore-part leads the way, and therefore tends to the center, and the croupe Ihuns it. In like manner in Curvets, Demi-Airs, Groupades, Balotades, and Caprioles upon circles or voltes, the fore-part leads the way, and for that reafon tends towards the center, and the croupe avoids it. Thus at the pillar my way, the cavefon faftened (hort to the pillar, the fore-part leads the way upon the circles, and for that reafon tends towards the center, and the croupe avoids it And it is the fame when a horfe goes back upon curvets, his croupe then leads the way and confequently tends towards the center, and the fore-part ihuns it. It is an infallible rule, whether one works well or ill, that the part which leads the way, tends towards the center. For example, it is working ill when Terre-�-terre one makes the croupe lead the way -, yet the croupe then tends towards the center, and the fore-part avoids it ; fo that the rule is always true, let a horfe be ever fo badly rode* General

-ocr page 121-



	122 EPITOME OF HORSEMANSHIP.

Chap. VIII.
Chap. VIII.		General Rules. That which leads the way, whether it be the fore-part or the croupe, always tends towards the center, and the other part of the horfe avoids it. And it is a rule equally general and true, that whatever makes the largeft circle, whe- ther it be the fore-part or the croupe, is the mod worked, becaufe it goes the farther and is at liberty, whether it tends towards or avoids the center ; and that whatever makes the fmalleft circle, is the moft fubje�ed and pref��d. For the head to the pillar, and the pillar without the head, the horfe leads the way with the fore-part ; and for that reafon the fore-part tends to the center, and the croupe avoids it j tho' the croupe is moft worked, becaufe it makes the largeft circle, which occafions the fore-part to be moft fubjeci:, and the horfe to be upon it, that is, upon his moulders. . Thus the horfe's croupe being towards the pillar, and the pillar within the croupe, thecroupe being in, the fore-part leads the way, and therefore tends towards thecenter,which thecroupe avoids : yet the fore-part is the moft worked,becaufe it is in the largeft circle, and the croupe moft fubje�ted and preffed, becaufe it is in the narroweft circle j and confequently the horfe is upon the haunches. It is juft the fame when you work in his own length. An Qbfervation. It is better to fallen the cavefon my way, to the girth, becaufe it draws down the horfe's head, and confequently brings the outward fhoulder more in, which is the beft way on all accounts for fuppling a horfe j but is wrong for Terre- a-terre and Curvets. All thefe lef��ns are perfect and moft excellent, and are the right methods of working a horfe with truth in the manege. For what can one have more � fince a horfe can commit no fault, but it muft be in the fore or hind-part, by difobeying either the hand or heel. Now you have here excellent lef��ns to make either the moulders or the croupe fupple, to make the horfe obey the hand or the heel, and to make him obey both together ; and one can have no more. CHAP. VIII. Which contains a true Qbfervation for drejfing Horfes. TH E horfe being, after man, the moft noble of all animals (for he is as much fuperior to all other creatures as man is to him, and therefore holds a fort of middle place between man and the reft of the creation) he is wife and fubtile} for which reafon man ought carefully to pref�rve his empire over him, knowing how nearly that wifdom and fubtilty approaches his own. This may eafily be feen in the following example. When a horfe is much preffed, he finds out how to avoid it fooner than any man can fhew him j and this the rider fhould have particular regard to in working him. , If he is upon the fhoulders when you flop him, he hurts his nofe with the cavefon, and his mouth with the bridle. Now to avoid all this, he puts him- felf upon the haunches, and draws in his head, which prevents the hurting his nofe or mouth, and makes him do what the rider defires. If

-ocr page 122-





			EPITOME OF HORSEMANSHIP. _I23

		If between the two pillars he prefTes forwards, thecavefon hurts his nofe ; if Chap. he runs back, it hurts his jaws j if he goes from fide to fide, he is hurt there X. too : the horfe therefore having experienced all thefe inconveniences, keeps in the middle, and rifes to fave himfelf from being hurt, which is juft what the rider wants. In like manner, when the rein of the cavefon is tied (hort my way to the pommel of the faddle, it bends and brings in his neck extfeamly 5 which hurts him fo much, that he finds himfelf eaf�d in not prefling Upon the cavefon « confequently he bends his neck farther in, which is what the rider defires. So the rein fattened fo lhort to the pillar my way, that the horfe cannot eafily rife, beca�fe it ftill pulls him down, he is fo fubtile as to eafe himfelf by going upon the haunches. This is indeed the only way he had to relieve himfelf, and juft what the rider defires. Thus when you put the head of a horfe to a wall, he puts himfelf upon the haunches for fear of hurting his head againft the wall, and to get farther from it. Now what the rider wants is, that he fhould be upon the haunches. In whatever action the horfe is upon the fhoulders, if the' rider hurts him with the cavefon or the bridle, he puts himfelf upon the haunches to get re- lief, and fo complies with the rider's wilh : for no horfe can be perfectly dreffed till he is upon the haunches, and till the curb is loofe and plays. But the curb may be flack, and yet the horfe not upon the haunches : no horfe how» ever is upon the haunches unlefs his curb be flack ; for which reafon the horfe fhould do it to find eafe, and fhould not be forced to it by the rider. CHAP. IX. To make a Horfe obey the Heels, WHEN a horfe is refty, and will not go forward, he muft be fpurred till he will : he finds himfelf eafed from the fpur by obeying and therefore will continue to obey. If he is obftinate the firft morning he will fubmit another day : you fhould then pardon him many faults, and not be too fevere, unlefs he commits thofe faults malicioufly. If fo, you muft fpur him again, and if he won't obey the heel, you muft continue fpurring till he does, for he will obey at laft to find eafe. So that thofe are greatly deceived, and very ignorant, who think to make a horfe obey the heel without following this method : and by the leave of thofe great philofophers, who have writ of this matter, and are altogether miftaken,this is not the way to make him more refty. It is neither the fwitch, the chambriere, the calf of the leg, nor gentle treatment, that will conquer a vicious jade : you might as well give him rofe-water and fugar. But, to end all difpute, I have this way conquered all the horfes I ever had. The medicine therefore is ex- cellent, and proved fo by experience. C H A P. X. To work the Croupe of _a Horfe before his Head, or his Shoulders, upon a Circle, is extreamly wrong ; unlefs upon the moft urgent neceffity. ^_s f_or me, 1 would never have it praclifed. WHEN a horfe's head is to the pillar, and the pillar on the infide of his head, the croupe goes before the fhoulders. It is the fame when the croupe is to the pillar, if the pillar is on the outfide the croupe. Now this is wrong to all intents and purpofes. For when his head is to the pillar, and H h both

-ocr page 123-



		«n~~wujuiuw~~ii~~tiu~~^rtWBB~~qiq~~flnTnW'TtfT^ IIIIIIII�IIIIBIIIIlllMill�filili�III I II I IWIII Wɗ�lWl�Wli�■■■■!■■ lil�■ ' ;------------"

	124		EPITOME OF HORSEMANSHIP.
	124

Chap, both his legs are within it, he cannot make a quarter-volte without being XL entier. The fame may be faid when his croupe is to the pillar, and the pil- ^,"~~^v"'^w lar without his croupe j befides that he turns from the fide on which he ought to go, and trots circularly backwards, quite contrary to what he does when he advances j and, what is wprfe, he is bent in a circle to the right hand, his moul- ders go to the left againft that circle, his croupe to the right, and in re- ality he keeps neither center nor circle, but lofes them both. It is juft the fame to the left hand. Tho' it may be thought that this works the croupe, it is a great miftake ; the croupe Ihuns the rider indeed, not that it obeys the heel, but becaufe the rider puts it from him, by putting the head on the contrary fide. To fay the whole of the matter, this works neither moulders nor croupe, but both are loft, and keep neither circle nor center, and the horfe goes backwards upon a falfe trot. It is contradictory then to all reafon, for the croupe of a horfe to go before his moulders, in any cafe whatfoever, unlefs in Curvets upon voltes backwards, and in Curvets upon a ftrait line backwards ; becaufe the action of the curvet differs much from the a�tion of a walk, which is that of the trot, and perform- ed crofs-wife. But it may be afked, why a horfe is not entier when he goes with the croupe before the moulders in Terre-a-terre ? which he may do. I anfwer, it is becaufe he has but one haunch before the moulders, and fo he may go, tho' it be wrong. But if he had both his hind-legs within the pillar, he could not go at all without being entier. However it be, avoid putting the croupe, or half the croupe, before the moulders, it being one of the wronged things in the world, and the moft dangerous that can be for a horfe. He mould be brought indeed to bear and obey the heel ; but fo he obeys neither the hand nor the heel, nor are his moulders at all worked. CHAP. XL The Perfection of Terre-a-terre. YO U muft firft put your horfe fide-ways, his head in the volte, and his croupe to the center, leaning on your outer ftirrup, your leg quite clof� to the horfe, and the toes of your inner foot a little turned out, fo that your body may be a little oblique j turning your head up (not in) fo that the in- ward eye looks on the moulder of the fame fide, which puts that inward moulder a little forwards, and keeps the outward moulder back. The reins of the bridle ought to be fomewhat long, and drawn without the pommel towards the outward moulder, in order that with the inward rein you may draw up the head of the horfe, to make him look into the volte. This preffes the horfe without, gives liberty to his inward legs, (becaufe they lead the way) and puts him upon the haunches, fo that he always advances ; for the horfe always follows the a�ion of the horfeman that rides him. Thus he will obey both the hand and the heel, be upon the haunches, and go eafily and freely, agreeably, and not contrary to nature. This is the per- fection of Terre-�-terre, which is to flop the moulders with the hand, and prefs the croupe. The

-ocr page 124-



			EPITOME OF HORSEMANSHIP. _I2S

The fame aids muft be ufed for the left, changing the body, the legs, and Chap the hand. They will alfo do in Demi-voltes, Terre-�-terre, and upon a flow XII. Gallop upon the voltes, the croupe in, and in Curvets. Observation. To pajfage a Horfe upon a Walk, the Croupe without or within, working with Leg and Rein contrary', namely, the inward Rein and the outward Leg. YOU muft always pull up the horfe's head, to prefs him without the volte, and give him liberty within, which makes him always advance : his inward legs lead the way to prepare him for Terre-�-terre, which puts him upon the haunches, fo that he is light in the hand. When a horfe is prefFed within the volte, he muft of courfe (when he is rode with the bridle only) look out and carry his head out, for his own eafe ; and when he is preffed without the volte, he muft neceflarily look in and carry his head in, for the fame reafon. This is as it fhould be, and the contrary to

	it wrong.
		All that I have taught before is very good ; but there is only one truth, which is this, and in its full extent fo perfect for the PafTage, Terre-�-terre, or Curvets, that one need have recourfe to nothing elle. I repeat very often what fhould be done in Terre-�-Terre, that my inftruc- tions may be punctually obferved. If a horfe brings his fhoulders too much in, in Terre-�-terre, he puts his croupe too much out j and the way to remedy this is to ftop his fhoulders, and prefs his croupe. If he does not bring his fhoulders enough in, he puts his croupe in too much ; the way to help this is to bring in his inner fhoulder, and aid him with both legs, but a little more within than without: for the fhoulders fhould always go before the croupe, which is the truth. To change Terre-a-terre. You muft bring the fhoulders of the horfe a little into the volte, to ftop the croupe, and afterwards change, fhifting the hand and the leg, and working always with the inner rein. The fame aids that are ufed Terre-�-terre, fhould be ufed in demi-voltes Terre-�-terre j they are one thing, and differ only in being a half inftead of a whole volte. To change upon the Gallop a la Soldade. Whether it be within or without the volte, whether it be a demi-volte or a quarter-volte, ftiU # ^muft be a part of Terre-�-terre. You muft always therefore aid the horfe with the inner rein and the outer leg : but whilft you gallop, you muft work with the inward rein and inward leg. CHAP. XII. The Conveniences and Inconveniences of the Cavefon-Rein tied Jhort my Way to the Pommel of the Saddle. TH E cavefon-rein tied fhort, my way, to the pommel of the faddle, is to give the horfe appuy_} fix him in the hand, and fettle his head, draw- ing it down. It is alfo excellent for a horfe that is too heavy in hand ; for the cavefon-rein tied tight to the pommel of the faddle, always within the volte, hinders him from bearin

-ocr page 125-



		12.6 EPITOME OF HORSEMANSHIP. i�""'"!!'!! i !■........iramiiin i ii.....i ^^■■iB^^inirr"m-iMiiiiiii�iiiMWiii imiiwiii......hi ■mini r~i--.....i ■iiimnin nini-i .....� irr �■ n m�iwii i n n in ■ i .....■■, mum 11 n m Chap, bearing too much on the bridle, which makes him very light, and fixes him in XII. the hand. The cavefon-rein tied fhort to the pommel, is alio excellent to fupple the moulders, which is the beft thing that can be done. Thus the cavefon gives appuy* to a horfe that has none, takes it from him that has too much, and makes the moulders extreamly fupple, which is a great matter. It alfo makes a horfe gallop with his legs right, fo that he goes more eafily afterwards Terre-�-terre : for it lengthens the legs within the volte, and fhor- tens thofe without, which is as they fhould be. The cavefon-rein therefore is good to work the fhoulders of a horfe in every re- fpe�t; and the croupe is loll in working with the rein and the leg on the fame fide: it is alfo good in working with the rein and leg contrary, in almoft all leflbns. This is the advantage you receive from the inner rein of the cavefon tied ihort to the pommel of the faddle. ^�he Inconvenience in tferre-a-terre from the inner Cavefon-Rein tied to the Pommel of the Saddle. The inner rein of the cavefon tied to the pommel of the faddle brings in the outward moulder of the horfe very much, whereas Terre-�-terre the inner fhoulder ought to be brought in. By drawing in the outward moulder you harrow the horfe's fore-part, which neceflarily makes the croupe large 5 but in Terre-�-terre the moulders fhould be large, and the croupe narrow. If after you have brought in the outward moulder, you put in the croupe, it goes before the moulders ; whereas Terre-�-terre the moulders ought to go before the croupe. Bringing in the outward fhoulder, and putting in the croupe too, you make the horfe go backwards 5 whereas Terre-�-terre he ought to advance the moulders firft. When you thus narrow the fore-part, and the croupe is in, the fore-part is within the lines of the hind-legs ; whereas Terre-�-terre the hind-legs ought to be within the lines of thofe before. When you thus narrow the fore-part, and the croupe is in, the croupe leads the way, and the fore-part follows it j whereas Terre-�-terre the fore-part ought to lead the way, and the croupe to follow it. When you thus narrow the fore-part, and the croupe is in, the horfe is preffed within the volte, and at full liberty without it; whereas Terre-�-terre he ought to be preffed without, and at liberty within, that he may the better embrace the volte. When the croupe goes before the moulders, the horfe is as if he was refty, and fhuns the fpur, becaufe he goes backwards. When the moulders lead the croupe, and the horfe advances, he goes with freedom and alacrity, as if he defpifed the ground j but when the croupe leads the fhoul- ders, every thing is wrong. Befides, he acquires an ill cuftom ; for when one rides him with the bridle only, his croupe foremoft, he looks without the volte, becaufe he cannot look within it : but when the moulders go foremoft, he looks within the volte as he ought to do, becaufe he cannot look without. But, what is the worft of all, when the croupe goes before the fhoulders, the legs go crofs, which is the aclion of a trot upon the fwiftnefs of a gallop ; whereas Terre-�-terre the two legs within the volte ought to lead the way, which

-ocr page 126-



		EPITOME OF HORSEMANSHIP. 127 which is a true gallop : for Terre-�-terre is nothing but a gallop in time. Chap. When you work a horfe with the bridle only, you muft help with the inward XV. rein ; for if you ufe the outward, the horf� will go as wrong as with the rein of the cavefon fattened to the pommel of the faddle, becaufe it narrows him as much before ; and if you aid him with the outward leg₉ his croupe is as much before his moulders. Obferve, that to faften the cavefon-rein my way to the pommel of the faddle, within the volte, is the moft excellent thing in the world for Terre-�-terre, if you prefs the horfe upon the legs without the volte : for therein is wrong when the horfe is preffed within the volte. Note alfo, that the lower a horfe goes before, if he is prefTed without the volte, the more he will go upon his haunches. CHAP. XIII. For the Piro�ete. TH E aflion of ahorfe's legs in the Pirouette is very ftrange; for by work- ing violently with the outward rein of the bridle, you flreighten the fore-part, and put the croupe more in the way of being help'd with the outward leg. Now this is the action of the legs in the Pirouette to the right : when he lifts his two fore-legs, he lifts at the fame time the hind-leg without the volte j fo that he has three legs in the air at once, and fupports himfelf only upon the hind-leg within the volte. When he fets his three legs down, his outward fhoulder coming very quick in, he moves at the fame time (almoft in one and the fame place) the hind- leg within the volte to keep the circle. At the fame time, I fay, that his three legs come to the ground, his hind-leg within the volte moves, to follow the circle, but moves as it were on the fame place 5 fo that this iflward hind- hv touches the center : for tho' it moves, it moves almoft always on one fpot, and only turns round. When the horfe's head grows giddy, and he cannot continue this motion any longer for fear of falling, he puts forward his hind-leg within the volte to flop himfelf. Thefe are exactly the aids and movements of a horfe's legs in the Pirouette j otherwife he could not go fo faft as he ought. CHAP. XIV. For Paffades. DEMI-VOLTES upon Paffades are only Demi-Pirouettes^ and require the fame aids; except that in Paffades, upon a flow or full gallop, the horfe ought to make two or three falcades, or Aides upon the haunches, be- fore he turns. The way to teach him, is to gallop him gently ftrait forwards and flop him : after a little flop, you muft turn him upon a walk, then gallop him again, flop him, and turn him as before. This will make him go perfectly well upon Paffades. CHAP. XV. For Curvets. TH I S is the fame thing, and confequently has the fame aids as Terre-�- terre -j only you muft fupportthe horfe a little more on the hand, fo that he may advance very little, and he will be fo much the more upon the haunches. You muft help with the inward rein and outward leg, and the in- I i ward

-ocr page 127-



		128 EPITOME OF HORSEMANSHIP. Chap, ward leg ought not to be quite fo clofe to him as the outward '₉ it muft not XVI. be ftiff, and the toes of it ftiould turn a little out, but the toes of both feet ^^^^ fhould be down, that the hams may be more pliant. The aids fhould be delicate, and not fo violent as in Terre-�-terre. It is true, that the horfe's fore-legs are near together, and within the lines of his hind-legs, which are more afunder j but at the fame time it is alfo true, that the hind-legs are within the lines of the ftioulders, which makes the horfe to be upon the haunches. For Curvets along a Wall. The left fide of a horfe being againft a wall, in Curvets forwards, you muft help with the rein that is fartheft from the wall, and put the left moulder a little in, without giving him any aid with your legs. In Curvets backwards, you muft help him with the rein that is next to the wall. The right fide to the wall, in Curvets forwards, you muft aid the horfe with the rein from the wall 5 in Curvets backwards, with the rein neareft the wall. By obferving all thefe rules the crofs will be eafily made, it being done with thefe four aids, forwards, backwards, to the near fide, and to the off fide. In the Saraband you muft work with the outward fhoulder and rein, but not at all with the legs. CHAP. XVI. Of the different Helps of the inward Rein of the Cavefon (or f alfe Rein) in the Rider's Hand. THERE are three different helps with the inward rein of the cavefon in the hand of the rider: the firft draws the outward fhoulder; the fecond draws in the inward fhoulder j and the third is to flop the ftioulders. In all thefe three different aids you muft bring in your own outward fhoulder. Observat ions. The leg and the rein of the fame fide work the ftioulders, and the croupe is loft. The leg and rein contrary, with the head to the pillar, and the pillar without the head, works the croupe, and pref��s the ftioulders. The croupe towards the pillar, and the pillar within the croupe works the ftioulders, preffes the croupe, and puts the horfe upon his haunches. It is juft the fame in his own length, and it puts him likewife upon his haunches ; f� does the head to the wall, and alf� the working with the rein and the leg on the fame fide upon a fhort trot ; the flopping a horfe, the making him go backwards, the railing him before, provided it is not too high, the flow gallop upon circles, and Terre-a-terre. But a fingle pillar my way, in Curvets, puts him extremely upon the haunches. Now to put a horfe upon the haunches is the quinteffence of our art ; for when he is there, he may do whatever your delire of him, if he is obedient and has ftrength enough. When a horf� goes by rote, you are to take notice that he does fo by the eye only. For it is not the hand or the heel that he minds, but the pillar, the wall, or the notice he takes of the particular place where you give him his leffons.

-ocr page 128-



		EPITOME OF HORSEMANSHIP. 129 leflbns For this reafon he who does not ride always in the fame place, and Chap. who has neither pillar nor wall, finds his horfe the moft obedient to the hand XVII. and the heel. �j_AV.* XVII. Of the ufe of the two Reins of the Bridie. YO U muft work with the outward rein of the bridle in the Pirouette, be- caufe the fore-part of the horfe is confined, and the croupe at liberty. You muft alfo work with the outward rein of the bridle in Demi-Airs, upon Paffades along a wall ; becaufe the fore-part is confined, and the croupe at liberty this being but a Demi-Pirouette. In like manner you muft work with the outward rein of the bridle in Curvets backwards, in a ftrait line ; becaufe the fore-part is ftill confine^ and the croupe at liberty, fo that the croupe leads the way in Curvets backwards. And by the fame rule you muft work with the outward rein of the bridle in all Leaps, Groupades, Balotades, and Ca- prioles forwards, or upon circles ; becaufe the fore-part is confined and the croupe at liberty, otherwife the horfe could not leap. So much for the out- ward rein of the bridle. As to the inward rein of the bridle, you muft work with that in Terre-�- terre ■ becaufe the croupe is then confined and the ftioulders are at liberty. For the very fame reafon you muft work in like manner with the inward rem in Demivoltes, Terre-�-terre, and in Curvets upon voltes, the croupe being then confined, and the moulders at liberty. . _ ■ Curvets forwards likewife require the inward rem of the bridle to be worked ; becaufe the croupe is (heightened, and the fore-part at large, to advance, as it leads the way. Upon the Trot, upon the Gallop, m Paffagmg, work ftill with the inward rein ; with which we have now done. The cavefon my way fubjedb the head of the horfe more or lefs, accord- ine to the place to which it is fixed. When the rein is fattened to the pom- _R-el, the head is lefs fubjeaed ; when it is faftened to the girths, more, in pro- portion as the line is fo much lower. Concerning B �'�TS. TH E leflbns I give you concerning bitts (hall be very (hort, though there are many books already extant, and many riders now living, who think themfelves compleat matters of this fubjea, and very wife m their great variety of bitts � Thefe people however, both authors and riders, appear to know little of the mattef, » the judgment of men of experience; in as much as they ine that a piece of iron in the mouth of a horie can make him knowing. A?5 might they fondly believe, that a book in the hand of a boy would teach him to read the firft time before he has been (hewn his letters ; or that fours upon the heels of an ignorant fellow would be alone fufficient to make him a eood horfeman. . , ... There is fome art however in fitting a horfe with a proper bridle ; accord- ing_fl« the ply of his neck is long or fhort, in giving him a large or finali S ₀;_ece a large or narrow liberty, the eye fhort or long, ftrait or bent: Aehranches are either fhorter or longer, ftronger or weaker ; mouth and >*««tv wider or narrower : the eye longer or fhorter, ftraiter or more bend-

-ocr page 129-



		EPITOME OF HORSEMANSHIP. ing ; the hooks according to the juft meafure of the bitt; the curb equal, and confifting of three good round SS's, with one ring where it is fixed to the eye upon the far fide, and two rings or mallions, whereby it is curbed or fixed upon the near fide ; the cheeks of the bitt handfomly furnifh'd with bofTes, not too big, and either rich or plain, according to your fancy ; not two rows of little chains tied to the bitt within his mouth, but only one at the moft. But above all, this rule is chiefly to be obferved, to put as little iron in your horfe's mouth as poffibly you can. If his tongue be very big, the liberty muft be the wider ; if little, the liberty the lefs j but you muft take heed that the appuy, or refting-place of the bitt, be never made too near the liberty, for it would gall him : but the refting-place muft be where it ought, which is about a finger's breadth from the liberty upon each fide of it ; and the bitt muft reft upon the bars a finger's breadth above the tulhes. Thofe branches are weakeft, whofe extremities, when the reins are flackt, come neareft to the horfe's neck ; and thofe ftrongeft, which go moft forwards from his neck ; and good reafon for it, becaufe you have the greater pull. �f a horfe hold his head too much up and out, then they make ufe of fhorter branches and ftronger, to pull his head down and in, wherein they are pretty right. And lb if a horfe hold his head too low, and bringeth it in fo round that he arms himfelf againft the bitt, which is to reft the branches upon his breaft, fo that you have no farther pull or command of him at all ; and becaufe this vice is contrary to holding up his head and out, for which they ufed Ihort branches and ftronger to bring it in, they therefore think they fhould make ufe of long and weak branches to pull it up ; for they reafon thus, that if a ftrong branch pulled him down, then a weak branch will pull up his head : wherein they are mightily deceived, for when a horfe arms himfelf againft the bitt, as it is certain that long branches will come fooner to his breaft than (hort ones j fo it is as certain, that weak branches will come fooner to his breaft than thofe which are ftrong. But, it feems, this they do not very ex- actly confider, otherwiie they would foon be fenfible of their error. For to a horfe that arms himfelf againft the bitt, you muft have not only a fhort branch that will not fo foon touch his breaft, but alfo a ftrong branch to keep it yet farther from his breaft. The hooks of the curb ought likewife to be made a little longer, and fo juftly turned, as not to offend or hurt the fides of his cheeks 5 and if the curb doth not lie in its right place, two little iron rings faftened clofe to the top of the hooks, to keep them fteady and fixed, is the beft remedy. I uf�d it many years before I faw it in Mr. Plu- vi nel's book j all other devices in bitts or curbs being infignificant and to little purpof�. Now the bitts following are generally the beft for all horf�s whatf�ever, viz. 1. A plain or fimple Canon, with branches a la Conneflable : 2. A plain Scatch with branches a la Conneflable : 3. A Canon a la Pignatel, which is a bitt with a gentle falling and moving up and down, and the liberty fo low as not to hurt the roof of the horfe's mouth, which is the beft bitt certainly for all horfes which have any thing of a big tongue, which I am fure they do not like to have preffed ; and therefore I recommend that liberty above all things in bitts, with the branches a la Conneflable: 4. A Scatch with the liberty a la Pignatel, which I like better than a Canon, becaufe it don't fill a horfe's mouth fo much.

-ocr page 130-



			EPITOME OF HORSEMANSHIP. 131

		much. e. To difcharge a horfe's lips, I would have Olives with the liberty a laPfanately thofe Olives extending not fo far upon every fide of the mouth, as to the extremities of them, and having little rings at the ends of them, to give liberty to his lips, and difcharge them. 6.1 would have alfo Melons to difcharge the lips, which are very good, and do it in the fame manner as the Olives above mentioned. But indeed I would have, in all, but two forts of bitts which are, nrft, the Canon a la Tignatela and, fecondly, the Olives a laPipnatel, to difcharge his lips if need be, but the branches always a la Con* neflable. _t _i Thus you have the truth of bitts brought into a narrow compals : There is little virtue in them to bring a horfe to underftanding, on which a man muft work and that is his reafon, by the favour of the Logicians diftin&ion of reafonable and unreafonable creatures ; for were they as good horfemen as ; fcholars, they would have made another diftin&ion. Well then, you fee it is not a piece of iron can make a horfe knowing, for if it were, the bitt-makers would be the beft horfemen ; no, it is the art of appropriated lefTons, fitting every horfe according to his nature, difpofition, andftrength; punilhing and with good lefTons re&ifying his vices ; rewarding him, and preferving him in his horfe-virtues, which will make him a juft and ready horfe j and not the trufting to an ignorant piece of iron called a bitt : for I will undertake to make a perfe& horfe with a cavefon without a bitt, better than any man fhall with his bitt without a cavefon ; fo highly is the cavefon, when rightly ufed, to be efteemed. I dreffed a Barb at Antwerp with a cavefon without a bitt, and he went'perfe&ly well 5 and that is the true art, and not the ignorance and folly of a ftrange-figured bitt The famous Pignatel at Naples, never uled but iimple bitts, which made the ignorant wonder how he could drefs horfes fo perfe&ly with fo few kinds f bitts ' but he freely told them, It was their ignorance made, them wonder at °his art) and likewife that great matter of his art, Monfieur De Plu- vi nel, faid the fame. . The cavefon ought to be full, and not too rough. It mould be lined with leather fingle or double, to make it more eafy. It rarely happens by my method that a horfe wrys his head, fucks up his bitt, or puts his tongue over it The liberty � la Pignatel hinders the tongue from going over $ and while you work with the cavefon in this good method, flacking often the bridle, vou avoid the others. . If he puts out his tongue, and will not leave off that cuitom, cut-it with a (harp round iron, made in the form of the end of his tongue. Let the iron be hot and laying the tongue on a thin piece of board, you may cut it and flop the blood at the fame time. But in fa�, if you work according to the method of this book, fuch, extremities will not be neceffary, becaufe the horfe will fall into none of thefe vices. .,,,,�/ For my part, I always advife lenity and patience with good lellons ; never offend your horfe, if you can avoid it _h never to ride him, or to exact, from bim above half fo much as he can bear. By this means you will not only ferve him, but make him take pleafure in all that he does : he will even ?^re _and the exercife you give him j whereas otherwife he will hate you, fi°nd the manage irkfome, and loth to come to it. It is your bufinefs to make

-ocr page 131-



		EPITOME OF HORSEMANSHIP. both your perf�n and the manage as agreeable to him as poffible, by working him a little at a time, being bountiful in your carefTes and recompences, and very fparing in your corrections, and without paffion when you inflict: them. So much concerning bitts and the cavefbn. I take it to be a great vice, when a horf� does not go as well to .one hand as to the other ; and I have feen very few that do fo : but if you punctually follow my method, your horfes will go to perfection, and as well to one hand as the other, fo that you will never fee any difference. One thing more I have to lay ; it is, that there is no horfe in the world that can obey the heel, if he has not a good appuy, a good mouth, and his head fteady. Obf�rve alio, that nothing is more ungraceful than to fee a horfe fhake his tail in every action. This vice is generally helped by fattening a rein to his tail and then to the girths to keep it fteady : but if the rein breaks, he fhakes his tail as much as ever. Now the molt infallible way to cure this,is to cut the great nerve that is under his tail, about the middle of it, which operation never does the horfe the leaft prejudice. I DO not here implore your pardon, but your juftice, and that juflice rather to yourfelves than to me. Thofe things which to you, perhaps, f�em not very concife, but too prolix, might if fhorter have ftill left you in darknefs : whereas you have now a full funfhine to look on you with the fplendor of the knowledge of Horfemanfhip j fo that you have no occafion to grope in obfcu- rity, fince you have f� clear a light to conduci: you in the right way. This art does not confift only in ftudy and mental contemplation, but in bodily practice likewife. You ought to be well informed that the art of Horfeman- fhip cannot be collected together in a proverb, or a fhort aphorifm, or re- duced to a fyllogifm, or brought into as little compafs as the poefy of a ring j nor can there be one univerfal leflon, as many delire in this art, any more than a univerfal medicine for all diftempers, or an ointment for all wounds. It is true indeed, that fome dream of a univerfal medicine, which they call the Philofopher's Stone j but this, I fear, is dreaming only. For my part, I am very fare there is nothing univerfal in Horfemanfhip, nor in any thing elfe that I know. If this work pleafes you, I fhall be thoroughly well fatisfied ; if not, I fhall be content in my own mind ; becaufe I know certainly that it is very good, and better than any thing-that you have had before of the kind.

			CONCLUSION,

-ocr page 132-



			133

	CONCLUSIO N,

T O T H E READER. Noble Horfemen, IHave loved, prac�ifed, and ftudied this art of Horfemanfhip from my youth upwards, and employed in it a great deal of time with pleafure : for there is no exercife fo good, nor is any attended with more honour and dignity, than that of Riding ; provided a perfon rides with ad- drefs which he cannot do unlefs he is well verfed in the art. Without it, nothing feems fo ridiculous, fo aukward, fo irregular, as a man on horfe- back. His members appear to be diflocated, becaufe they are out of their natural fituation j and his pofture uneafy, becaufe it is conftrained j whereas a good rider fits in his natural place, and his pofture is eafy, becaufe free and unconftrained. It is in Horfemanfhip as in other things : regu- larity is beautiful, while diftortion and compulfion muft be without grace. There is an elegance moreover in Horfemanfhip, which looks as if it was natural tho' it proceeds from art. Thus, tho' a perfect horfeman rides with art, it feems rather natural than acquired by practice 5 and he makes his horfe appear as if nature had produced fuch a creature for no other end but to be conduced, governed, and rid by man. What is more, _#a good horfeman rides as one may fay with harmony j for his horfe be- ins of the fame mind with himfelf, moves in fuch exaci: manner, fteps fo equally, and keeps fuch juft time 5 turns, pirouettes, rifes fo equally, fo eafily, fo lightly, that it is very agreeable to fee, as well as a very pro- fitable fcience to learn. For whoever is not a perfect horfeman, can never ride either with grace or fafety; and no man can be perfect in this art, unlefs he learns it at the Manege ; becaufe that gives him a true and fure feat a firm hand, a heel that moves in juft time, a free pofture, and a powerful command, that conftrains his horfe. Without all this one cannot be a good horfeman, nor ride a horfe boldly, either for pleafure, or in war* neither pleafmgly to others, nor with fatisfa�tion to one's felf. I de- fire 'therefore, my noble reader, that you would well underftand my let fons ; which/ I dare affure you, contain the truth and perfe&ion of the Manege. I do not hereby cenfure others ; but your induftry and pra�tice will fhow you the <lirTerence between their method and mine. Endeavour to collecT: all the advantages from my inftrudions, and as much pleafure. as I wifh you.

		F I N i &

-ocr page 133-



		134

			ADDITIONS. After this Work of mine was all printed, fome very necejjary Leffons came to my Mind_y which I give you here in Form of Appendix, or Additions, and particularly recommend them to your Study. They treat of the Ac- tions of a Horf�'s Legs ; for without a perfecl Knowledge of thefe, it is impofffble for any Man to drefs a Horfe well, unlefs by mere Chance, I have before f�id that the gallop is a leap forwards, in this manner: When the horfe brings down his fore-legs, before they touch the ground, he moves his hind-legs j fo that the fore-leg which leads the way, on which fide foe ver it be, is always followed by the hind-leg of the fame fide ; this is the true gallop forwards in a ftrait line. But it muft be re- marked, that tho* the horfe goes dire&ly ftrait forwards, the legs that lead the way are more prefl�d than the two others 5 and that thofe which are leaft prefTed are moil at liberty, and confequently come firft to the ground. For example, a horfe leads the way with the right-leg before, which is followed by the hind-leg of the fame fide ; and the left-leg before being at liberty, he fets it firft to the ground : He then pufhes forwards, and leads the way with his right-leg behind -, and the left-leg being at liberty, he fets it firft to the ground j fo that he advances his right-leg behind, which leads the way. Thus the horfe keeps four perfecl: times (equal to one, two, three, four) with his four legs ; that is to fay the near leg before makes the firft movement, and comes firft to the ground 5 the other fore- leg on the ofF-fide, which is confined, and leads the way, makes the fecond movement j the left hind-leg, which is not confined, moves in the third place; and the right hind-leg, which is confined, in the fourth place j fo that his legs fall exa�ly in order, one, two, three, four ; thofe which lead the way being moft confined, and the others moft at liberty. This is the true gallop ftrait forwards. The Gallop of a Horfe in a Circle. IF a horfe gallops to the right, the inner rein of the cavefon faftened to the pommel and the croupe in, he is prefTed within the volte, fo that his legs within lead the way, and thofe without are at liberty, and come firft to the ground, as I before faid, and the horfe leans a little upon the infide. Thus he moves, and keeps the time of one, two, three, four. Obf�rve here well, that the whole confifts in the outward haunch ; for the horfe being prefTed within the voltes, is confined on that fide, and at li- berty without, narrow before and large behind, as the gallop ought to be. But he is more upon his fhoulders than upon his haunches, becaufe the out- ward haunch is put out by the liberty it has, which is occafioned by the premure within the volte. This is the true gallop, but not the true Terre- �-terre j for the horfe is always upon the movement of one, two, three, four, with his fore and hind-legs, which very much fupples his fhoulders : But

-ocr page 134-



	ADDITIONS.
	ADDITIONS.	*35
		*35

But if any man thinks in this manner to make him go Terre-�-terre, he is deceived j for it is only a fwift gallop, preffed upon the moulders, be- caufe the horfe is narrow before and large behind, the outward haunch being out ; this, I fay, is the true gallop, but not the true Terre-�-terre, as I (hall (how prefently. It is right in Pirouettes, becaufe Pirouettes are nothing but a gallop in the horfe's own length, in which he is prefTed within the volte* and his outward haunch confequently muft be a little out. This gallop is alf� good in Demi-voltes upon Paffades, fmce thefe Demi- voltes are only Den�i-pirouettes* It is juft the fame to the left hand Far Terre-�-terre upon Voltes, Hp H E inward rein of the cavefon being fattened to the pommel of the I faddle, for the right hand, you muft as much as poffible put in the outward haunch, in order to make the horfe bear on the outfide of the volte, to prefs his outward legs and put his inward at liberty ; fo that the inward legs are before the outward, and come to the ground in that manner. The action of Terre-�-terre therefore is directly contrary to that of the gallop: for the gallop is one, two, three, four, the haunch a lit- tle without, which will not do for Terre-�-terre ; whereas when the out- ward haunch of the horfe is put in, and preffed without the volte, he goes Terre-�-terre, but he cannot gallop* for the movement of Terre-�- terre confifts only of two times, as one, two, pa, ta, which is the fame movement as in Curvets, but quicker, the fore-legs meeting at the fame time in the firft movement, and the hind-legs meeting in the fecond move- ment * only the legs within the volte are a little before the others, not- withft'anding which the two fore-legs come to the ground at once in the firft time, as the two hind-legs do in the fecond time; juft as in Curvets, where the croupe falls when the moulders rife, and the moulders fall when the croupe rifes. The Curvet is a leap upwards, and Terre-�-terre is a leap forwards, preffed and near the ground. This is the true Terre-a-terre ; and thus you fee that the outward haunch does the whole ; when that is preffed Terre-�-terre, the horfe is preffed on the outfide ; and when the out- ward haunch is put out a little, the horfe is preffed within the volte, which is for the Gallop. This method of Terre-�-terre is excellent upon Demi- voltes by the wall ; for thefe Demi-voltes are nothing but Terre-�-terre, a» the Demi-voltes upon the Paffades are nothing but Demi-pirouettes, which is only a Gallop in the horfe's length. The following are the aids to make a horfe go Terre-�-terre. To which hand foever you go, you muft help with the inward rein the hand with- out the volte in order to draw the inward rein as much as you can towards the horfe's neck, helping him with the outward leg, by bearing hard upon the ftirrup, turning out a little the toes of the inward leg, and making it fhorter by at leaft a handful, than the outward; the outward moulder fhould'be lower than the inward, and the face turned a little into the volte. This will make him go perfectly well Terre-�-terre, becaufe his croupe is narrow and his fore part large, fo that he muft be upon the haunches; befides being narrow behind and large before, he the better embraces the volte and the hind-leg within the volte can never go before the moulders. * LI It

-ocr page 135-



		i₃6 ADDITIONS. It is fo neceffary to underftand thefe things, that I would wifh to have them ftudied ; for without them, nothing can be done but by mere hazard. I muft here inform you of one thing ; which is, that even when a horfe goes on a Hand-gallop, his hind-legs advance beyond the place that the fore-legs had quitted : but when he runs full fpeed, his hind-legs advance beyond the faid place a great deal more. But, tho' this be true of the gallop, in Terre-�-terre the hind-legs never go beyond the place the fore-legs left. The following Remark with regard to the Bridle-Hand is of Importance. ^r \| ¹ H E horfe's neck is between the two reins of the bridle, which both JL meet in the rider's hand. When a horfe is upon his voltes, if one works or pulls the rein within the volte, this rein preffes the out- fide of the horfe, I mean his outward legs, efpecially the outward hind one, and that puts in the outward haunch, and fo throws the horfe upon his haunches. It muft be noted, that when the outward haunch is thus put in, the hind-leg within the volte goes towards it, and the fore-leg within is in a manner pulled from the other fore-leg, which narrows the croupe, and enlarges the fore-part to embrace the volte fo much the better, the hind-legs being within the lines of the fore. This is excellent for Terre-a-terre, Cur- vets, and Demi-airs : but a horfe cannot gallop in this manner. If one works or pulls the outward rein of the bridle, it preffes the horfe within the volte, his outward haunch being at liberty ; he is more prefl�d before than behind, and therefore is upon the moulders, the fore-part being narrow, and the croupe large. Obferve, that when a horfe is prefl�d within the volte, the hind-leg within the volte is confined, and the hind-leg without the volte goes from it, and the fore-leg without the volte at the fame time is brought near the other fore-leg, which nar- rows the fore-part and enlarges the croupe. This is wrong Terre-�-terre (becaufe he cannot go Terre-�-terre in this pofture) but very excellent in the Gallop. Without knowing this, no man can drefs a horfe perfectly. When a horfe has not a good appuy, or is not fupple in the fhoulders, you muft prefs him within the volte, and that will cure him of both thofe vices j if a horfe has too much appuy, and does not put himfelf upon the haunches, you muft prels him without the volte, which will cure him of both thefe. There is yet a third thing that will make him obey the heel, becaufe he cannot avoid it 5 which is, to fatten the cavefon in my manner to the pommel of the faddle. By this way you may drefs all forts of horf�s in the utmoft per- - fe&ion, if you know how to pra&ife it; a thing that is very eafy in the hands of a matter. The following Leffons Jhould be obferved, as the mofl excellent in the World. TT is proper to gallop a horfe d'unepifte a turn or two very narrow, -* and, when he does not expe<9: it, make him advance upon a ftrait line ; then make another narrow volte, and advance him in a right line : then

-ocr page 136-



			ADDITIONS.
			ADDITIONS.	^I37
				^I37

	then make a third volte (Tune pifte, and advance him fuddenly; and after that a fourth ; continuing this method as long as it {hall be found necefTar_yAfterwards make a large circle, which may include them all. You mould ride him in this manner firft on the trot, and when you find him fo light that he begins to gallop of himfelf, proceed to gallop him according to the fame method. There is nothing that fo much helps the moulders of a horfe, or fettles him better in the hand, or makes him more freely obey the heel, and which is; in erTeci:, better for all manner of pur- pofes : But you muft take care to have the inner rein of the cavefon fattened to the pommel in my manner.

		The beft of all Lejfons to make a Horfe attend to, and obey, both Hand and Heel

This leflbn is as good as the other, and differs from it only in that the horfe muft go upon the Hand-gallop, or Terre-�-terre, the croupe in in each circle, and afterwards upon a ftrait line. The cavefon muft be fat- tened, as before, to the pommel. This leflbn is excellent to put a horfe in the hand, and upon his haunches j to make him obey either hand or heel, to make him free and without hefitation, which hefitation is often a kind of reftivenefs, to remedy which nothing better than this can be found. It

-ocr page 137-



		i3« ADDITIONS.

			It is proper to remark, that all the rules of our art tend only to make a horfe fubje�fc to the fenfe of feeling (which is the only fenfe we ought to work upon) and that confifts in nothing but the feeling the hand and the heels, or having a fenfible mouth and fides. You muft not let him work by the fenfe of feeing, which is the ufe the pillar will give him ; nor by the fenfe of hearing, which the ufe of particular noifes will do j but by that of feeling only, which is our only aim, and relates only to thof� two places, the mouth and the fides. It is by the fight only that a horfe is taught a number of tricks and fubtleties, which the ignorant admire j it can do nothing however in teaching a horfe to go well in the Manege. There is fo much to be done by the fenfe of feeling, and which , requires fo much art, wit, judgment, and long experience of the feveral difpofitions of horfes, that all men are not formed by nature to make good horfemen. One may much more eafily teach a dog to dance, or even a horfe, by pra�ifing on his fight. But I chufe to let the ignorant fpeak and think what they will, fince their folly does not affect me, and fince this noble art receives no real prejudice from their contemptible ignorance, or their impertinent railleries. Remarks, IT ; is impoffible to drefs a horfe before he obeys his rider, and by that obedience acknowledges him to be his matter ; that is, he mult firft fear him, and from this fear love muft proceed, and fo he muft obey. For it is fear creates obedience in all creatures, in man as well as in beaft, great

-ocr page 138-



	ADDITIONS.
	ADDITIONS.	139
		139

Great pains then muft be taken to make a horfe fear his rider, that fo he may obey out of felf-love, to avoid puniifiment. A horfe's love is not fo fafe to be trufted to, becaufe it depends on his own will 5 whereas his fear depends on the will of the rider, and that is being a drefled horfe. But when the rider depends on the will of the horfe, it is the horfe that manages the rider. Love then is of no ufe ; fear does all: For which reafon the rider muft make himfelf feared, as the fundamental part of dreffing a horfe; Fear commands obedience, and the practice of obedience makes a horfe well dreffed. 'Believe me, for I tell it you as a friend,it is truth. Of the Spur. O THING has fo much effect as the fpur, in making a horfe fear his rider. Sharp fpurs are better for correction than for aids. You muft give the fpur therefore for all vices, of what kind foever (all other corrections are ridiculous j) but then you muft do it at the very inftant the fault is committed, and properly : For if you do it out of feafon or for trifles, you will entirely fpoil the horfe 5 otherwife, as I faid, the fpurs are the only remedy for all vices, when you ufe them fo that he knows for what, and is warned thereby to avoid the fame fault. The Aid of the Spur, called Pinching. I INCH ING with the fpur is a moft excellent aid. Aids are to be underftood to go before the fault, in order to prevent it. This pinch- ing is good in all airs, and better than for Terre-�-terre (becaufe it raifes a horfe more than it makes him advance) tho' it may be made ufe of in both. Another Aid with the Spur. THERE is another aid of the fpur, which we call an aid, becaufe it is not fo violent as a correction (and that makes it an aid only) nor fo fevere as pinching, but preferves the medium between both. It is thus done : When the horfe is upon the Hand-gall�p, the croupe in, or upon Terre-�-terre, if he does not enough obey the leg that touches, or is very near him, you muft move the leg as if you would give him the fpur, but touch him with it very gently, only juft to make him perceive it. This i_S the moft delicate thing that is done with the fpur j it makes him obey and advance, which is excellent Terre-�-terre, or on the Hand-gallop, with the croupe in j but the pinching is better in airs, for the reafon ^before alledged. If a horfe underftands the correction and the two aids of the fpurs, and is very fenfible to them, you may be fure that he will go without want- ing them after fome time ; for he will be fo fenfible, that he will go free- ly, and obey voluntarily for the calf of the leg only. As for the aid of the thighs, it is but a ridiculous imagination. For, to fpeak properly, there «re no other aids but thofe of the fpurs and the calf of the leg, to which horfes can be any ways fenfible. This is all I have to fay of the fpurs. Of faflening the inner Rein of the Cave fon to the Pommel of the Saddle. THIS is the moft excellent thing in the world for the dreffino- of all forts of horfes, of whatever age or difpofition they may be.^ When the croupe of a horfe is put in, and he is fubjea to bring in his moulders, Mm ^

-ocr page 139-



i₄o ADDITIONS.

	he is in the condition of a well-dreifed horf� : For you have nothing to do but ftop his fore-part with the inner rein of the bridle, and he will go well in all airs, and a la Soldade. To make the moulders of a horfe fupple is the whole affair, and this cannot be over-done; for I affure you that horfes are a ftiff-necked generation. A horfe well fuppled will befides never be entier_y a vice about which a great number of authors have blotted fo much paper. For a Refly Horfe. ^r ""* H E beft remedy is to pull him back. If this fails, a good fpur will J- certainly perfuade him : for that is the only argument. For a Horfe that runs away. I Have faid before, that you ought to treat a horfe with all the mild- nefs imaginable; but that was to prevent his running away. If he does run away, and you are in an open field, the beft method is to fpur him fmartly and continually on both fides, till he voluntarily flackens his pace, and then to ftop him. Serve him in this manner every time he begins again to run, and it will certainly cure him. If you are in a narrow place, the pillar with a rein will do the bufinefs, becaufe he can only run round. Of the Imperfections of a Horfe s Mouth. A LL our great writers, both- ancient and modern, and the greateft jTI mafters who have treated of Horfemanfhip, think themfelves obliged to fpeak of the vices and imperfe&ions of a horfe's mouth. For example, when he draw⁷s up his tongue ; when he puts his tongue over the bit ; when he doubles his tongue round the bit ; when he lets his tongue hang out of his mouth, either before or on one fide. Our great doctors in Horfe- manfhip, I fay, have laboured much againft all and every one of thefe vices, prefcribing many curious inventions, bits and engines for the mouth, and points for the curb; fo that the remedy is worfe than the difeafe, and fpoils a horfe. The truth, in few words, is, that I fhould wifh a horfe to have none of thefe faults; but if he has them, they are of nodif- advantage to him ; for with all thefe defecls his appuy will be as good as without them ; his head as firm and fure ; his bars and the place of his curb as fenfible as if he had none of them all : For the bridle refts and works upon the bars, and the curb is in its ufual place, and where it ought to be, notwithstanding the tongue. Be there a tongue or no tongue, or let that tongue hang where it will, it no ways affects the goodnefs of the appuy. We are now convinced then how vain and needlefs thofe curio- fities are, with which our great mafters have arnufed themfelves and their readers, and, what is worfe, have tormented the poor horf�s to no purpofe. For Terre-a-terre.

		Y
			OU mull: aid a horfe with the inward rein and the outward leg,

		in order to prefs him without the volte, and make him bear upon his outward legs ; that is, to put his outward haunch as much in as you can, tho' lookers-on perceive nothing of the matter. The horfe does not make

-ocr page 140-

ADDITIONS.

141

make a circle, and therefore there can be no center; but he makes a perfect
quadrangle and a quarter-volte at each corner t� come to the other line of this
quadrangle ; which is Terre-a-Terre in perfection. He muft be light in hand,
becaufe he is much upon the haunches ; and he is much upon the haunches be-
caufe his outward haunch is put very much in ; and thus all the croupe
is put in upon a ftrait line, according to this figure.

A horfe can-
not go upon a }
perfect circle , I
unlefsheputshis j
outward haunch j
a little out ; for 1
which reafon this \
quadrangle is the ?
true figure of!
Terre-a-terre. I

&\ This may be

! eafily feen when

I the head of the

j horfe is to the

S> j wall, and he

Sh changes his line

j at an angle of

j it, or where the

1 two walls meet.

^>1(|uuiuimin*(M

� KIlUllttItISKXcrRkl «a. a

V5*

�

^rnrMi*«MMMr«r<irrRfiimi_l�,u>_lHul»¹**

Curvets upon Voltes,

THIS is another a&ion ; for here the horfe muft go fideways, the
croupe a little out. The aids Ihould be with the inward rein and the
outward leg. When you firft begin him upon this leflbn, you muft aid
him with the inward leg, morderlo keep his croupe out; for horfes
nfually put the croupe too much in. If a horfe makes five or fix cur-
vets forwards upon a ftrait line, and performs them well, you may without
danger put him to curvets upon his voltes, which is no more than to turn
a ftrait line into a circle ; a thing that may be done without conjuration.
If the horfe prefl�s a little upon the hand, fo that you feel him, he will
go perfectly well. I have yet one more thing to remind you of, which
is, that in cafe he advances you cannot raife him too high, becaufe he
is' then truly ip the hand and the heels : But if you raife him high, and
he does not advance, it is a Pefade and not a Curvet ; for I deny that
Ferme-�-ferme is. the foundation of all Airs, or that it is good for any
thino". This is the true method of making horfes go in Curvets, and better
than" all the pillars in the world.

In Paffades.

YO U muft work with the outward rein, which is that next the wall in
order to keep his head from the wall, and his croupe to it. Upon'the
demi-voltes you muft aid him with the fame rein, and the leg of the fame fide,
to keep his croupe near the wall. If one was to do otherwife, the horfe would
lofe the line of the wall, his croupe being from it ; which would not only be

falfe,

-ocr page 141-



		A DP IT I O NS. falle, but very ungraceful befides. For the outward rein in Paflades narrows the fore-part, and enlarges the croupe ; prerTes the one, and gives liberty to the other. Terre-�-terre the inner rein enlarges the fore-part and narrows the croupe, gives liberty to the former and fubjeci:s the latter. Thofe are «inch deceived then who think the fame aids that are for Terre-a- terre j will do alfo for Paflades. I have before given you many reafons, to (hew why we work a horfe fo much to put him upon the moulders ; but there is one more to add. It is, that the croupe or haunches of a horfe carry nothing but his tail, which is very light 5 but his haunches have a much greater load, namely, his head and his neck : It is for this reafon we put him upon the haunches, to counterpoife, and to eafe his moulders, and make him light in hand. Be not difcouraged when a horfe oppofes you, for it is a fign of ftrength, vigour, and fpirits : Now a horfe that has all thefe muft be well dreffed, if he is under a good hand, and learn- ed heels j whereas a horfe that never refills, mews his weaknefs, and his wank of courage and fpirits, and it is a very difficult thing for art to fupply what nature is defective in. To fpeak the truth, I have never known any horfe that did not very much withftand the rider before he was com- pleatly dreffed, and that too for a long time. Till he goes freely, he can't be brought to the perfection of the Manage, tho' he may fometimes do right againft his will. There is in reality no horfe that does not refift at firft, and that will not endeavour, almoft thro' the whole courfe of his dreffing, to follow his own inclinations, rather than thole of the rider. What is more, fubjeclion is not agreeable to a horf�, nor to any other creature that I know 5 not even to men, who obey only becaufe they cannot help it. It is only the habit of obeying that brings a horfe to be dreffed: But he will try all poffible ways to avoid fubjeclion, and it is not till he has no more ftratagems to have recourfe to, that he gives up the dif. pute : fo that, in faci', you are not much obliged to him for his com- plaifance. if the wifeft man in the world were put into the fhape of a horfe, and retained his fuperior Underftanding, he could not invent more cunning ways (I queftion if fo many) to oppof� his rider, than a horfe does : Whence I conclude, that a horfe muft know his rider to be his mafter, that is, muft be afraid of him, and then he will obey him, which is what we call a dreffed horf�.

			Th End of"the Additions,*

-ocr page 142-

A N

T O

VOL. I.

Which contains the Duke of Nevocaftk's New Method of dreffing Horfes.

Caprioles, 16, 17, 33. Airs of a leaping
Horfe, 69. Defln'd, ib. Leflon for them,
8₇.
Cave/on,- Reins of, how to fallen, 35. Ufes to
be made of it's inner Reins, 118. Con-
veniences and Inconveniences of it, 125,
126. Its different Aids, 128.
Center, of a Horfe, how to find, 33.
Chambriere, or Scourge, 5 2.
Change, to change upon the Voltes, Terre-�-
Terre, 63. In Curvets, 83. To change
Terre-�-Terre, 125. Upon the Gallop �
la Soldade, ib.
Conetable, Branches � la, 28, 307, 330,133.
Colour of a Horfe, whether any thing to be
learned from it with regard to his Good-
nefs, 19, 20.
Colt, when to take him from his Dam, and
how to manage him afterward, 25, 26,
27. Leffon to make him trot to the right,
36, to the left, 37.
Covering of Mares, Time and Method of do-
ing it, 23, 24.
CorreSlion of a Horfe, in what manner to be

given, 331.
Croupades, 88, & feq. Airs of a leaping

Horfe, 89. Defin'd, ib. See Groupade.
Croupe, of a Horfe, not his Center, 33.
Method of working it to the right Hand,
41. to the left Hand, 42. Of working
it upon a Walk, ib. Croupe out, to the
right Hand, 44. to the left Hand, 45.
A method of putting the Croupe in, 10 r.
Another, of working it, 102. How to work
that and the Shoulder occafionally, ibid.
To work it either in or out, 103. More
concerning the working it, 119,123, 1 25.
Curvets, 16, 17. What Horfe is fit for
them, 69. Backward upon Voltes, 73,
to the left Hand, 76. The Perfedion of
them, 77. Upon Voltes to the right Hand
the Croupe to the Pillar, 80. to the left
Hand, the Croupe to the Pillar, 81. To
G g change

ACTION of a Horfeman, the true, 29.

SjL 'Additions, or Appendix, 134-, &fef-
Advancing, a Horfe fhould be taught
itinallhisLeffons, 62.

Aids, for the Curvets, and the Horfeman s
Seat, 82, for Curvets upon Voltes, 84,
for a leaping Horfe in all the Airs, Sq.Lef-
fons upon them, gi. With the Bridle-hand,
ib 92: Of theBcdy, 92, with the Switch,
₉₃. The fame vili not do for Terre-�-
Terre as for Paffides, 142.

Airs Trotting andStopping the foundation
of them all, 40. The federal Sorts of them,
68,69. Not tobe forced, 68. AnOb-
fervation concerting them all, 1 21.

Amble, Adion of the Legs in it, 31.

Appuy, or Support upon the Bars, 5 3> &5> °9-
To corred a Hcrfe that has not a good

one, 107.
AJ�rologkal Rcmzks, Vanity of them, 23.

#rol, to correa a«orfe that is apt to throw
himfelf back, 1^6.

69. Defined, ib. to drefs a Ho.ie tor

them, 88. .

Barbary Horfe, cr Barb, 21. good for a

Stallion, 23.
»/,' to work aH«rfe with the Bit only, 5/-
ieLconceningtheBiti2₉₃^.Fora

Horfe that arns himfelf againft it, 130.

Body, Aid with j, 9²-

5,/ Comparifonbetween teaching a Boy to

{ead, or play upon the Lute, and the

Dreffing of a Horfe, 11.
d^W ^ Cfl//, the Method of it, 27, 28.
S Gebeft fort of, 26. How to make

VHorfe obey i4 54- Direaions concern-

2^0^$ & t ^imp°^r'

tant Remark concerning it, 136.

-ocr page 143-



	INDEX.

		Heel, Leffons to make a Horfe obey it, 6 2. 100. More to the fame purpofe, 115, 123. Helps, the fame as Aids, which fee. Horfe, muft be gradually drefs'd, n. Whe- ther he ads from Principles of Reafon, 1 2. His Reafoning compared with Man's, ib. Why degraded by Scholars, 13. Knows as much of our Paflions as we do of his, ib. Why one who goes a Travelling-pace well may not perform the Airs, 16. Dif- ferent ones to be differently employ'd, 17. Different Kinds of, 21. His natural Movements, 30, 31. Should be correo-" ed and rewarded,ar.d how, 111. Always withftands the Ridei till he is compleatly dreffed, 142. See Dreffing, Colour, Marks, Shape. Horfemanfhip, what is the principal Art of it, 22. An Epitome of it, 118, & feq. Horfe?nan, his true Seat and necefLry Adions, 29, 30. Aids for him, 82. Up- on a leaping Horfe, 89, 90. A Poflure for him in Terre-�-T^rre, 115. Hor fern en, the abiurd Faults of fome, who imagined they rode Ike the Author, 103. I. Indians, ufe Language lut little, and why, 12. L. Leaping Horfes, their feveral Airs, 69. Need not be very ftnng, 70. but dif- pofed to it by Nature, ib. Aids for them, 89. Left Hand, to make a Horfe trot to it, 37: See Trot, Gallop, W^Tdk, Terre-�-Terr e. Legs, the Adion of a Hoife's Legs in a Gal- lop, 134. In a circuhr Gallop, ib. In Terre- �-Terr e upon Voltes, 135. Leffons, for making the Siouiders of a Horfe free and fupple; the fi:ffc Divifion of, 35, c�V. The fecond Divifim of, 41, &c. The third Divifion of, 5 4, eft. The fourth Divifion of, 5.6. The fifth Divifion of, 5 7. The fixth Divifion of, 58. Three Leffons to finifh a Horfe for the Manage, 65. Leffons for Airs, the fir/t Divifion of, 70, The fecond, for Curvets, 80, &c. The third, for Caprioles, Balotades, Grou- pades, and Demi-Airi, 87, 4§rV. The fourth, upon Aid sor Helps, 91. Lefl�ns upon the Vices of Horfes,the firft Divilion ; to fupple the Shoulders, 98, &c. The fecond, to corred a H^rfe that does not obey the Heel, 100. The third, upon the Faults 3
change in them, 83. Other excellent Ob- fervations for, 84, 85. By a Wall, the various Kinds of them, 85, 86, 87. What, and the Aids of them, 127. Along a Wall, 128. Upon Voltes, 141. D. Demi-Airs, Rules concerning them, 16, 17, 33r ^l21" Demi-Voltes, upon Paffades, what, 121, 127. And their Aids, 127. Dreffmg of a Horfe, in what time it may be performed, 15. If tradable, in three Months, 18. A true Obfervation concern- ing it, 122. E. Entier, when a Horfe is faid to be fo, 3 6. Epitome of Horfemanfhip, 118, &? feq. F. Falcades, 61. A Definition of that Move- ment, 107. Ferme. De Ferme a Ferme, 71, 73, 78, 79, Flanders Horfe, 21. G. Gallop, Adion of the Legs in it, 31. The Foundation of Terre-�-Terre, 32. When and in what manner to be performed to the right, 38. to the left, 39. Galliard, an Account of it, 89. Genets, Spanifh, 21. Golden Rule, or Rule of Three, what the Author calls fo, 112. Gourmette, or Curb, 28. Grifon, Frederick, aii Author on Horfeman- fhip, 97. Groupades, 33. Airs of a leaping Horfe, 69. To drefs a Horfe for them, 88. H. Hand and Heel, Leffons to make a Horfe obedient to, 62. Haunches, when a Horfe goes well upon them, 63. A new Invention for putting him upon them, 95, 96. More concern- ing it, 1'i 5. Heavy on the Hand, what Horfes are (o, 22. Leffon for them, $$. How to cor- rect them, 109, 110.

-ocr page 144-

INDEX.

Faults of fome HoHemen, 103, 104. The Pinching, or Aid of the Spur, 139.

moft excellent Leffons in the World, 13& Pirouettes, Rule concerning them, 121,

&c. What they are, and their Aids, 127.

Light on the Hand, S3- How to correa Pifte, or Circle, fingle and double, 34,97.

a Horfe that is to3 much fo, 107, 108, More concerning itj 108, 109/

1 cq. _r Pommel, of the Saddle, various ways of

Lodge, for a Colt, 55, 26. working aHorfe with the Rein faften'd

Longe, or long Rop;, 5 2, to it, 118, &c. and the Manner of fatten-
ing to it, 139.

^M« Poinfon, what it means, 71, 73^ 74, Jfc,

Man more expected of the Horfe than of

him, 16.
Managed Horfes, aDefence of them, 14.
Mattare, what Hor es are fit for it, 22.
Mares, for Breeding how to chufe, and in

Reader, the Author's Addrefs to him by way

of Conclusion, 133.
Reins, of the Cavefon, 25- To work a

Horfe with falfe ones, 56. To work a

Horfe with the Reins in the left,Hand

only, 58. Inner Rein of the Cavefon,

the ufe to be made of it, 118. Reins

of the Bridle, ufe to be made of the two,

129.
Relev�, Meaning of that Term, 49.
Rejly Horfe, the Author's Way of reducing

one, 105, 106. To be kept back, 140.
Reward, how to give one to aHorfe, in.
Ride, How to ride with Art, 118.
Rider, on foot, how he may help the Horfe,

94.
Right-Hand, how \o make a raw Horfe trot

to it, 35. See Trot, Gallop, Walk, Terre-

�-Terre.
Rule of three, or golden Rule, 11 2. A very

exact one for Terre-�-Terre, 113. General

Rules, 122.
Run-away Horfe, what Bit he muft have,

and how he muft be corrected, 107, 140.
Running, a fwift Gallop, 3 r.

what manner to manage them, 23Marks of a Horfe, whether any Th

24.
ing to

be learned from them, 19, 20.
Mailers, may ruin )r improve a Horfe, 17.

Reproof to fuchas continually beat and

abufe their Schoars, 18.
Maz'w, captain, tie Duke's Character of

him, 28, 67. _m

Moon, no matter 3 what State fhe is when

a Mare is coverd, 23.
Movements of a lorfe, in all his natural

Paces, 30, &c- Artificial, 32, &c.
Month of a Horf< its Imperfection?, 140.

Neapolitan Horfe, [1. Mares good for breed-
ing, ²3- .
Northern Horfes, J 2. ^

itfw*r l'Aiguiletti or tie the point, 69.

�W;#, ought tie excluded the Manage,

■n (r�J�< T7 Alns;^tne Wail with the Bri-
Pa aaes, 17- ^& .

die only, 61. Paflades funeuies, /*. an

impatient Hod unfit for Paffades, 68.

What, and ttfr Aids, 127, How to

workiiithem,i4i;
/\*f*«> upon aWalk, 43) ^for ^the ^lek

Halid, 44- � ^Walk'
Pianatela, a Scat or Canon � la Pignatelh,

107, *3°> ^lj'

P//M the Cent!, 42, for all Airs, 71, �fc
For Airs to th left Hand, 74. To faften
_a Horfe to iti 8, 79, ©V. To work a
Horfe with hftead to it, 115. Of the
fingle Pillar tt old Way, 116.

Pillars, the twoMethod of putting a Horfe
between them So- ^A Eifcourfe of them,
117.

Saddle, the bed Sort of, 26.

Scholar, in the Manage, in what manner to

be treated, 18, 19.
Scholaflic Perfons, know nothing of Horfes,

*3-

Sciences, Difference of Perfons flcilled in
them, 16.

Seat ofaHorfeman, the true, 30. Aids for
it, %2. On a leaping Horfe, 89.

Shape of a Horfe, what to be obferved con-
cerning it, efpecially with regard to foreign
ones, 21.

Shoulders of a Horfe, LefTons for making
them fupple and eafy, 35. &c. They can-
not be worked too much, 62. Other
Leffons for working them, 98. For work-
ing them occafionally, 102, n 8, 123. '

Side*

-ocr page 145-

INDEX.

Side-way's, how to work a Horfe, 73, 76.
Spanijh Horfe, 21, and Mare, good for

Breeding, 23.
Spur, the beft fort of, 26. Concerning it,

139. Aid of it, ib.
Stallion, what kind of Horfe is fitte ft for one,

and how he ought to be ufed, 23, 24.
Step, and Leap, an Air of a leaping Horfe,

69. Defin'd, ib. 70. To drefs a Horfe

fork, 88.
Stephen, St. his Prayer applied bythe Author,

ri4-
Stiff, in the Shoulders, how to correct a

Horfe that is fo, no, m.
Stirrup, the beft fort of, 26.
Stopping a Horfe, the Method of perform-
ing ^ 39-
Switch, Aids with it, 93. In Groupades,

a Horfe go it truly, 113, to the left Hand,
114. Another Pofture for it, 115. The
Perfection of it, 124, 125, 126. Upon
Voltes, the Action of a Horfe's Legs in it,
135. More concerning ir, 140.

Travelling-pa.ce, 16, 17.

Trot, Action of the Legs in it, 30. To the
Right, 36, to the Left, 37.

Turki/b-Hovfe, 2 1.

Vices, of Horfes, the feveral Sorts of, and
how to cure them, 98, &c. 106. &c.

Volte, Pifte, or Circle, 34.

Voltes, Terre-�-Terre, to change upon, 63.
To the right Hand, with the right Rein
faftened clofe to the Pillar, 72. In Curvets
backwards, the Rein as before, 73. To
the left Hand, the Rein as before, 75.
How to correct a Horfe that will not look
into the Volte, in.

&*c. 94.

Tail, ungraceful to fee a Horfe continually
fhake it, 132.

Terr e-�-Terre, 16, 17, 31, 32. A new
and corredi: Method of teaching it, 48.
Towards the right Hand, 51. Towards
the left Hand, 52. To make a Horfe
obey theBiidle in it, 55. With the Bridle
only in the left Hand, 59. Terre-�-Terre
relev�, ib. To the right, 60. To the left,
ib. How a Horfe fhouId go in it, 64. O-
ther Leffons for Terre-�-Terre, 66, 67.
To work Terre-�-Terre with the Cavefon,
112. With the Bridle only, the Hands
ieparated, ib. With the Bridle in the left
Hand only, ib. An exact Rule to make

Walk, upon the right Hand in the Horfe's
Length, 40, 46. Upon the Left in the
fame Leiions, 41, 47. Proper to put a
Horfe upon the Haunches, 97. A Way
of working a Horfe upon it, 119. Walk
at full Length, 120. Obfervation on it,
I2i. See alfo, 125.

Wall, Curvets by a Wail on the left Side,
85. In a ftrait Line, 86. The right
Side to the Wall, 87. Backwards by it, ib.

Wrong- Leg before, what is meant by that
EiVpref��on, 3 2.

FINIS.